Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20100049774 | Object Structure-Based System and Method for Managing Information - One embodiment of the present invention provides a software product comprising a set of computer instructions stored on a computer readable medium. The computer instructions can be executable by a computer processor to maintain a profile object representing profile data, the profile object comprising, receive a first command based on the profile object to access an attribute value access the attribute value. The profile object can include at least one profile section that acts as a container for attributes and at least one attribute for each profile section. The attributes can essentially be variables having a name and a value. | 02-25-2010 |
20100063983 | MANAGEMENT OF STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL OF DATA LABELS IN RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY - According to an example embodiment, a technique may be provided for managing a label data base of which each entry comprises a data field for insertion into a respective packet in a multicast transmission and a validity field. The technique may include, for example, (a) establishing a fixed size for a cluster of labels, (b) associating with each cluster a pointer to another cluster, (c) establishing a sentinel cluster of which all entries are indicated to be invalid and of which the cluster pointer points to this sentinel cluster, (d) establishing a root table which defines the number of replications of the packet in a multicast group and identifies a first label cluster associated with the multicast group and (e) establishing a chain of clusters of which each cluster which is full of valid entries points to the next cluster in the chain and the last cluster which contains valid entries points to the sentinel cluster. | 03-11-2010 |
20100063984 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR THE CONTROLLED EDITING AND BROADCASTING OF COMPRESSED MULTIMEDIA FILES - The present application relates to a method for editing and broadcasting compressed multimedia files composed of binary data blocks originating from digital transformations applied to an audiovisual or multimedia content according to the format of a parent file, said parent file having been separated into a first modified file having the format of the nominal parent file and into a complementary file including information on the modifications brought to the parent file, the method comprising prior to the transmission from a portal to the receiving terminal:
| 03-11-2010 |
20100070539 | Methods and systems for monitoring technical objects - Methods, computer-readable media, and systems are provided for monitoring a technical object during, for example, a handover and/or takeover of the technical object. In one embodiment, a business partner may receive an XML file for a technical object. The business partner may generate a new structure, to represent the technical object, based on the XML file. The business partner may retrieve a corresponding structure from a backend component. The business partner may preprocess the new structure by performing a consistency check. The consistency check may include comparing the new structure to the corresponding structure. The business partner may store the new structure in a backend component after the preprocessing is complete. | 03-18-2010 |
20100070540 | Concept Taxonomy is a normalized comprehensive natural language schema for the ontology to humanize data facilitating the collaboration, communication, storage, retrieval and knowledge of all types of information across disciplines and languages - Concept Taxonomy data structure and naming system, is a normalized schema and ontology for secure universal storage, retrieval and back-up of information which parallels natural language, thought and etymology. Concept Taxonomy is the implementation and classification of a method to intuitively conceptualize, categorize, characterize, locate and compose any type of information. Concepts are elucidated by the compositions of propositions of predicate thought concepts to referent object concepts. The normalized data structure allows for maximum compactness and control of data, removing redundancy and storing each individual piece of data only once. | 03-18-2010 |
20100077010 | System and Method For Identifying Entry Points of a Hierarchical Structure - A method for identifying entry points of a hierarchical structure having a plurality of nodes includes the operations selecting a node of a hierarchical structure and testing it for identification as an entry point. The node is identified as an entry point, and the selection, testing, and identification operations are repeated for at least one additional node of the hierarchical structure to identify at least a second node as a respective second entry point for the hierarchical structure. | 03-25-2010 |
20100082700 | STORAGE SYSTEM FOR DATA VIRTUALIZATION AND DEDUPLICATION - A data virtualization storage appliance performs data deduplication transformations on the data. The original or non-deduplicated file system is used as shell to hold the directory/file hierarchy and file metadata. The data of the file system is stored by a separate data storage in a transformed and deduplicated form. The deduplicated data store may be implemented as one or more hidden files. The shell file system preserves the hierarchy structure and potentially the file metadata of the original, non-deduplicated file system in its original format, allowing clients to access file metadata and hierarchy information easily. The data of a file may be removed from the shell file system and replaced with a data layout that specifies the arrangement of deduplicated data segments needed to reconstruct the file data. The data layout associated with a file may be stored in a separate data stream in the shell file system. | 04-01-2010 |
20100082701 | System and Method for Using a Configuration Management Database - A method comprises storing one or more configuration items in a local data cache, wherein a user may access the one or more configuration items from the local data cache without retrieving the one or more configuration items from a configuration management database. Modifications made, by the user, to the one or more configuration items are saved in the local data cache. The one or more modified configuration items may be uploaded to the configuration management database. | 04-01-2010 |
20100082702 | DYNAMIC VEHICLE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT - A method for dynamically managing data changes to a vehicle health monitoring system (VHM) by a datacenter using an external agent is provided. The external agent is operational on, or in communication with, a vehicle. One of updating or modifying a vehicle configuration file is performed to add or delete vehicle information on the vehicle configuration file by the external agent. A dummy file is created on a disk by the external agent. The dummy file provides a signal to the datacenter that the vehicle information on the vehicle configuration file has changed. The disk is polled periodically by the datacenter to identify a presence of the dummy file. Responsive to identifying the presence of the dummy file, the configuration file is read into VHM memory by the datacenter. | 04-01-2010 |
20100082703 | OCTREE CONSTRUCTION ON GRAPHICS PROCESSING UNITS - An octree GPU construction system and method for constructing a complete octree data structure on a graphics processing unit (GPU). Embodiments of the octree GPU construction system and method first defines a complete octree data structure as forming a complete partition of the 3-D space and including a vertex, edge, face, and node arrays, and neighborhood information. Embodiments of the octree GPU construction system and method input a point cloud and construct a node array. Next, neighboring nodes are computed for each of the nodes in the node arrays by using at least two pre-computed look-up tables (such as a parent look-up table and a child look-up table). Embodiments of the octree GPU construction system and method then use the neighboring nodes and neighborhood information to compute a vertex array, edge array, and face array are computed by determining owner information and self-ownership information based on the neighboring nodes. | 04-01-2010 |
20100082704 | REAL-TIME KD-TREE CONSTRUCTION ON GRAPHICS HARDWARE - Described is a technology for constructing kd-trees on GPUs, in a manner that is sufficiently fast to achieve real-time performance by exploiting GPU-bsaed parallelism during the kd-tree construction. Tree nodes are built in breadth-first search order, e.g., to use a thread for each node at each level. For large nodes at upper tree levels, computations are parallelized over geometric primitives (instead of nodes). To this end, large nodes are split into child nodes by cutting off empty space based until an empty space ratio is achieved, and thereafter performing spatial splitting. Small nodes are split based on split candidate costs, e.g., computed by a surface area heuristic or a voxel volume heuristic (VVH). | 04-01-2010 |
20100088350 | PACKAGING SYSTEM TO FACILITATE DECLARATIVE MODEL-DRIVEN DEVELOPMENT - The subject disclosure relates to a method and system for packaging a post-processed definition of a programming module. Contents of a constraint-based and/or order-independent execution model are received, in which the contents include a declarative source code. The contents are stored into an extensible storage abstraction such that the source code is stored in a declarative format. Metadata describing attributes of the contents stored in the extensible storage abstraction is also defined. A file is then created, which includes the extensible storage abstraction and the metadata. | 04-08-2010 |
20100088351 | IMPORT AND MERGE OF CATEGORIZATION SCHEMAS - Methods and systems for merging a updated schema and a customized schema both derived from the same schema are presented. The schemas may be used by application programs as decision trees. The schemas may have categories with linked business objects. The categories may be organized by a hierarchy which defines relationships between the categories. The customized schema may be imported and merged with the updated schema. The merging may be based on the merging the paths of the updated schema with the paths of the customized schema. Additional steps may include merging the attributes of the updated and customized schemas, merging the application areas of the updated and customized schemas, and merging the attributes of the categories. Adjustments may be performed to the merged updated schema by a user or an application program. The results of merging may be recorded in a log. | 04-08-2010 |
20100094912 | PRESERVING USER INTENTION IN DISTRIBUTED DATA SYSTEMS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for preserving user intention in distributed data systems. Embodiments of the invention preserve user intention when different copies of the same data are independently edited at different locations. User intent can be preserved without centralized locking or other coordination. Thus, modifications to each copy of the date are appropriately reflected in all other copies of the data such that all copies end up in essentially the same state. Embodiments of the invention can be used in collaborative editing and data replication systems. | 04-15-2010 |
20100094913 | Web Services Response Templates - Provided is a Web Services Response Template (WSRT) that addresses the problems of efficiency and robustness to change in Web Services response by allowing a requestor to explicitly specify, in a response template what information is to be returned by the request. A requestor of a web service gets just the information it needs; different requestors of the same operation may get different information; and a responder sends the requestor only what is asked for so there is no problem when new information becomes available. WSRTs are specifically designed to allow the type of control needed in program-to-program (P2P) communication, while being very efficiently and simply processed by a web service. Thus, WSRTs address difficulties that arise in typical distributed, P2P communication without adding much overhead or complexity to either a service requestor or a service provider. The efficiency and flexibility afforded by WSRTs is essential to emerging enterprise architectures based on SOA (Service Oriented Architecture). | 04-15-2010 |
20100094914 | DATA PROCESSOR - To provide a technique of writing data efficiently on a storage medium and thereby play back a content continuously. Specifically, the file allocation table (FAT) of a storage medium is supposed to be read on a partial FAT basis and data is written by a preferred method for that reading method. | 04-15-2010 |
20100100570 | Document Set with Workflow Binding Ability on Each Element and the Whole Set - Systems, methods, and computer-readable media for executing workflow via one or more workflow components to enable particular workflow components while fully supporting the execution of a complete workflow by selecting an element of a first document set, selecting an element of a second document set, and establishing a binding relationship between the element of the first document set and the element of the second document set. | 04-22-2010 |
20100100571 | Creating and Dynamically Maintaining Relationships between Operational Data and Output Data - A data-processing apparatus is provided. The data-processing apparatus creates and dynamically maintains relationships between operational data and output data. The data-processing apparatus has first line items for storing operational data. The first line items have operational attributes and at least one treatment attribute. The treatment attribute specifies qualifiers used to create qualified operational data. Impact attributes specify destinations for the qualified operational data in a set of second line items which is arranged to hold the output data. The data-processing apparatus is particularly suited to use as a business planning tool. | 04-22-2010 |
20100106747 | DYNAMICALLY BUILDING AND POPULATING DATA MARTS WITH DATA STORED IN REPOSITORIES - Methods, systems, and articles of manufacture for constructing and populating data marts with dimensional data models from a set of data repositories that contain factual and association information about a set of related assets are disclosed. An intermediate data warehouse is generated to process the facts and associations for each asset. Using the intermediate warehouse, one or more data marts are generated with fact tables, dimensions, and hierarchies to fully model the information available for each asset. | 04-29-2010 |
20100106748 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOGGING AND STORING HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION SESSIONS - An approach is provided for creating a workspace for automatically logging and storing heterogeneous communication sessions and for accessing this workspace from a user-designated environment. | 04-29-2010 |
20100106749 | REORGANIZING TABLE-BASED DATA OBJECTS - The present invention generally relates to reorganization of table-based data objects. In a typical embodiment, the present invention utilizes SQL based scripts to run and manage online “reorgs” on DB2® table data. Such reorgs can occur synchronously or asynchronously and typically include: defragmenting the data objects to reclaim free space; sorting the data objects according to an index; and/or eliminating overflow rows in order to improve data objects access performance. Also under the present invention, information pertaining to the reorg (e.g., status) will be collected. DB2® tables can be used to drive, control, manage and track the reorganization operation. Still yet, “runstat” maintenance can be performed against data objects affected by the reorgs. | 04-29-2010 |
20100106750 | DISAMBIGUATION OF TABULAR DATA - Creating data tables by identifying paths in a tree of data entities and relationships, the tree including data entities and relationships between the entities, where each of the paths originates from the same data entity, includes a terminal data entity that is at the to-many end of a one-to-many or many-to-many relationship with another data entity along the path, and includes no other of the data entities that lie along any path descending from the terminal data entity and that is at the to-many end of a one-to-many or many-to-many relationship with another of the data entities that lie along the path descending from the terminal data entity, and creating on a computer-readable medium a separate table for each of the paths, where each of the tables includes a column per each of the data entities of the path for which the table was created. | 04-29-2010 |
20100106751 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, PROGRAM AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing apparatus comprises: a receiving unit adapted to receive designation of a plurality of types of attribute values, which indicate characteristics of data, from a user; a presenting unit adapted to selectably present data having a characteristic that matches at least any one of the attribute values for which a designation has been received, from among a plurality of items of data that have been stored in a storage unit for storing the plurality of items of data and each of the attribute values of the plurality of items of data; and an updating unit adapted to update an attribute value, which has been stored in the storage unit, of data that has been selected by the user from among the presented data, the updating being performed based upon an attribute value for which a designation has been received. | 04-29-2010 |
20100114976 | Method For Database Design - Embodiments in accordance with the present invention include methods and systems for database design. A method includes analyzing tables to generate recommendations for an initial design of a database before the database is constructed. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114977 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ENABLING FILE SYSTEM TAGGING BY APPLICATIONS - A method for enabling file system tagging by an application includes creating tag associations for the file system by associating a tag with a file object. The association includes allocating a file association structure (FAS) in the storage device, which FAS has attributes including a pointer to a file handle of the file object and a list of names of tags associated with the file object. Associating the tag with a file object also includes allocating a tag structure for each tag in the file system. The tag structure includes a tag name and file associations for the tag. In response to a request for a read directory operation, the method includes retrieving the tag associations to identify the file object, dynamically assembling a directory entry structure that includes a hierarchical view of tags identified from the tag associations and corresponding file object, and returning the directory entry structure to the application. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114978 | Methodology for the Automatic Capture of Process Information in Federated Knowledge Systems - A mechanism for automatically managing process information stored in federated repositories. When practice requirements are collected for a multi-step process, a process metadata data structure comprising process information conforming to the practice requirements is created in a metadata repository. The structure is created by creating a template document for each task in the multi-step process and populating the template documents with the procedure information in the practice requirements. Hierarchical and horizontal associations are created among the template documents based on the execution order of the tasks in the procedure information. Process documents for each task in the multi-step process are created and populated with information about the tasks. The task information, procedure information, and association information for each task is then stored as metadata in the process metadata structure. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114979 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CORRELATING SIMILAR PLAYLISTS IN A MEDIA SHARING NETWORK - Methods and systems for aggregating playlists having similar content are provided. In general, a number of playlists are first obtained. Next, content of the playlists is analyzed to identify playlists that match to at least a defined threshold degree. Each group of two or more playlists having matching content is aggregated to provide a corresponding aggregate playlist. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114980 | LANDMARK CHUNKING OF LANDMARKLESS REGIONS - A computer-executed method for forming data chunks from a sequence of data values comprises determining whether processing of the sequence of data values has entered a landmark-free region. If processing has entered a landmark-free region, a data chunk is produced using a specialized landmark chunking technique that is specialized for landmark-free regions. Otherwise, the method comprises producing a data chunk using a standard-data landmark chunking technique. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114981 | Re-Executing Query Objects Without Affecting Transaction Data In An Application Development Framework Not Providing For Creation Of Multiple Instances Of The Same Query Object - Re-executing query objects without affecting transaction data in an application development framework (ADF) not providing for creation of multiple instances of the same query object. In an embodiment, a query associated with a query object is executed to retrieve a transaction data from a data store, which can be further modified based on user interactions. In response to an indication that the query object is to be re-executed for retrieving the transaction data, a new query object is created using the query (along with any required parameters) retrieved from the original query object. The new query object is executed to retrieve a copy of the transaction data from the data store. According to another aspect, a comparison result is generated for the modified transaction data and the copy. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114982 | System and Method for Image Generation, Delivery, and Management - A system and method for digital image generation, delivery, and management is provided. The automated image generation, delivery, and management system and method serves processed images over a network. A requesting application provides a URL in addition to field values. The image delivery system retrieves and serves an image based on the requested URL. A sized image and a default image are saved in a database for rapid retrieval. If the system can generate an image sized to the request, it does so. Otherwise, the system visits the URL to obtain a snapshot of the rendered webpage. If no webpage is available with the URL as provided, the URL is truncated until a displayable webpage is rendered. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114983 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPDATING DIGITAL MEDIA CONTENT - There is presented a system and method for updating digital media content. The system comprises a data structure residing on a media storage, the digital media content being stored in the data structure. The system further comprises a processor coupled to the media storage and configured to access the data structure, and receive an update to one or more modifiable elements of the data structure from an authoritative source external with respect to the data structure. The processor is further configured to modify the modifiable elements according to the update, and store the modified elements in the data structure. As a result, updates to the modifiable elements are persistently stored in the data structure. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114984 | MODELING PARTY IDENTITIES IN COMPUTER STORAGE SYSTEMS - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for modeling party identities in computer storage systems. A federated identity fabric models identity data and relationships between portions of indentify data in computer storage systems in accordance with a uniform schema. The federated identity fabric can federate distributed identity and identity relationship data from computer storage systems within the variety of different computing environments. Code and metadata at computing environments associated with the federated identity fabric can interoperate to facilitate uniformly storing, accessing, modifying, deleting, and securing identity and identity relationship data within the federated identify fabric. Embodiments of the invention include utilizing an identity key table entry to locate party identity information and performing key transformations between different types of identity keys. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114985 | MANAGING THE CONTENT OF SHARED SLIDE PRESENTATIONS - Systems, methods, and software applications for managing slide presentation content are described in the present disclosure. According to one embodiment, among many, a computer readable medium is configured to store instructions that are executable by a processing device. The computer readable medium comprises logic adapted to disassemble a plurality of slide presentations into a plurality of individual files, wherein each individual file corresponds to a single slide of a respective slide presentation. The computer readable medium also includes logic adapted to extract information from each slide and logic adapted to compare the extracted information from each slide and consolidate groups of slides that are substantially similar. | 05-06-2010 |
20100114986 | NAVIGATING MEDIA CONTENT BY GROUPS - Grouping media files via playlists on a computer-readable medium. One or more media files are selected according to a grouping criterion to define one or more playlists from the media files. A folder is associated with the playlists and stores values identifying each of the playlists associated with the folder along with references to each of the playlists. | 05-06-2010 |
20100121886 | Map Database Generating Systems, Methods, and Programs - Systems, methods, and programs store feature information relating to features existing on a road and on the periphery of the road, each piece of feature information being associated with a unique identification symbol, each piece of feature information including disposition information expressing a spatial disposition of each feature independently of the road network, form information expressing a form of each feature, accuracy information expressing an accuracy of the information, and acquisition timing information expressing an acquisition timing of the information. The systems, methods, and programs (1) output the feature information stored in the feature database and input map information constituting the map database, the map information being generated based on the output feature information, or (2) generate map information constituting the map database on the basis of the feature information stored in the feature database. | 05-13-2010 |
20100121887 | Method for Generating a Combinatorial Annotated Image Database and an Application Thereof - A combinatorial annotated image set consists of photographic images of a given subject and meta data concerning the images. The meta data includes labels which may consist of several forms including photographs of objects and English phrases. A method is described herein to generate combinatorial annotated image sets having a plurality of images and labels. | 05-13-2010 |
20100121888 | AUTOMATIC DESIGNATION OF FOOTNOTES TO FACT DATA - Architecture where footnotes can be tied directly to fact data on a line-by-line basis, for example, and presented to a consumer of the data in a desired language. A reporter mechanism is provided for associating footnotes to fact data at report preparation time. Using a report/building block metaphor, the architecture provides the ability to tie footnotes to one or many fact data. In the context of financial data, building blocks are rows (which usually define account information), columns (which usually define book codes and reporting periods) and optional trees (which define departmental structure for a report). Once the footnote or multiple footnotes are associated with a building block or logical operations on building blocks (e.g., intersection), the footnotes are also auto-generated for each report, and at the desired block locations. Moreover, the user can select one or more languages in which to present the footnotes. | 05-13-2010 |
20100121889 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, INTERFACES AND SOFTWARE FOR AUTOMATED COLLECTION AND INTEGRATION OF ENTITY DATA INTO ONLINE DATABASES AND PROFESSIONAL DIRECTORIES - An information-retrieval system includes a server that receives queries for documents from client devices and means for outputting results of queries to the client devices, with the results provided in association with one or more interactive control features that are selectable to invoke display of information regarding entities, such as professionals, referenced in the results. | 05-13-2010 |
20100125613 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RAPID AND COST-EFFECTIVE DEVELOPMENT OF USER GENERATED CONTENT - An express content metadata system (“ECM”) may provide functionality for uploading, querying and downloading game content without heavy coding requirements on the part of the developers. The ECM may provide fast indexing, searching and data retrieval of content. The ECM may manage evolving changes to content definitions by providing flexible and efficient versioning control over content definitions that allows multiple versions of game content to coexist and be independently searchable. | 05-20-2010 |
20100125614 | SYSTEMS AND PROCESSES FOR FUNCTIONALLY INTERPOLATED INCREASING SEQUENCE ENCODING - Systems and processes for compressing a plurality of integers are provided. The plurality of integers is accessed. Each integer in the plurality of integers references an address in a record in a plurality of records stored in computer readable memory. The plurality of plurality of integers is fit to a fitting function having a plurality of coefficients thereby establishing a value for each coefficient. A lookup table is built. The table comprises, for each of the integers, other than the first and last integer, a residual that remains when a value of the fitting function is removed from the value of the integer. A representation of the fitting function, the value for each of the one or more coefficients, and the lookup table, are stored, thereby compressing the plurality of integers. | 05-20-2010 |
20100125615 | PROCESSING DRUG DATA - Computer-assisted methods and systems of processing a drug information source. Characterizing the drug by the set comprising: syntax-parsed drug rule elements, adverse event data, mapped terms, and metadata. A method includes: creating a drug rule syntax; extracting metadata from the drug information source; extracting verbatim adverse event data from the drug information source; identifying drug rule content from the drug information source; mapping terms from verbatim data to a reference source; and parsing drug rule elements from at least one identified instance of drug rule content into the drug rule syntax, retaining associations between those drug rule elements that form a drug rule. | 05-20-2010 |
20100131568 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND STRUCTURES FOR A REUSABLE CUSTOM-DEFINED NESTABLE COMPOUND DATA TYPE FOR CONSTRUCTION OF DATABASE OBJECTS - The reusable custom-defined nestable compound data type for construction of database objects of one or more embodiments of the invention provide advantages over traditional non-reusable structured tables of RDBM systems. The data structure of one or more embodiments of the invention may be thought of in part as a generalized form of a user defined compound data type that may be used to model various “exotic” data structures, such as flexible hierarchies and networks, in database schema. Thus, the system, methods and data structures of one or more embodiments of the invention may be used to define and instantiate structures that support the creation of flexible nested records that expose the relationship between parent records and private child sub-records in a database schema. | 05-27-2010 |
20100131569 | METHOD & APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING A SECONDARY CONCEPT IN A COLLECTION OF DOCUMENTS - A Methodology for identifying secondary concepts that are included in one or more documents in a collection of documents is disclosed. Training information is manually created from a subset of a collection of documents and used by a primary concept identification function to process textual information contained in the documents included in the collection of documents to identify primary concepts included in the collection of documents. Each of the primary concepts included in the collection of documents is used as input to a secondary concept identification function which results in the identification of secondary concepts included in each of the primary concepts. A query is generated and used as input to both the primary and secondary concept identification functions and the result of both the operation of both of these functions on the query is compared to the identified secondary concepts. The distance between the query and each of the secondary concepts is determined and those secondary concepts that are within a predetermined distance of the query are displayed. | 05-27-2010 |
20100131570 | METHODS AND STRUCTURES FOR UTILIZING REUSABLE CUSTOM-DEFINED NESTABLE COMPOUND DATA TYPES TO PERMIT PRODUCT VARIATIONS WITHIN AN EXISITNG TAXONOMY - Methods and structures for utilizing reusable custom-defined nestable compound data types to permit product variations within an existing taxonomy are described. Multi-attribute Tuples representing individual product variations provide an efficient way to represent an irregular subset of all attribute permutations. Tuples, using the system, methods and structures of one or more embodiments of the invention, provide an elegant solution to efficiently represent the many variations. | 05-27-2010 |
20100131571 | METHOD APPLICATION AND SYSTEM FOR CHARACTERIZING MULTIMEDIA CONTENT - Disclosed is a system, application and method for generating characterization information for multimedia content. According to some embodiments of the present invention, first characterization information for the content may be applied as a constraint on one or more recognition algorithms. The content may be analyzed using one or more recognition algorithms to generate second characterization information. | 05-27-2010 |
20100138451 | Techniques for facilitating on-line contextual analysis and advertising - Various techniques are disclosed for facilitating on-line contextual analysis and/or advertising operations implemented in a computer network. According to some embodiments, various aspects may be used for enabling advertisers to provide contextual advertising promotions to end-users based upon real-time analysis of web page content which may be served to an end-user's computer system. In at least one embodiment, the information obtained from the real-time analysis may be used to select, in real-time, contextually relevant information, advertisements, and/or other content which may then be displayed to the end-user, for example, via real-time insertion of textual markup objects and/or dynamic content. According to specific embodiments, various operations may be performed for adapting or modifying a conventional context-based advertising systems to improve various features such as, for example, ad relevance estimation, click-through rate estimation, advertisement selection and layout, balancing exploration and exploitation, etc. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138452 | Techniques for facilitating on-line contextual analysis and advertising - Various techniques are disclosed for facilitating on-line contextual analysis and/or advertising operations implemented in a computer network. According to some embodiments, various aspects may be used for enabling advertisers to provide contextual advertising promotions to end-users based upon real-time analysis of web page content which may be served to an end-user's computer system. In at least one embodiment, the information obtained from the real-time analysis may be used to select, in real-time, contextually relevant information, advertisements, and/or other content which may then be displayed to the end-user, for example, via real-time insertion of textual markup objects and/or dynamic content. According to specific embodiments, various operations may be performed for adapting or modifying a conventional context-based advertising systems to improve various features such as, for example, ad relevance estimation, click-through rate estimation, advertisement selection and layout, balancing exploration and exploitation, etc. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138453 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A PERSONALIZED DIABETES MANAGEMENT TOOL FOR DIABETES MELLITUS - A system and method for generating a personalized diabetes management tool for diabetes mellitus is provided. An insulin activity curve for a patient population for an insulin preparation for diabetes mellitus treatment is identified. A personal insulin activity model for the patient is generated. An insulin sensitivity is determined by taking a derivative of the rate of change of blood glucose over time for the insulin preparation. An insulin sensitivity coefficient for the insulin preparation for a patient of diabetes mellitus is established. The insulin sensitivity coefficient is applied to the patient population insulin activity curve over a duration of action of the insulin preparation. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138454 | TRACKING OF OBJECT VERSIONS IN DIFFERENT PROJECT STAGES - A system and method to maintain versions of an object for each lifecycle stage of the object are described. The system maintains versions and archives of objects in memory. The system includes an object repository to maintain new objects. The system has a lifecycle stage module to manage lifecycle stages, an origin matrix builder to build origin matrices, an archive version manager to manage archives. The system further retrieves usages of objects across lifecycle stages using a usage logic module and compares the content of objects from different stages using a comparison module. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138455 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETECTING INAPPROPRIATE CONTENT IN VIRTUAL WORLDS - A system for detecting inappropriate content in a virtual world environment has and a corresponding method utilizes a rating unit for rating each of one or more virtual objects based upon its content. The system has and the method utilizes a tagging unit for tagging each of the one or more virtual objects with its respective rating, an object tagging database for storing ratings of the one or more virtual objects, and a policy database for storing policies associated with the ratings and the regions. Further the system has and the method utilizes an object monitor for monitoring the movement of each of the one or more virtual objects, a security scanner for scanning each of the one or more virtual objects to determine the rating of each of the one or more virtual objects, and an enforcement module to enforce the policies of the policy database based upon the rating and the respective region. | 06-03-2010 |
20100138456 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR A LOCALITY-SENSITIVE NON-UNIQUE SECONDARY INDEX - A system, method, and computer-readable medium for allocation of a Locality-sensitive Non-Unique Secondary Index are provided. The Locality-sensitive Non-Unique Secondary Index preserves the similarity of incorporated fields as well as improves the average secondary index sub-table look-up performance and is advantageously resilient to the type of predicates and workloads applied thereto. Rows of the secondary index having values of the columns that are hashed to determine a secondary index sub-table row location have a higher probability of being closely located within the secondary index than rows with more dissimilar column values that are hashed to determine the secondary index row location. | 06-03-2010 |
20100146009 | Method of DJ commentary analysis for indexing and search - A method of conducting a disc jockey (DJ) commentary analysis for indexing and search is provided. More specifically, a method is provided for automatically generating metadata related to commentary of media segments to enable tagging, storing and context relevant searching. Speech-to-text conversion technology and audio/video analysis are used to generate content and metadata. Subject matter is then identified and filtered to a predetermined set of subjects. Metadata tags and context profiles for the media segments are generated to index the media segments. Moreover, context information of the user is used to generate a context profile of the user in a format similar to that of the media segment. Indexed media segments are searched to match with the user context profile and a relevant media segment is presented to the user. | 06-10-2010 |
20100146010 | RECIPROCAL TAGS IN SOCIAL TAGGING - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for reciprocal tagging of resources in a computer communications network. A method for reciprocal tagging of resources can include specifying a resource in a computing system for tagging and identifying a reciprocal resource to the specified resource and generating a tag for a specified resource, the tag referencing the reciprocal resource and specifying a relationship between the specified resource and the reciprocal resource. The method further can include additionally generating a reciprocal tag for the reciprocal resource, the reciprocal tag referencing the specified resource in the reciprocal tag and indicating a reciprocal relationship between the specified resource and the reciprocal resource. Finally, the method can include storing both tags in a data store of reciprocal tags for subsequent access. | 06-10-2010 |
20100146011 | Generic Data Model for Event Monitoring Integration - Illustrative embodiments provide a computer-implemented method for a generic data model for event monitoring integration. The computer-implemented method generates monitor application descriptor data for an identified candidate, identifies a target monitor model specification associated with the identified candidate to form an identified target monitor model specification, and responsive to identifying the target monitor model specification, provides the monitor application descriptor data and the identified target monitor model specification, to a monitor model generator. The computer-implemented method further identifies application elements of the identified candidate to be monitored to form identified elements, and generates the identified monitor model for the identified elements to create a monitor-specific output. | 06-10-2010 |
20100146012 | PREVIEWING SEARCH RESULTS FOR SUGGESTED REFINEMENT TERMS AND VERTICAL SEARCHES - An embodiment of the current invention is directed to presenting a preview of search results for a suggested search. A search engine query is received. One or more search results are generated. One or more suggested, search terms are generated. A search engine results page is generated, including the one or more search results and the one or more suggested, search terms. An indication is received, indicating that a preview of search results related to a selected, suggested, search term is to be displayed. A preview window including a results section and a menu-bar section is generated. One or more search results related to the selected, suggested, search term are acquired. The one or more search results are presented in the preview window. The preview window allows interaction with the one or more search results. | 06-10-2010 |
20100146013 | GENERALISED SELF-REFERENTIAL FILE SYSTEM AND METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ABSORBING DATA INTO A DATA STORE - Embodiments of an unrestricted binary unambiguous file or memory mapped object are disclosed along with descriptions of corresponding reading and writing processes. The file or object may be used to store data of any type. ‘Binary unambiguous’ refers to a quality whereby the binary data stored within the datastore (file or memory map) is always and uniquely identified by a binary type identifier readily discerned from the self same map. Similarly, the term ‘unrestricted’ refers to the capacity of the protocol to accept data of any type, nature, format, structure or context, in a manner that retains the binary unambiguous nature of embodiments of the disclosed technology for each data item. A storage object so created may be easily read by dedicated software, and as well as with the provision of appropriate metadata, be transferred between data stores without requiring intervention from a computer user or administrator. | 06-10-2010 |
20100153469 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF CREATING A SEQUENCE OF CONTENT ITEMS - The method of creating a sequence of content items of the invention comprises a first step of determining a second content item having a second value ( | 06-17-2010 |
20100153470 | Identifying and Generating Biometric Cohorts Based on Biometric Sensor Input - The illustrative embodiments described herein provide a computer implemented method, apparatus, and computer program product for generating biometric cohorts. In one embodiment, biometric data is received which identifies a set of biometric patterns. The biometric data is received from a set of biometric sensors. The biometric data is processed to form digital biometric data that identifies attributes of the biometric data. In addition, the digital biometric data includes metadata describing the attributes of the biometric data. Thereafter, a set of biometric cohorts is generated using the digital biometric data. Each member of the set of biometric cohorts shares at least one biometric attribute in common. | 06-17-2010 |
20100153471 | CREATING AD HOC RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN ENTITIES - Users are enabled to quickly and easily associate records representing entities such as themselves, other users, contacts, accounts, teams/groups, and similar ones employing a record of the association and assign each entity a role or other attributes as a part of this association. Relationship records and attributes preserving entity association information allow teamwork, communication, and collaboration for effective management of business processes. The records and attributes also enable visualization and facilitate deeper understanding of the relationships between people, data, and business processes. | 06-17-2010 |
20100153472 | System and Method for Processing Event Predicates - Described is a method comprising initializing a first set of bits corresponding to a first plurality of predicate indices to a first value, and initializing a second set of bits corresponding to a second plurality of predicate indices to a second value. A subscription is processed. The subscription includes a plurality of subscription predicates, each of the subscription predicates associated with corresponding predicate indices in one of the first and second pluralities. An event is processed. The event includes an event predicate. When the event predicate matches a first predicate index in the first plurality, a first bit associated with the first predicate index is toggled to the second value. When the event predicate matches a second predicate index in the second plurality, a second bit associated with the second predicate index is toggled to the first value. When each bit associated with the corresponding predicate indices is the second value, the event is outputted to a source of the subscription. | 06-17-2010 |
20100161680 | Data visualization with summary graphs - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with visualizing data using summary graphs are described. One example method includes constructing a summary graph for display. The summary graph represents the data as a summary node having a plurality of property edges connected to the summary node. The summary node represents the set of values for the node in the data. | 06-24-2010 |
20100161681 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR DATABASE TABLE AGGREGATION - Methods, systems, and computer program products for database table aggregation are provided. A method includes encoding first and second components via a waveform definition, the first and second components specifying first and second criteria, respectively, for aggregating data. The method includes generating a complex periodic aggregation waveform (CPAW) having variable-sized square waves representing the components in a repeating pattern corresponding to the definition and the criteria, and which spans a first axis. The method includes providing a maximum byte count for aggregated data stored in a table defined by the first and/or second criteria, aggregating the data in accordance with the criteria, and creating a new table for overflow of data determined for the table when the maximum byte count is exceeded. The method includes updating the CPAW with results of the aggregation and generating a waveform representing the new table along a second axis. | 06-24-2010 |
20100161682 | METADATA MODEL REPOSITORY - A system includes a data structure comprising a business object metadata model describing a generic business object model, executable program code of a transactional service to create a second data structure comprising a specific business object model based on the business object metadata model, and a persistent storage to store the second data structure comprising the specific business object model. Some aspects include creation of an electronic data structure comprising a business object metadata model describing a generic business object model, execution, using a processor, of program code of a transactional service to create a second electronic data structure comprising a specific business object model based on the business object metadata model, and storage of the second electronic data structure comprising the specific business object model in a persistent storage. | 06-24-2010 |
20100161683 | Method and System for Event Notifications - A method for generating a ring tone for a given caller based on a prior conversation with that caller. A portion of a conversation with a given caller is recorded and stored in memory as a ring tone. When a subsequent call is received from the same caller, identified by caller ID, the ring tone is played, alerting the user to the incoming call as well as the context of their prior communication. In alternative embodiments of the invention, a prior textual or video conversation is used as the basis for a ring tone, and/or the ‘ring tone’ is delivered by other than audio means. The invention is capable of implementation in telecommunications systems such as cellular, local exchange, and VOIP, and in combination with other forms of internet-based telecommunication. | 06-24-2010 |
20100169384 | Kstore data simulator directives and values processor process and files - A data simulator receives a set of directives specified in a file and creates one or more datastreams from which a data structure may be built as specified by the directives. The directives may specify configuration settings, constants, changing fields, values and probabilities. | 07-01-2010 |
20100169385 | Merging of Multiple Data Sets - A method may comprise comparing a first data set with a second data set, the first data set associating a first plurality of names with a first plurality of roles, and the second data set associating a second plurality of names with a second plurality of roles. The method may further comprise generating a third data set based on an outcome of the comparing, such that the third data set associates a subset of the first plurality of names with a subset of the second plurality of roles. Apparatuses, methods, and software for performing these and other functions are also described. | 07-01-2010 |
20100169386 | IDENTITY DATABASE BUREAU - Systems and methods for making biometric data susceptible to use in locating individuals and tracking the location of individuals over time are provided. The system may involve the collection of initial biometric data, including iris scans, and corresponding identification information, the entry of such data into a database, and then the further collection of biometric data associated with locational information and entry of that data into a database correlating to the first database. | 07-01-2010 |
20100169387 | ANALYTICS ENABLEMENT OBJECTS - A method and system, the method may include generating a change notification in response to a change of at least one attribute associated with at least one node of a host business object (BO); and updating, based on the generated change notification, an analytic enablement object (AEO) class of business object having derived attributes based on the at least one attribute of the host BO and representing transformations of the at least one attribute. | 07-01-2010 |
20100174757 | CREATION OF DATE WINDOW FOR RECORD SELECTION - A method for creating a date window for record selection. The method includes defining a set of parameters for calculating a date window for record selection, automatically detecting a current date, receiving input values corresponding to the defined set of parameters, from a user via a user interface, calculating and generating the date window based on the input values and the current date detected, and providing the generated date window and data records associated with the generated date window to the user via the user interface. | 07-08-2010 |
20100174758 | AUTOMATIC MANAGEMENT OF SINGLE SIGN ON PASSWORDS - Identity Management (IdM) systems prevent a user from having to memorize numerous passwords for different resources, while Single Sign-On (SSO) systems allow a user to login to several resources by providing login credentials once. Since IdM systems propagate the same password to numerous resources, a compromised password for one resource would allow unauthorized access to all resources. A system can automatically generate unique passwords for each of a plurality of resources and update login information on each resource to reflect the unique password. | 07-08-2010 |
20100185682 | Object identifier and common registry to support asynchronous checkpointing with audits - Example embodiments provide a method of identifying an application object that includes forming an assigned global persistent data record identifier (GPR ID) of the application object. The GPR ID includes a GPR type identifier, which identifies a cooperating application process (CAP) owner and a type of application object. The GPR ID further includes a GPR record identifier, which identifies an instance of the application object. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185683 | Indexing Strategy With Improved DML Performance and Space Usage for Node-Aware Full-Text Search Over XML - Techniques are provided for searching within a collection of XML documents. A relational table stores an entry for each node of a set of nodes in a collection of XML documents. Each entry of the relational table stores an order key and a path identifier along with the atomized value of the node. Instead of storing the atomized value in a full-text index, a virtual column can be created to represent, for each node, the atomized value of the node. Alternately, each entry of the relational table stores an order key and a path identifier along with, for simple nodes, the atomized value, and for complex nodes, a null value. For a complex node with a descendant text node, a separate entry is stored for the descendant text node in the relational table. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185684 | HIGH PRECISION MULTI ENTITY EXTRACTION - Techniques for high precision multi entity extraction are provided. A wrapper that represents a generalized structure of a set of training web pages is accessed. The wrapper includes one or more annotations that indicate a set of attributes that are included in each of a plurality of records. Record boundaries are determined based on nodes included in the wrapper, where the record boundaries delimit the plurality of records within any training page of the set of training web pages. The wrapper is modified to include one or more boundary nodes, where the one or more boundary nodes indicate the record boundaries of the plurality of records within the set of training web pages. Multiple records are extracted from a web page, where extracting the multiple records comprises detecting record completions based at least on the wrapper and on a document object model (DOM) representation of the web page. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185685 | Technique for Information Retrieval Using Enhanced Latent Semantic Analysis - A technique for information retrieval includes parsing a corpus to identify a number of wordform instances within each document of the corpus. A weighted morpheme-by-document matrix is generated based at least in part on the number of wordform instances within each document of the corpus and based at least in part on a weighting function. The weighted morpheme-by-document matrix separately enumerates instances of stems and affixes. Additionally or alternatively, a term-by-term alignment matrix may be generated based at least in part on the number of wordform instances within each document of the corpus. At least one lower rank approximation matrix is generated by factorizing the weighted morpheme-by-document matrix and/or the term-by-term alignment matrix. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185686 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A LICENSE DESCRIPTION SYNTAX IN A SOFTWARE DUE DILIGENCE SYSTEM - Described herein is a system and method for providing a condensed license description syntax for use in a software due diligence system. In particular, the license description syntax may employ a limited number of verifiable attributes to provide precision and lack of redundancy in describing various software licenses relevant to software due diligence. For example, the software due diligence system may identify licenses in software under review and invoke a compiler configured to perform various operations on the license description syntax to check for permissions and obligations associated with the identified licenses (e.g., name translation, operator translation, logical expression evaluation, etc.). Thus, the license description syntax may enable the license database to be established as a global public or private license database, in addition to providing licenses attributes useful in software due diligence review. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185687 | SELECTING ADVERTISEMENTS - An advertisement management system, a computer-implemented method, and computer readable media to select advertisements are provided. The advertisement management system includes a keyword component, a targeting component, and a merging component. The keyword component generates a lists of advertisements based on keywords provided by the advertisers. The targeting component, executing in parallel with the keyword component, generates another list of advertisements based on targeting data provided by the advertisers. The merging component combines the list of advertisements generated by the keyword component and targeting component based on relevance to user search terms received by the advertisement management system or revenue that the advertisement is able to generate for the advertiser, publisher, or advertisement management system. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185688 | VARIABLE-LENGTH RECORD, CORRUPTION RECOVERY APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD - A method for identifying records of variable length within a data block containing corrupted data is disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, such a method may include scanning backward from an end of a data block containing variable-length records. The backward scan may proceed, one record at a time, to identify a first span of good (i.e., non-corrupt) records. The method may further include scanning forward from a front of the data block, also proceeding one record at a time, to identify a second span of good records. The method may include identifying a problem region by identifying data that resides between the first span and the second span. The method may also include creating a new record between the first span and the second span that contains the problem region. A corresponding computer program product, apparatus, and system are also disclosed. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185689 | Enhancing Keyword Advertising Using Wikipedia Semantics - Disclosed are systems and methods for extracting semantic-based keywords through mining word semantics using Wikipedia's taxonomy. Described is the use a semantic bipartite graph that relates candidate keywords and topics. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185690 | DYNAMIC MANIPULATION OF ARCHIVE FILES - A method, apparatus, and article of manufacture provide the ability to edit in-place a ZIP™ archive file. A file and a first file block (FFB) in a first block location are opened and modified. If the first block location can accommodate the modified FFB, the modified FFB is saved, in-place, in the first block location without rewriting the entire archive. However, if the first block location cannot accommodate the modified FFB, a second file block is copied from a second block location to a third block location located at an end of a file data section of the archives A portion of the second block location is marked as a free block and the modified FFB is saved without rewriting the entire ZIP™ archives The archive is then saved by updating and saving both the central directory and end of central directory. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185691 | SCALABLE SEMI-STRUCTURED NAMED ENTITY DETECTION - Disclosed are methods and apparatus for performing named entity recognition. A set of candidates and corresponding contexts are obtained, each of the set of candidates being a potential seed example of an entity. The contexts of at least a portion of the set of candidates are compared with contexts of a set of seed examples of the entity such that a subset of the set of candidates are added to the set of the seed examples. A set of rules are created from the set of seed examples obtained in the comparing step. A final set of seed examples of the entity is generated by executing the set of rules against the set of candidates. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185692 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING INTERVALS OF A SPACE FILLING CURVE IN A QUERY BOX - A system and method is disclosed for determining intervals of a space filling curve in a query box. The method includes the operation of providing a range query-box contained within a data set, wherein the data set has a plurality of elements in N dimensions. A space filling curve is applied to the data set. The space filling curve contacts each of the elements in the N dimensions. The space filling curve is also applied to a range-query box contained within the data set. An entry point of the space filling curve into the query box is determined. A first endpoint box is formed to cover an hquad of the space filling curve at the entry point that includes P×P elements, with a first value of P selected as one. The value of P is increased to expand the endpoint box around a next larger hquad of the space filling curve, until a size of the endpoint box is maximized without exiting the range-query box. The interval of the space filling curve in the endpoint box can then be determined. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185693 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CREATING AN AUDIT TRAIL - Extensible data management system and methods for enabling participants (providers and customers) in a software-as-a-service (SaaS) environment to define audit configurations for generating an audit trail tailored to a customers' business needs. A participant in the SaaS environment may define an extension to the data management system, wherein the extension is associated with a node representing the participant in a hierarchical data structure. The position of the participants in the hierarchical data structure ensures audit configurations created by one customer do not affect the functionality of other customers in the SaaS environment. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185694 | Query-Based Generation of Data Records - A method and apparatus for generating at least one data record in respect to a database query comprising a fetch command. A database may be updated according to the at least one data record. In an exemplary embodiment, a database management system may be tested by performing the database query against the database. In another exemplary embodiment, a data record that satisfies the database query is generated in order to increase coverage when testing a database management system. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185695 | System and Method for Data Clustering - A method for data clustering may comprise entering data into a computer network comprising a master processor, an array of slave processors, and two cluster seats associated with each slave processor; executing a master process comprising dividing the data into clusters, sending the clusters to the cluster seats, initializing an optimization cycle, and computing an objective function. The optimization cycle includes the parallel execution by the slave processors of a slave process, which includes exchanging data between paired clusters so as to increase the objective function based on two modalities, and then resorting the cluster pairs for a subsequent iteration of the process. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185696 | DATA TRANFORMATIONS FOR APPLICATIONS SUPPORTING DIFFERENT DATA FORMATS - Embodiments of the invention allow structured data to be transferred between a source application and a target application that process structured data in different formats. For example, structured data may have a set of associated rules which transform the structured data based on a set of variables. The source application may register variable definitions for each of the variables in a registry. The target application may read the registry and register values for each of the rule variables. Once values are registered for the variables, the source application may transfer the structured data to a transformation engine that applies the rules, using the registered values for the variables, to transform the structured data into a format compatible with the target application. In doing so, the transformation engine can generate a document in any format compatible with the target application and subsequently transfer the generated document to the target application. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185697 | MAINTAINING A DATA STRUCTURE WITH DATA SET NAMES AND POINTERS TO A PLURALITY OF CATALOGS - A plurality of catalogs are maintained, and wherein each catalog of the plurality of catalogs includes data sets and attributes of the data sets. An indication that a new data set is to be defined is received. A selected catalog is determined from the plurality of catalogs, wherein the selected catalog is suitable for including the new data set and attributes of the new data set. An entry that indicates a data set name corresponding to the new data set and an index to the selected catalog is inserted in a group table. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185698 | METHOD FOR AUTO UPLOADING FILES AND RELATED COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - The present invention provides a method for auto uploading files and a related computer-readable medium. The method of the present invention comprises: determining whether file variations occur in at least a folder of a first electronic device to generate a determining result; and executing an auto uploading operation to auto upload files resulting in the file variations occurring in the folder to a data storage space of at least a second electronic device when the determining result indicating that the file variations occur in the folder. The present invention can be utilized for auto uploading different types of files to different types of network sharing spaces such as YouTube, Flickr, Picasa, and File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server. Thus, the present invention can help users to save a lot of time in uploading files to the different types of network sharing spaces. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185699 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REPRESENTING N-LINKED GLYCAN STRUCTURES - A fixed-length alpha-numeric code for representing N-linked glycan structures commonly found in secreted glycoproteins from mammalian cell cultures. The code employs a pre-assigned alpha-numeric index to represent the monosaccharides attached in different branches to the core glycan structure. The present branch-centric representation allows visualization of the structure while the numerical nature of the code makes it machine readable. A difference operator can be defined to quantitatively differentiate between glycan structures for further analysis. The code can be incorporated in a retrievable format into an information management system. A method is also provided for representing the structure of at least a portion of an oligosaccharide, using the fixed-length alpha-numeric code. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185700 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALIGNING ONTOLOGIES USING ANNOTATION EXCHANGE - Ontology alignment is achieved using an exchange of annotations between different actors (users, software agent, application, etc.) over the Internet in order to create aligned ontologies that can be used by search engines to locate web content in the Semantic Web. An annotation related to a source ontology is received from a different storage medium. The ontology associated with that annotation is retrieved in order to make a local copy. The copied ontology is renamed before its content can be modified through a user interface. Every element modified inside the copied ontology is then automatically tagged with information in that links the modified element to the corresponding element in the source ontology. Alignment between the copied ontology and the source ontology is thereby achieved. | 07-22-2010 |
20100185701 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENABLING LIFE CYCLE MAINTENANCE OF HIERARCHICAL DATABASE SCHEMAS IN MODELING TOOL - A Database Operations Center where the schemas in a Metastore Database are converted to the correlating relational schemas that can be represented in Modeling Tools for easy visibility and editing. | 07-22-2010 |
20100191777 | Serialization of shared and cyclic data structures using compressed object encodings - A method of encoding data structures using compressed object encodings during serialization. A compressed representation of the data is generated directly while encoding. Serialization means converting a data structure to a string of bytes for external storage or communication. | 07-29-2010 |
20100198880 | MUSIC DIARY PROCESSOR - A music diary processor for generating an electronic music diary. The music diary processor receives a plurality of event identifiers from a user, wherein each event identifier identifies a respective life event associated with the user. The user can also provide a date identifier identifying a date associated with the life event, a song identifier identifying one or more songs identified by the user as being associated with the live event. The event identifiers, song identifiers and the date identifiers are stored in an electronic storage medium wherein each song identifier and date identifier is coupled with at least one respective event identifier, and a plurality of event identifiers are coupled with each other. The music diary processor can serve as a music discovery vehicle, wherein the music diary processor can use data entered by a user to locate songs and other data associated with other music diaries. | 08-05-2010 |
20100198881 | METHOD OF DATA STORAGE AND MANAGEMENT - The present invention relates to a method of electronic data storage, integration, management, retrieval and organization that mimics the physical filing system through the use of account-centric non-table driven methodologies. The method of the present invention stores data related to the same account in an account-centric ledger file, where such ledger is a virtual folder that is being implemented using DBMS as the filing apparatus. The data as stored in the ledger can be retrieved as a whole when requested. Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a computer program having a module where execution of said module generates the method for storing, integrating, managing, retrieving and organizing data in accordance with the present invention. | 08-05-2010 |
20100198882 | Systems and methods for creating multiple logbooks in a computer application. - Systems and methods for creating multiple logbooks in a computer application. Entities that make up the components of a logbook are defined. The logbook is customized by further extending the entities and defining the relationship between the entities. Using the entities and their extensions and relationships, multiple logbooks can be created in a single computer application. | 08-05-2010 |
20100205222 | MUSIC PROFILING - A method of creating a profile of a library having a plurality of audio files and a method of recommending audio-based content to a user based on a library profile. The audio-based content may be, for example, music or songs. A method of creating a profile of a library having a plurality of audio files comprises obtaining a fingerprint of each audio file in the library, the fingerprint of an audio file being a representation of sound data associated with the audio file; and determining a fingerprint of the library, the library fingerprint being a composite of the fingerprints of each audio file in the library. A method of recommending audio-based content stored in an audio-database on a system to a user comprises obtaining a fingerprint of a user library having a plurality of audio files, the library fingerprint being a composite of a fingerprint of each audio file in the library; comparing the user's library fingerprint to the fingerprint of the audio files in the audio file database; and selecting at least one audio file from the audio file database for recommending to a user, the selected at least one audio file having a fingerprint similar to the user's fingerprint within a pre-determined tolerance. | 08-12-2010 |
20100205223 | SYSTEM FOR BROADCAST INFORMATION DATABASE - A database system includes a processor configured to receive broadcasts according to a plurality of broadcast formats. The processor determines broadcast information associated with each received broadcast. The processor stores a database entry for each received broadcast within a database stored in the memory. Each database entry is indicative of the broadcast information associated the received broadcast. The processor continuously populates the database with broadcast information associated with received broadcasts. The database is user-accessible, allowing database entries to be viewed and altered. Ratings for various broadcast information are user-provided allowing preferred broadcast content to be user-designated based on the broadcast information. The ratings are used to notify a user of preferred broadcast content being broadcast according to at least one of the broadcast formats allowing the user to select receipt of the preferred broadcast content while available. | 08-12-2010 |
20100205224 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING AND MANAGING UNIVERSALLY UNIQUE IDENTIFIERS FOR SERVICES - A method is provided for creating a Universally Unique Identifier (UUID) for a web service. The UUID is stored in service metadata associated with the web service. The UUID can then be used to track services and correlate service information between multiple systems. In accordance with an embodiment, a method is provided for publishing Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) service information from a metadata repository to a service registry. In accordance with an embodiment, a method is provided for receiving Universal Description Discovery and Integration (UDDI) service information from a service registry into a metadata repository. | 08-12-2010 |
20100205225 | Method and Apparatus for Transforming a Process - A method and an apparatus for transforming generic processes of a domain into executable processes. The method includes the following steps: selecting from a list of generic processes stored in a process repository at least one generic process for a context of the respective domain, performing an operationalization of process elements of said selected processes to generate a corresponding transaction model depending on said context, and instantiating said transaction model on occurrence of a transaction trigger to generate an executable transaction model instance. The method can be implemented as an efficient tool for project planning in an organization comprising several operative units. | 08-12-2010 |
20100205226 | UNIQUE REFERENCING SCHEME IDENTIFIER FOR LOCATION - System and method for processing electronic information that identifies a location relevant to electronic information, and associates a location ID code with the electronic information that defines the identified location using a computing device. The location ID code includes a first component that includes version information, a second component that includes country information of the identified location, a third component that includes longitude and latitude coordinates for the identified location, and a fourth component that includes a semantic address expression of the identified location. | 08-12-2010 |
20100205227 | CUSTOM ENTITIES AND FIELDS IN A MULTI-TENANT DATABASE SYSTEM - Systems and methods for hosting variable schema data such as dynamic tables and columns in a fixed physical database schema. Standard objects, such as tables are provided for use by multiple tenants or organizations in a multi-tenant database system. Each organization may add or define custom fields for inclusion in a standard object. Custom fields for multiple tenants are stored in a single field within the object data structure, and this single field may contain different data types for each tenant. Indexing columns are also provided, wherein a tenant may designate a field for indexing. Data values for designated fields are copied to an index column, and each index column may include multiple data types. Each organization may also define custom objects including custom fields and indexing columns. Custom objects for multiple tenants are stored in a single custom object data structure. The primary key values for the single custom object table are globally unique, but also include an object-specific identifier which may be re-used among different entities. | 08-12-2010 |
20100211609 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO PROCESS UNSTRUCTURED DATA - A system to process unstructured data is provided. An example system to process unstructured data comprises a receiver to access a source of unstructured data, an entity extractor to extract entity instances from the source of unstructured data and organize the extracted entity instances into an entity instance table, a pattern generator to generate a pattern comprising a key entity and one or more non-key entities associated with the key entity based on the entity instance table, and a dataset generator to generate a two-dimensional table based on the pattern and the entity instance table. | 08-19-2010 |
20100211610 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING FINANCIAL TRANSACTION DATA - The information related to a journal entry is gathered in a predefined format and a journal entry request is generated. The journal entry request is processed and the journal entry is recorded in a journal. Each individual associated with the journal entry request is automatically notified about any change in status of the journal entry request. | 08-19-2010 |
20100211611 | Method and an apparatus for detecting and evolving of a structure for storage, analysis, and exchange of information data between domains and organizations - A method and an apparatus are disclosed for detecting and evolving of a structure for storage, analysis and exchange of information data between domains and organizations. In at least one embodiment, the schema of all relevant domains of the organizations is determined on the basis of the meta-schema which includes a set of rules for generating the schema which has at least one dimension. Data of one domain can be easily used for evaluation or decision taken in other domains within the same or different organizations. | 08-19-2010 |
20100211612 | UTILIZATION OF RADIO STATION METADATA TO CONTROL PLAYBACK OF CONTENT AND DISPLAY OF CORRESPONDING CONTENT INFORMATION - A system for recording and playing back a data stream includes an internet radio receiver, a decoder, a recorder, and a player. The internet radio receiver is configured to receive a data stream of internet radio. The decoder is configured to decode the data stream into an audio stream and a metadata stream. The recorder is configured to store audio of the audio stream into an audio file and store metadata from the metadata stream that correspond to a plurality of segments of the audio stream and corresponding reception times of each segment into subsequent data rows of a metadata file. The player is configured to play the audio file and display the metadata for a data row of the metadata file when an elapsed time matches the reception time of the data row. | 08-19-2010 |
20100211613 | OPERATING METHOD FOR A COMPUTER WITH DATA MANAGEMENT - A storage area can be accessed by a computer. Files are stored in the storage area, in which application-related files are stored. Each of the files stored in the storage area is alternatively stored as protected or unprotected file. In at least one embodiment, as a function of commands, which are prespecified by a user to the computer within the scope of running an application, the protected files and/or the unprotected files are read out of the storage area by the computer. Furthermore, in at least one embodiment, as a function of commands which are prespecified by the user to the computer within the scope of running the application, the unprotected files stored in the storage area are changed, deleted and/or converted into protected files and/or new files are determined on the basis of files stored in the storage area and are stored as unprotected files in the storage area. Irrespective of the command prespecified by the user to the computer within the scope of running the application, the computer does not cause the files stored in the storage area to be changed, deleted or converted into unprotected files. | 08-19-2010 |
20100217781 | OPTIMIZED METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING PROPER NAMES TO OPTIMIZE THE MANAGEMENT AND INTERROGATION OF DATABASES - Optimized method and system making it possible to manage named entities or proper names that are presented in a different graphical or syntactic form and contained in a database ( | 08-26-2010 |
20100217782 | Service Discovery and Publication - A system and methods for service discovery and publication are disclosed. Application programs write requests for service discovery, publication, and subscription to a service discovery application programming interface. The service discovery application programming interface invokes one or more lower-level protocols to satisfy the discovery, publication and/or subscription request. Service information retrieved from lower-layer protocols is formatted into a consistent data model and returned to the client application. In addition, service information may be stored in a persistent data store managed by a discovery persistence service communicatively connected to the service discovery API. | 08-26-2010 |
20100223298 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CREATING RELATION-TYPE FORM DATABASE - The present invention provides a method and device for creating a relation-type form database, the method comprising: displaying an existing form as a background image on a screen; drawing frames on predetermined positions of the background image with an operation means to create multiple data areas; and creating parallel relations and/or cross relations among the multiple data areas to form a relation-type database of the existing form. The operations of the present invention are easy and low-cost, which enable widely spreading of the application of databases. | 09-02-2010 |
20100223299 | 3D OBJECT DESCRIPTORS - Techniques for matching a 3D object are provided. In some embodiments, a 3D object retrieval apparatus includes an input unit configured to receive as input at least one sample view of a 3D query object to be inputted, and an object descriptor determining unit configured to generate at least one object representative image of the 3D query object from the at least one sample view and to determine a query object descriptor of the 3D query object from the at least one object representative image. | 09-02-2010 |
20100223300 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THE TRANSFORMATION AND CANONICALIZATION OF SEMANTICALLY STRUCTURED DATA - A method of transforming and canonicalizing semantically structured data includes obtaining data from a network of computers, applying text patterns to the obtained data and placing the data in a first data file, providing a second data file containing the obtained data in a uniform format, and generating interface specific sentences from the data in the second data file. | 09-02-2010 |
20100223301 | Synchronous Interface to Asynchronous Processes - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, implementing and using techniques for selectively accessing one or more web services from a client machine, the one or more web services and the client machine being accessible over a network. A request for information is received from a client machine with a conversion engine. The request is received over a synchronous interface. The request is processed in the conversion engine. The processed request is transmitted over an asynchronous interface from the conversion engine to at least one web service. Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, for converting a web service description language file for a synchronous web service into a web service description language file for an asynchronous client machine are also described. | 09-02-2010 |
20100223302 | FEATURES SUCH AS TITLES, TRANSITIONS, AND/OR EFFECTS WHICH VARY ACCORDING TO POSITIONS - A software program for creating features for use with a plurality of media objects in a sequence. The program comprises a feature component specifying a feature having parameters affecting at least one variable aspect of the feature. An indicator component identifies a position of the specified feature relative to the media objects in the sequence. The program comprises a sequence generator for modifying the specified feature by varying its parameters of the specified feature as a function of the position of the specified feature relative to the media objects and/or relative to other features in the sequence. The sequence generator also modifies the specified feature by varying its parameters of the feature as a function of the content of the media objects around it or to which it has been applied. A rendering component renders the specified feature according to the varied parameters at the identified position. | 09-02-2010 |
20100228789 | COMMAND LINE INTERFACE PERMUTATION EXECUTOR - A method according to one embodiment includes receiving a command dataset of command data; generating command permutations using the command data; sequentially inputting the command permutations to a command line interface of an application; receiving results of execution of the command permutations; generating a log of at least one of the results and a derivative thereof; and storing the log on a data storage device or medium. | 09-09-2010 |
20100228790 | METHOD FOR ACTIVATING FUNCTIONALITIES PROPOSED IN A COMPUTER TERMINAL - The invention relates to a method for activating functionalities provided in a computer terminal and delivered by sources servers, with one of these functionalities being an instant messaging service in which a list including “user” contacts is displayed on the screen of said terminal. In this method, an instant messaging server delivering the instant messaging service emits the list of the “user” contacts, a list of the “user” contacts passes through a gateway server remote from the computer terminal, the gateway server adds on the fly “functionality” contacts into the list of the “user” contacts, the gateway server transmits to the computer terminal an aggregated list including the “user” contact and the “functionality” contacts the computer terminal displayed on the screen the aggregated list in which the “user” contacts and the “functionality” contacts are written, with one functionality being activated by the selection from the aggregated list displayed on the screen of the computer terminal, the corresponding “functionality” contact. | 09-09-2010 |
20100228791 | Electronic Device Having Music Database And Method Of Forming Music Database - An electronic device is disclosed according to the invention, which comprises an input unit, a memory unit for storing a music database, a display unit and a control unit. The music database comprises a plurality of pieces of music attached with visual tags. The electronic device according to the invention can facilitate the users to quickly and efficiently search out what they want to listen. Further, a method of forming the music database for the electronic device is also disclosed. | 09-09-2010 |
20100235404 | Validation of Track Databases - Methods for validating track databases based on the contents of a geological database are disclosed. The track database stores a piecewise-polynomial spline as a geometric representation of the track, along with offsets from spline points to represent the geo-locations of features on the track. After the computations associated with the geometric representation are completed and the track database is populated, the geo-locations of features in the track database are checked for consistency with the geo-locations of monuments in the geological database. If the geo-location of a feature in the track database is found to differ by more than a threshold distance from its projected geo-location, as computed from offsets from a monument in the geological database, then corrective action is taken. The illustrative embodiment also enables the validation of data values in the track database and relationships among track features. | 09-16-2010 |
20100235405 | Updating Track Databases After Track Maintenance - Techniques are disclosed for updating a train track database after track maintenance so that the database correctly reflects any changes to track geometry or to the geo-locations of features along the tracks (e.g., grade crossings, mileposts, signals, platforms, switches, spurs, etc.). Advantageously, the techniques of the illustrative embodiment enable a track maintenance crew to cost-effectively obtain post-maintenance measurements for features without the use of a Global Positioning System (GPS) unit (e.g., using a tape measure, using a laser rangefinder, etc.). | 09-16-2010 |
20100235406 | OBJECT RECOGNITION AND LIBRARY - An image may be received, a portion of which corresponds to a surface of an object, such as a book, a CD, a DVD, a wine bottle, etc. The portion of the image that corresponds to the surface of the object is located. The portion of the image is compared with previously stored images of surfaces of objects to identify the object. A record of the object is created and added to a library. The record of the object may comprise the image of the object, the portion of the image which corresponds to the surface of the object, and/or the received image itself. The record may comprise an indicator of a location of the object. | 09-16-2010 |
20100241669 | UPDATING DATA-CONSUMING ENTITIES - This document describes tools capable of updating data-consuming entities. These tools allow a developer of an application to use data binding to update data-consuming entities without the need to write custom code. | 09-23-2010 |
20100241670 | DATABASE METHODS AND APPARATUS - An apparatus having a computer-implemented database controller module, a computer-implemented database module, and a computer-implemented database query module. Software and/or firmware that is/are included in computer-implemented database controller module is/are configured to enter baseline data into the computer-implemented database module and to enter changes into the computer-implemented database module using an extensible multidimensional effectivity method of recording only an indicated change with its effectivity parameters. The computer-implemented database query module is configured to retrieve answers to queries relating to the baseline data and the changes and to return the answers in response to the queries. | 09-23-2010 |
20100250618 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR BUILDING, MANAGING AND SHARING A DIGITAL IDENTITY OF A USER OVER A SOCIAL NETWORK - There is provided a method for building a digital identity of a user over a social network comprising: receiving profile attributes associated with a user; generating a plurality of digital booklets comprising digital information associated with the attributes; updating the booklets over time; and tracking and cataloguing the booklets over time. There is further provided a method for sharing an identity of a user over a social network comprising: receiving from a first user a request to create at least one digital subset-identity, where each one of the at least one subset-identity is associated with at least one digital booklet containing digital information associated with attributes of the user; for each one of the at least one subset-identity, setting corresponding privacy rules; and controlling other users' access to the at least one subset-identity in accordance with the privacy rules. There is also provided a method for generating a biography associated with a user. The attributes comprise intrinsic attributes that inherently define the user and extrinsic attributes that comprise information about social objects and about relations of the user with the social objects. There is further provided systems for doing the same. | 09-30-2010 |
20100250619 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CROSS-STREET IDENTIFICATION - Aspects of the invention relate to the use of electronic maps and providing information about intersecting streets. A given region of interest on a map may include any number of features. Features of interest, including road segments and intersections, can be filtered to remove non-street data. The results may be analyzed according to individual street segments. Each segment may be identified by a feature ID, and the relationship each segment has with a given intersection is analyzed. Thus, the direction of a segment into or out of an intersection is determined, along with the physical locations of the beginning and end of the segment. This information is used to provide robust map information that may be displayed to a user. Heuristics can be applied to the map information to provide coherent address or direction information to the user for a given point of interest. | 09-30-2010 |
20100250620 | ONE CLICK CREATION OF LINKAGES BETWEEN MASTER DATA RECORDS - A method and system for creating interrecord relationships between master data records stored in a relational database are provided. The method includes receiving information for a first master data record from a user, searching a plurality of master data records in the relational database for candidates that have a potential of being related to the processed master data record, the searching performed automatically in response to the receiving, determining at least one possible relationship type between the candidates found as a result of the searching and the first master data record, and presenting the at least one possible relationship type and the candidates found as a result of the searching to the user. The disclosed method and system allow a user to create and maintain relationships between multiple master data records with minimal steps. | 09-30-2010 |
20100250621 | FINANCIAL-ANALYSIS SUPPORT APPARATUS AND FINANCIAL-ANALYSIS SUPPORT METHOD - A financial-analysis support apparatus compares XBRL data to be processed with a mapping creation taxonomy in which account items to be summarized are defined; if a new account item is added to the XBRL data, extracts a higher-level account item including the new account item as a low-level account item; if the extracted higher-level account item is included in the mapping creation taxonomy, adds the new account item under the higher-level account item defined in an aggregate-item definition that is what a structure of the XBRL data is stratified; creates a database definition based on a result of mapping obtained by adding the new account item to the aggregate-item definition thereby creating a summary database; and inputs data to the created summary database by using the XBRL data. | 09-30-2010 |
20100250622 | METHOD OF AUTOMATICALLY GENERATING AN SSD FILE - The invention relates to a method of automatic generation of a system specification description (SSD) file from a diagram of an electrical installation, the diagram comprising conventional symbols representing the electrical elements of the said installation and attributes representing the specific electrical characteristics of each electrical element. | 09-30-2010 |
20100262628 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEDIA DATA TRANSMISSION - The present invention provides methods and apparatuses for processing readable content stored in a stream of data which contains samples for presenting a presentation at a plurality of views. In one embodiment, the first stream is stored and a second stream is derived from a first stream, where the second stream contains references to the first stream for use in selecting data, for an operating point within the content that includes the plurality of views, from the first stream. According to one aspect of the invention, references contained in stored second stream are accessed to transmit or store the data from the first stream. | 10-14-2010 |
20100262629 | SYSTEMS FOR PROVIDING AN ONLINE BUSINESS COMMUNITY - Systems and methods of the present invention allow for providing and managing an online business community. An exemplary system may comprise at least one Hosting Server maintained by a Hosting Entity; a Community Website accessible to a plurality of Clients and hosted on said at least one Hosting Server; a Resource Database storing a plurality of Content, wherein at least some of said Resources are generated by a Member; a Directory Database storing a plurality of Member Information; and a Network communicatively coupling said Hosting Server, said Community Website, said plurality of Clients, said Resource Database, and said Directory Database. | 10-14-2010 |
20100268746 | INTERVISIBILITY DETERMINATION - A system and method for efficient intervisibility determination. The intervisibility determination method of the present invention provides a multiple threat processing capability within a specified area of terrain using a common database. Computation is simplified through the method of processing data posts in the terrain elevation database. By taking integer steps and incrementing distance, x or y, and a predicted elevation value at each step, a small number of operations may be performed. Recomputing a change in elevation value may be reduced. An umbra database provides an enhanced look-up capability for displaying and updating the intervisibility display information. The systems and methods of the present invention may be suitable for use on a vehicle and in mission management activities. | 10-21-2010 |
20100268747 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NORMALIZING AND MERGING CREDENTIAL STORES - One or more data structures are received by a computing device, wherein the one or more data structures include at least one or more user credentials. The one or more user credentials are normalized by the computing device to generate a first graph. One or more nodes of the first graph and one or more nodes of at least a second graph are analyzed by the computing device, wherein analyzing includes at least identifying a logical correlation between the one or more nodes of the first graph and the one or more nodes of at least the second graph. A third graph is generated by the computing device based, at least in part, upon the analysis of the one or more nodes of the first graph and the one or more nodes of at least the second graph. An output data structure is generated by the computing device based, at least in part, upon the third graph. | 10-21-2010 |
20100268748 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF UPDATING SUPPLIER INFORMATION - A supplier information updating system in communication with an order system and a stock system of a manufacturer includes a supplier database operable to store information regarding suppliers of the manufacturer and a part database operable to store information regarding various parts provided by the suppliers. The system obtains inquiry results regarding the parts and corresponding suppliers, and updates the information regarding the parts and corresponding suppliers according to the inquiry results. The system further generates an unqualified part list including the unqualified parts and corresponding suppliers according to the updated information regarding the parts and corresponding suppliers, marks one or more part orders including the newly added unqualified parts and corresponding suppliers, and provides the marked part orders to the order system of the manufacturer. | 10-21-2010 |
20100268749 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSPARENT APPLICATION OF MULTIPLE QUERIES ACROSS MULPTILE SOURCES - There is provided a system to respond to a request for data. The system receives a request for the data, queries at least two data sources for the data based on the request and receives results that include the data that is populated to at least one data object. | 10-21-2010 |
20100274818 | Method and System for Updating Object Data With Respect to Object Specifications in a Product Life Cycle Management System - The invention is directed to a Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) update process for updating objects with respect to specifications. The process invokes dependence relations between objects. It relies on building a directed graph, wherein objects are the nodes of the graph. An arc (also called “edge”) is directed from a second object to a first object, the latter depending on the second object according to dependence relations of the PLM system. Thus, the update can be carried by browsing the graph along the direction of the arcs in the graph. Owing to the reversion of the graph with respect to the dependence of objects, the simple solution of the invention guarantees that the update of an object occurs only when the ancestor object it depends on is up to date, and so on. This drastically reduces failures at update in practice. | 10-28-2010 |
20100274819 | Dynamic content assembly on edge-of-network servers in a content delivery network - The disclosed technique enables a content provider to dynamically assemble content at the edge of the Internet, preferably on content delivery network (CDN) edge servers. Preferably, the content provider leverages an “edge side include” (ESI) markup language that is used to define Web page fragments for dynamic assembly at the edge. Dynamic assembly improves site performance by catching the objects that comprise dynamically generated pages at the edge of the Internet, close to the end user. The content provider designs and develops the business logic to form and assemble the pages, for example, by using the ESI language within its development environment. Instead of being assembled by an application/web server in a centralized data center, the application/web server sends a page template and content fragments to a CDN edge server where the page is assembled. Each content fragment can have its own cacheability profile to manage the “freshness” of the content. Once a user requests a page (template), the edge server examines its cache for the included fragments and assembles the page on-the-fly. | 10-28-2010 |
20100281068 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY DEFINING INDUCTIVE RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN OBJECTS IN A CONTENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - An apparatus, system, and method are disclosed for defining inductive relationships between content objects in a content management system. The system includes a content engine server that stores at least two content objects having a set of attributes. An attribute selection module selects an attribute of the content objects for identification of an inductive relationship. A comparison module compares the attribute value of the attribute selected of a first content object with the attribute value of a second content object. An inductive relationship module dynamically defines an explicit relationship between the first content object and the second content object in response to the first attribute value and the second attribute value satisfying a match criteria. The explicit relationship is preserved in an inductive relationship database. User-defined content management rules may then be applied to the inductively related content objects such as records management, retention, or launching business processes. | 11-04-2010 |
20100281069 | ARTIFICIAL RECORD ADDED TO A DATABASE - A method comprises receiving a database containing records. The method further comprises determining a number of artificial records to add to the database to achieve a false negative mark detection rate less than a specified threshold. The method also comprises marking the database by adding the determined number of artificial records to the database. Each artificial record contains at least one value that, when used, is detectable by a third party. The false negative rate comprises a probability of failing to detect the mark in a discovered subset of the database. | 11-04-2010 |
20100281070 | DATA FILE HAVING MORE THAN ONE MODE OF OPERATION - A data file having more than one modes of operation. The data file comprises an image component for storing an image as a representation of the data file and one or more data components appended to the image component. The image component comprises metadata associated with the one or more data components. In a first mode of operation, the image component of the data file is readable for viewing the image by an image viewer while the image component is part of the data file. The one or more appended data components are unreadable by the image viewer in the first mode of operation. In a second mode of operation, the image component and the one or more appended data components are readable by a file reader. | 11-04-2010 |
20100281071 | RESOURCE EFFICIENT HANDLING CHANGE NOTIFICATIONS IN GRAPH STRUCTURES - A method and apparatus for handling a data structure in a computerized system, the data structure comprising a first object having content and a second object having content, and interdependencies between the first object and the second object, the method comprising: receiving a description of the data structure; creating a graph structure indicating the interdependencies between the objects, the graph structure comprising at least a first vertex and a second vertex, the first vertex and the second vertex connected by an edge; and associating the first vertex with content of the first object and the second vertex with content of the second object, wherein the first vertex and the second vertex do not contain the content of the first object or the second object. | 11-04-2010 |
20100281072 | AUTOMATED MIGRATION OF TRANSLATION MAPS FOR USE IN EXCHANGING DOCUMENTS BETWEEN ENTITIES - A method for migrating a legacy translation map to an evolved translation map includes determining an input file structure from input file structure information in the legacy translation map, determining an output file structure from output file structure information in the legacy translation map, and creating an XML binding object representation of source code for the input and output file structure. The method may further include creating an evolved language object representation of translation instructions in the legacy translation map, adding temporary segments to the XML binding object representation for the input file structure, and generating evolved language object representation of instructions to write input data into the temporary segments. The evolved language object representation of translation instructions is then merged into the XML binding object representation. The evolved translation map is then generated as an XML file based on the XML binding object representation resulting from the merging. | 11-04-2010 |
20100287207 | Spatial indexing method and apparatus for navigation system for indexing and retrieval of XML map data - A method and apparatus efficiently assigns the spatial index numbers to map cells that divide an area which is a unit of administrative region into a plurality of small units. The method includes the steps of: establishing a plurality of map cells that divide an administrative region expressed by XML map data which is configured in a multiple-layered structure; determining a layer in the XML map data on which the map cells are established; selecting a type of tracing curve for sequentially indexing the plurality of map cells; assigning index numbers consecutively to the map cells with the sequence of the tracing curve; and repeating foregoing steps for all of the map cells in all of the layers of the XML map data, thereby creating a map database in the XML format with the spatial indexes for all of the map cells. | 11-11-2010 |
20100287208 | Object-Relational Based Data Access for Nested Relational and Hierarchical Databases - Mechanisms are provided for mapping objects and object-relationships in an object-oriented programming language to a nested relational database. Entity metadata constructs for an object relational mapping framework are obtained, the entity metadata constructs mapping fields in entities of an object model to fields in a data table of the nested relational database and identifying relationships between entities in the object model. A nested relational data model of the nested relational database is obtained, the nested relational data model specifying tables and sub-tables of the nested relational database. Tables and sub-tables of the nested relational database are mapped to a plurality of separate entities of the object model. Data in the nested relational database is accessed using the plurality of separate entities. The mapping is performed without normalizing the data of the tables and sub-tables of the nested relational database to a non-nested representation. | 11-11-2010 |
20100287209 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR BINDING AUTHORED CONTENT TO THE EVENTS USED TO GENERATE THE CONTENT - A web page that includes content form fields may be modified to include an event observer module and an authored content module. Events generated during the authoring of content by a user are recorded by the event observer module and sent to an event server with an InteractionID. The authored content module inserts hidden fields into the form fields that are updated with the InteractionID when content is submitted to the web server. The web server provides the InteractionID in a bind request to the event server. The event server binds the content to the events used to create the content in response to the request. | 11-11-2010 |
20100287210 | Systems and methods for interactive disambiguation of data - Systems, methods and computer program products residing on a computer readable medium for use in and capable of storing computer instructions therein for enabling a computer to perform a computer-implemented and user assisted process for disambiguating entities in an electronic document that includes: (a) creating, by the user, an electronic document; (b) providing, by the computer, a list to the user of potential entities related to an entity provided by the user in the electronic document; and (c) selecting, by the user, an entity provided in the computer provided list. | 11-11-2010 |
20100287211 | OBJECT LINKING - In an embodiment of the present invention, a method for playing media items on a home network device in a home network is provided, the method comprising: retrieving, from a content directory service in the home network, a first object in a series of objects representing a first list in which the first object is a member, wherein the first object contains metadata regarding a first media item, a link to a next object in the first list, and relationship information regarding members of the first list, wherein the relationship information includes information about how members of the first list are related, wherein the next object contains metadata regarding a second media item; and playing the first media item. | 11-11-2010 |
20100287212 | Method for providing or operating a framework for the realization of independently developed programs - A method for providing a framework to provide a basis for the realization of independently developed programs. The framework comprises at least one database table specification, each said database table specification being centrally provided and comprising a list of table fields, any selection of which can be selected by a program developer to derive an application specific database table including selected table fields taken from said database table specification and optionally one or more further application specific table fields. The framework automatically creates a basic database table and a program developer only concerns himself with said application specific database table and not with said basic database table. The method involves the use of inclusive and selective inheritance of database tables resulting in great flexibility and substantial benefits in practice. | 11-11-2010 |
20100287213 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USE OF A DATABASE OF PERSONAL DATA RECORDS - A system and method are presented for managing and using (e.g. for commercial or medical use) of a database. A verified database of a plurality of identified individuals is provided. The verified database comprises a plurality of individual-identifier data sets (IDSs) and relationship data. The verified database is processed in accordance with one or more parameters or conditions selected in accordance with at least one medical application, and a sub-group database is created including data records of the individuals from the verified database having said one or more selected parameters or conditions. This allows collection of data comprising the one or more selected parameters or conditions and delivery of at least part of the collected data to one or more users, and enables applying data from the verified database to provide personalized medicine service to at least one of the identified individuals. | 11-11-2010 |
20100293201 | NFS AGENT UPGRADE - A networked system includes a master agent and at least one state agent. When upgrading the software of the master agent and the state agents, only the binary files at a shared location at the master agent are changed. To accomplish the change, a watchdog process at the state agent watches for the presence of a marker file at the master agent. The master agent produces the marker file if the master agent will accomplish a software upgrade. When the marker file is present, the state agent stops execution. The watchdog continues to monitor the presence of the marker file until the marker file is deleted at the end of the installation process. When the marker file is deleted, the state agent installs the new binary files associated with the software upgrade and resumes execution. | 11-18-2010 |
20100293202 | CONTENTS RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BY MULTIPLE INTERNET DOMAIN - The present invention relates to a multi-relational multi-dimensional Internet data bidirectional website management system using multi-Internet addresses, which can manage a bidirectional website based on a certain relation criterion by formalizing file data of a base home page or constructing the file data as a database. | 11-18-2010 |
20100299366 | Systems and Methods for Generating Cloud Computing Landscapes - In one embodiment, the present invention includes a computer-implemented method comprising specifying a landscape definition, the landscape definition specifying a plurality of different servers to be instantiated on a cloud computing system, wherein the plurality of servers are operable to work together as a single logical entity, the landscape definition further specifying dependencies between the servers, and wherein each server in the landscape definition is stored as an image on the cloud computing system, each image including information for instantiating a corresponding server on the cloud computing system and instantiating the plurality of servers on the cloud computing system using the landscape definition. | 11-25-2010 |
20100299367 | Keyword Searching On Database Views - A keyword search is executed on a view of a database based on a Boolean keyword query. The view includes multiple text columns, and the keyword search is executed on each of the multiple text columns in the view. The output results from the keyword search on each of the text columns include tuple identifiers of one or more relevant tuples and a relevancy score for ranking the results of the keyword query. | 11-25-2010 |
20100299368 | Efficient Reconstruction of Virtual Disk Hierarchies Across Storage Domains - A method and software is described for recreating on a target datastore a set of hierarchical files that are present on a source datastore. A content identifier (ID) is maintained for each component of the set of hierarchical files. The content ID of a component is updated when its contents are modified. The child component is copied from the source datastore to the target datastore. The content ID corresponding to the parent component on the source datastore is compared with content IDs corresponding to files present on the target datastore. When a matching content ID is discovered, it infers a copy of the parent component. The matching file on the target datastore is associated with the copied child component so that the matching file becomes a new parent component to the copied child component, thereby recreating the set of hierarchical files on the target. | 11-25-2010 |
20100299369 | DISPLAY DEVICE, DATA CONVERSION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM STORING DATA CONVERSION PROGAM - A display device includes an internal battery that supplies electric power to the display device, a data acquisition portion that acquires an incompatible data file from a first storage portion, a remaining power determination portion that determines whether an amount of electric power that remains in the internal battery is at least a specified threshold value, a data conversion portion that is capable of converting the incompatible data file into an electronic file in a specified data format to create a converted file, and a storage control portion that stores the converted file in a second storage portion. | 11-25-2010 |
20100299370 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMBINING A FIRST PARTITION FROM A FIRST DIGITAL MAP DATABASE AND A SECOND PARTITION FROM A SECOND DIGITAL MAP DATABASE - A method is disclosed for combining a first partition from a first digital map database and a second partition from a second digital map database, wherein the first and second digital map database are associated with a coordinate reference system, wherein the first and second partition include an interaction with each other in a common region in the first and second digital map database. In at least one embodiment, the method includes identifying a first group of objects in the first partition from the first digital map database, wherein each object includes a position within said common region; encoding the objects of the first group with a first group of location references; decoding the first group of location references on the second partition from the second digital map database; identifying the location references of the first group that could successfully decode on the second partition to determine topological connections; and, combining the first partition with the second partition in the second map database in dependence of the location references associated with the topological connections. | 11-25-2010 |
20100299371 | AUTOMATIC FILE CONVERSION TO A TARGET FORMAT - A conversion tool that is automatically launched enables file formats not understood by a given application to be opened by that application. The converter registers for file types that are not already associated with an application used by the system. When a file that is not supported by another application is opened, the converter automatically converts the file to the target format and then opens the file causing the application that is registered for the target format to be launched. | 11-25-2010 |
20100306275 | CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT VISUALIZATION - Embodiments herein include systems, methods, software, and data structures to generate and render visualizations of configuration items (CIs) represented in a Configuration Management Database (CMDB). One embodiment includes receiving a request for a CI graph from a client including a focus CI identifier represented in a CMDB. The focus CI may be used to retrieve data of related CIs, the data including CI identifiers. A process is then executed for each retrieved CI identifier to retrieve CI data as a function of the received CI identifier and to build a node XML and an edge XML representation of relations between the CIs. This method also includes aggregating the node and edge XML representations into a single XML document and then translating the document into a markup language document capable of being rendered in a graphical user interface. The markup language document is then transmitted to the requestor. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306276 | DYNAMIC GROUP LABELS - Disclosed are methods and apparatus for managing dynamic groups. In one embodiment, a method of creating or modifying a group of users is disclosed. A request is received from a first user to create or modify a current group. One or more rules are also received from the first user for specifying members of the current group based on user information that was or will be collected for a plurality of users. In one embodiment, the collected user information includes at least user presence information or user communication data. A membership policy for the current group is then retained based on the received one or more rules. The membership policy for the current group is accessibly usable so as to dynamically allow a selected set of users, who each have corresponding collected user information which meets the membership policy, to become members of the current group, wherein the selected set of users is changeable over time as different user information is collected over time. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306277 | XML DATA MODEL FOR REMOTE MANIPULATION OF DIRECTORY DATA - An XML data model and systems and methods for using the same are described herein that enable entities to interact with a remote directory service, such as an LDAP-style directory service, using industry standard Web services protocols that represent resources using XML, such as WS-Transfer and WS-Enumeration. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306278 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF SPLITTING AND MERGING INFORMATION SPACES - An approach is provided for managing split and merge operations for information spaces with respect to their information content. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306279 | Methods and Apparatus for Propagating Functional Dependencies with Conditions - Methods and apparatus are provided for propagating functional dependencies with conditions. Propagation covers are computed using an SPC view of a dataset, wherein the SPC view comprises selection, projection and Cartesian product operations. Selection operations are processed to extract equivalence classes. Cartesian product operations are processed to obtain a renamed set of the plurality of conditional functional dependencies, that have attributes appearing in the SPC view. Domain constraints from the equivalence classes are applied to the renamed set to remove attributes not in the SPC view. Projection operations are processed using a reduction by resolution procedure to identify inferences that can be propagated to the SPC view from the conditional functional dependencies having attributes that do not appear in the SPC view. Domain constraints of the equivalence classes are converted to conditional functional dependencies; and a minimal cover of the SPC view is determined. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306280 | Swarm-Based Synchronization Over a Network of Object Stores - An object set may be redundantly stored by a set of computers, each configured to store a local representation of corresponding objects. When a computer changes the object set (e.g., by adding or altering an object), the updated object may be synchronized across the computers by iteratively forming and using an ad hoc swarm network from the neighbors of a node storing the updated object. This swarm network may operate cooperatively, where each node distributes object chunks to other nodes as quickly as possible, and may disregard concepts of competitive swarm networks such as fairness and cheating avoidance, which may not apply to cooperative swarming and might otherwise slow the propagation of the object. An alternative “ask” technique may be included to identify and recover missed object updates, and a computing environment host may be included as an authoritative object source and/or as an object store of last resort. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306281 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EXTRACTING DATABASE DIMENSIONS AS DATA MODELING OBJECT - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for extracting a model object from a multi-dimensional source database. A modeling client can host modeling logic and an application programming interface (API) to create, access, manipulate, and import/export modeling objects used in modeling applications, such as engineering, medical, financial, and other modeling platforms. In aspects, the source data accepted into the modeling client can include consumer or business-level applications, whose database or other content can be extracted and encapsulated in object-oriented format, such as extensible markup language (XML) format. The resulting model object can be pivoted along selected dimensions, or otherwise manipulated. The modeling client can exchange one or more modeling object directly with external platforms, such as mainframe modeling platforms, via the application programming interface (API) on a programmatic basis. Costs and maintenance savings over mainframe-based modeling tools can thereby be achieved, while providing greater power than consumer or business-level tools. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306282 | Hierarchial Classification - The hierarchical approach may start at the bottom of the hierarchy. As it moves up the hierarchy, knowledge from children and cousins is used to classify items at the parent. In addition, knowledge of improper classifications at a low level are raised to a higher level to create new rules to better identify mistaken classifications at a higher level. Once the top of the hierarchy is reached, a top down approach is used to further refine the classification of items. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306283 | INFORMATION OBJECT CREATION FOR A DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING SYSTEM - An endpoint stores information objects to a director, rather than to local storage, and stores links to information objects stored by the director. The devices may also automatically construct information objects from files upon creation of the files. An example endpoint device includes a processing unit configured to determine a file type for a file to be stored, wherein the file comprises an unstructured data object, and automatically append metadata to the file to create an information object based on the determined file type, wherein an information object comprises a structured data object having a structure that is consistent with a uniform structure for files as used by a director device, and a network interface configured to send the information object to the director device for storage, wherein the processing unit is configured to store a link to the information object stored by the director device. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306284 | File System and File System Converting Method - A file system converting method converts a first file system to a second file system. The first file system manages a storages apparatus via a file allocation table (FAT). The file system converting method includes formatting the FAT to divide the storage apparatus into a plurality of storage units, and establishing a storage unit index table to record information of the plurality of storage units. | 12-02-2010 |
20100306285 | Specifying a Parser Using a Properties File - A system for generating a parser and using the parser to parse a target file includes a target file description, an output format description, a Parser generator, a Parser, a target file, and a result object. The target file description and the output format description are included in one or more “properties files”, which are text files that include one or more name/value pairs (“properties”). The target file description and the output format description are input into the Parser generator, which outputs the Parser. The target file is input into the Parser, which outputs the result object. The target file description specifies one or more parsers and/or tokenizers that can be used to parse the target file. The parsers and/or tokenizers specified by the target file description are part of the generated Parser. These parsers and/or tokenizers make the Parser more flexible, which enables the Parser to parse semi-structured data. | 12-02-2010 |
20100318580 | METHOD FOR ATTACHING GEOGRAPHICAL TAG TO DIGITAL DATA AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING GEOGRAPHICAL NAME INFORMATION FOR GEOTAGGING - Provided are a method for attaching a geographical tag to digital data and a method for providing geographical name information for geotagging. When a digital device periodically provides its position information, the server creates a position database. When the digital device requests geographical name information associated with the digital data, the server estimates the position of the digital device at a time when the digital data was created and transmits geographical name information corresponding to the estimated position to the digital device. The digital device attaches the geographical name information to the digital data. | 12-16-2010 |
20100318581 | INFORMATION LIFE-CYCLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SERVER APPARATUS, ELECTRONIC MEDIA CONTROL APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In one embodiment of the present invention, the information management server apparatus includes an information management relation DB which stores the issued management ID and forming time and date information, user information, a medium type, a use limitation policy, and information management server information in a header portion of the copied management file in association with each other with respect to a management ID of a management file in management file copying request information. The electronic medium control apparatus requests an electronic copying of the management file. The management file is managed in the information management relation DB. | 12-16-2010 |
20100325169 | Representing Markup Language Document Data in a Searchable Format in a Database System - Systems, methods, computer program product embodiments for representing markup language document data in a searchable format in a database system are provided. An embodiment includes parsing a markup language document into a data stream, the data stream including a plurality of fields in a predefined format having a symbol table for at least one field of the data stream, and optimized field size based on a maximum value of data within each field, and storing the data stream in data storage. | 12-23-2010 |
20100325170 | PARTITIONING MODELING PLATFORM DATA - The present invention extends to methods, systems, and computer program products for partitioning modeling platform data. Embodiments of the invention facilitate partitioning modeling platform data into nested horizontal slices. Using nested horizontal slices makes the modeling platform data more manageable and permits modeling platform data to align with existing tools and processes. Schemas and tables can be used to partition modeling platform data vertically and folders can be used to partition modeling platform data horizontally. Thus, a user-interface can preset the intersection of folders and schemas/tables as navigable chunks of data compatible with existing tools and processes, such as, for example, software development tools. | 12-23-2010 |
20100325171 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GATHERING AND ANALYZING LITIGATION MARKETPLACE INTELLIGENCE - A system and method for gathering publicly-available litigation marketplace intelligence data for litigation support companies and law firms and about law firms, corporations, attorneys, and cases, and analyzing it. The litigation marketplace intelligence system and method employs an Internet-based, relational legal database (“IBLD”), which is hosted on a server, and maintained and administered by an IBLD Proprietor. Subscribers subscribe to the IBLD, which they access via an Internet connection to their local computer. A User associated with an IBLD Subscriber can create and save reports that select data fields and add criteria from any number of the Attorneys, Law Firms, Lawsuits, and G3K companies in the IBLD. | 12-23-2010 |
20100325172 | Information Processing Apparatus and Method - An information processing method, to verify condition data specifying conditions as to multiple attribute values of an object and attribute values obtained from said object, includes verifying processing to obtain a new attribute value after change for an attribute value having the smallest change frequency of attribute values not satisfying the conditions specified by said condition data, and verify whether or not the new attribute value after said change satisfy the conditions of said condition data; and further executing said verifying processing as to other attribute values not satisfying the conditions specified by said condition data in the case that said new attribute value after change for the attribute value having the smallest change frequency satisfies said conditions. | 12-23-2010 |
20100332555 | CONTENT PLAYBACK DEVICE AND PROGRAM - A content playback device extracts pieces of additional information from a musical piece database | 12-30-2010 |
20100332556 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACCESSING A SERVER AND PREVENTING ACCESS BLOCKING AND MINIMIZING NETWORK TRAFFIC - A communications system and method includes a database for storing problem magnitudes relating to failed attempts at accessing servers using connection engines. An intelligent routing engine could be a server operative with the database, which queries the database and delays any further attempts at accessing the server using the first connection engine if the problem magnitude exceeds a predetermined threshold. Reattempts can be made after a sufficient delay. A plurality of connection engines can be used by a client for accessing a server. The connection engines are preferably distributed among a plurality of subnets and/or IP addresses and a different connection engine can be chosen based on a desired route with minimum problems. | 12-30-2010 |
20100332557 | XML SCHEMA COLLECTION OBJECTS AND CORRESPONDING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - The present invention provides “XML Schema Collections” and methods and systems for using the same. XML data is typically stored as an XML instance, each of which should conform to a “schema” according to a desired goal. An XML schema provides identification and organization for the data supplied by an XML instance. XML Schema Collections are collections of one or more XML schema namespaces. An storage location designated for storage of XML data, such as an XML column in a relational database, can be “typed” with an XML Schema Collection object, allowing that storage location to store XML instances that conform to more than one XML schema. XML Schema Collections provide increased data storage versatility, and facilitation of data searches. | 12-30-2010 |
20100332558 | Verification of Semantic Constraints in Multimedia Data and in its Announcement, Signaling and Interchange - A collection of well-formed, but possibly semantically invalid, binary encoded multimedia data components or packages as well as the binary encoded announcement, signaling, and interchange protocols used in their transmission are converted into one or more well-formed extensible markup language (XML) files. Such XML files may then be validated according to one or more pre-defined XML schemas, or similar schema languages, in order to verify that the data and protocol structures and substructures adhere to prior defined semantic constraints. | 12-30-2010 |
20110004635 | AUTOMATED REPORTING, NOTIFICATION AND DATA-TRACKING SYSTEM PARTICULARLY SUITED TO RADIOLOGY AND OTHER MEDICAL/PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS - A closed-loop method of communicating information about a condition includes the steps of storing a profile information in a database, the profile information including at least a contact information pertaining to each of a plurality of persons to be notified and information regarding at least one mode of communication to reach each of the persons to be notified, providing a computer system in data communication with the database, the computer system providing access to a user to create and update at least the profile information in the database and to generate an alert, communicating the alert to one of the persons to be notified using the at least one mode of communication, communicating the alert to another one of the persons to be notified in the event that a threshold for communicating the alert to at least one of the person to be notified is reached. | 01-06-2011 |
20110004636 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR SERVICE AND APPLICATION CONFIGURATION IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A method is provided that includes accessing information associated with at least one service or application in a social network. The method also includes detecting at least one event relating to the information associated with the at least one service or application within the social network and modifying the information associated with the at least one service or application in response to the at least one event. | 01-06-2011 |
20110010398 | System and Method for Organizing Data - A system and method for organizing raw data from one or more sources. The content of the raw data is converted into an appropriate number system and stored in a format that facilitates the use of efficient mathematical operations. The number system is selected to handle each of the various elements, characters, or other representative indicia found in the raw data. Furthermore, the number system is selected so that the numerical data retains semantic significance with respect to the raw data. Once converted into the numeric format, the data is processed using various techniques to extract the best information from the raw data into a distilled database. | 01-13-2011 |
20110010399 | INFORMATION PROCESSOR ARRANGEMENT - Irregular links and relationships in a data set may relate to fraudulent actions or identify deception or risk assessment or knowledge generation but may be identified by simple superficially unlinked actions. Thus, for example a claimant may claim through an address using one telephone number but contact the insurer for that claim using a different telephone number. By pooling all the information received, including all telephone numbers, unusual or irregular or fraudulent leads can be identified by establishing telephone numbers or other gateway cluster nodes for each dataset such that supposedly unrelated claims can be matched and therefore be more closely scrutinized. The information processor arrangement may create a cascade of clusters for an as presented data set which can be configured through cluster nodes to allow better identification of suspect activity or for better analysis profiling. | 01-13-2011 |
20110010400 | LIDAR POINT CLOUD COMPRESSION - Using LIDAR technology, terabytes of data are generated which form massive point clouds. Such rich data is a blessing for signal processing and analysis but also is a blight, making computation, transmission, and storage prohibitive. The disclosed subject matter includes a technique to convert a point cloud into a form that is susceptible to wavelet transformation permitting compression that is nearly lossless. | 01-13-2011 |
20110016155 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF PROVIDING POSSIBLE VALUE RANGES - Embodiments of the invention relate generally to incremental computing. Specifically, embodiments of the invention include systems and methods that provide for the concurrent processing of multiple, incremental changes to a data value while at the same time monitoring and/or enforcing threshold values for that data value. For example, a method is provided that determines whether multiple incremental changes to a data field could pass a threshold based on keeping track of a possible value range for the data field. | 01-20-2011 |
20110016156 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A system includes a relational database and processing logic. The relational database is configured to define a relationship between a group of logical activities and groups of physical commands that perform the logical activities. The processing logic is configured to receive a request to perform one logical activity of the group of logical activities, translate the one logical activity into one group of physical commands using the relational database, and cause the one logical activity to be performed on a remote device using the one group of physical commands. | 01-20-2011 |
20110022641 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING REMOTE SERVICES USING A CROSS-DEVICE DATABASE - The solution of the present application provides many types and forms of resources, such as products or services, to an environment of heterogeneous devices. An agent and centralized service may communicate to deliver an optimum package of resources to a device. Each device may include an agent that collects information important to determining the appropriate resources for the device and understanding the environment the devices are contributing to. The information may be stored and analyzed in a cross device knowledge base, and the knowledge base may be consulted to determine resources appropriate for devices. The agent and centralized service may engage in pro-active alerting and provisioning of services, based on any collected information, to minimize the burden of resource procurement on the customer. After delivery of resources, the agent and centralized service may also perform updating, repairing, and healing functions for the resources. Resources may be aggregated into a cohesive platform to be combined and delivered in an optimum manner, and resources may also be maintained and monitored to ensure their quality via escalation or remedial action. Devices may be connected to the resources through intelligent routing. | 01-27-2011 |
20110029575 | System and Method for Runtime Rendering of Web-Based User Interfaces for Master Data Management - One or more embodiments enable a system and method for creation and runtime rendering of web-based user interface applications for a master data management applications. The system and method comprise acquiring metadata of a schema of a master data management database at initialization, the metadata identifying a plurality of schema elements; selecting a schema element of the plurality of schema elements in the schema metadata; identifying a set of all appropriate Web UI element options for the schema element; presenting to a UI designer a graphic user interface populated with the schema element and the set of all appropriate Web UI element options for the schema element; accepting from the UI designer a selected Web UI element from the set of all appropriate Web UI element options; generating a Web UI component definition comprising a link between the schema element and the selected Web UI element; storing the Web UI component definition related to the link in the master data management database. | 02-03-2011 |
20110029576 | Collection of Media Files - A method for generating a collection of media files including scanning metadata of media files with a processor to associate the media files with one or more media servers, utilizing the processor to identify one or more of the media servers to be associated with the collection of media files, and generating on a storage medium the collection of media files to include the media files associated with one or more of the media servers which are identified to be associated with the collection of media files. | 02-03-2011 |
20110035416 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EDITING DATA IN A PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for editing data in a portable terminal are provided. The apparatus includes a data edit management unit for generating a layer corresponding to a region of original data intended for editing, and for applying an edit tag to the generated layer. | 02-10-2011 |
20110035417 | BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY IN DATABASE SCHEMAS - A method of accommodating at least one difference between a first database schema and a second database schema is provided. The method includes receiving a response generated by a first application program using a first database schema, identifying a value in the response that is unrecognizable to a second application program using a second database schema, and substituting, using a processor, the value that is unrecognizable to the second application program with a reserved element recognizable to the second application program, the reserved element indicating to the second application program that a portion of the response is not recognizable to the second application program. The method further includes communicating the response to the second application program. | 02-10-2011 |
20110040801 | System and methods for generating manufacturing data objects - Systems and methods consistent with the invention may include generating, using a processor of the computer system, a definition file of a first format for the data object, generating a database table, generating a mapping between the definition file and the database table, linking the definition file to a data source by including a path of the data source in the definition file, the data source including an attribute, executing, using the processor, a query to extract the attribute from the data source, importing the extracted attribute into the database table using the mapping between the definition file and the database table, and storing, in the memory device, the definition file, the database table, and the attribute for generation of the data object with the attribute. | 02-17-2011 |
20110040802 | SHARED BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE ELEMENTS - Some aspects relate to reception of a selection of a business intelligence report element in a first business intelligence report of a first file format, creation of a serialized description of the business intelligence report element in a second file format based on a business intelligence report element data model, reception of an instruction to add the business intelligence report element to a second business intelligence report of a third file format, and addition of the business intelligence report element to the second business intelligence report in the third file format based on the serialized description of the business intelligence report element. | 02-17-2011 |
20110040803 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODIFYING A SCHEDULING DATABASE - A mobile electronic communications device and a method for modifying a scheduling database are provided. The scheduling database can be modified via the mobile electronic communications device in communication with a proximate electronic device comprising a display device, when the mobile electronic communications device is engaging in an oral communications session with a second communications device. Time slot data associated with an available time slot is retrieved from the scheduling database, via the mobile electronic communications device. The time slot data associated with the available time slot is transmitted, via the mobile electronic communications device, to the proximate electronic device to cause the proximate electronic device to display the time slot data associated with the available time slot at the display device. Input data is received at the mobile electronic communications device. If the input data is representative of a command to update the scheduling database, updating, via the mobile electronic communications device, an entry of the scheduling database based on the time slot data associated with the available time slot displayed at the display device. | 02-17-2011 |
20110040804 | DYNAMIC PRESENTATION FRAMEWORK - A system in accordance with the present invention may include one or more processors, memory from which the processor may fetch instructions according to a clock operating at a frequency, a display device, and one or more programs stored in the memory, with instructions to create a structured file for storing data related to the media presentation, access the data related to the media presentation from the presentation application, organize the data related to the media presentation according to an event, and export the organized data related to the media presentation to the structured file. These instructions may also be executed as steps of a method and may be fetched during the execution of one or more programs stored in a computer-readable storage medium. | 02-17-2011 |
20110047188 | Method and System for Automatic Tracking of Information Technology Components and Corresponding Power Outlets in a Data Center - Methods and systems provide the automatic tracking and management of information technology components and their corresponding power supplies. These systems automatically identify when a given IT component, such as a server, router, switch or other device, is connected or disconnected from a particular power outlet. When a server is connected or disconnected from a particular power outlet, the tracking database is automatically updated, and users of the database have instantaneously accurate information about which IT components are plugged into each power outlet in a data center. If the server is changed to a different outlet, the system immediately identifies that the given server or device is connected to a different outlet. Users can rely on the information in the database when remotely managing the power supplies of the data center's IT assets. | 02-24-2011 |
20110047189 | Integrated Genomic System - An integrated genomic system is a software system that facilitates data management and analysis connected with integrated genomic research, such as statistical genetics. Reference information, biological and experimental, describes context from which experiments are made. Reference information, including annotations for genes, markers, study, individuals, and so on, is input into the integrated genomic system for consolidation, accessibility, and linkage with other data to aid researchers to view influences and interactions in biological systems. | 02-24-2011 |
20110047190 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AND RECEIVING CONTENTS VIA NETWORK, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BACKING UP DATA VIA NETWORK, BACKUP DATA PROVIDING DEVICE, AND BACKUP SYSTEM - Provided are methods and apparatuses for providing contents via a network, in which original data of contents provided via a network can be traced, and contents that are modified according to performance of a contents receiving device is provided. Location information of original contents is added to metadata of contents provided via the network to thereby increase convenience of access to the original contents and modify attributes of contents that are provided, to be suitable for the performance of the contents receiving device. | 02-24-2011 |
20110047191 | HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS REGISTERING SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR REGISTERING HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS, PROGRAM FOR REGISTERING HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS, AND MEDIUM STORING HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS REGISTERING PROGRAM AND READABLE BY COMPUTER - To provide a human relationships registering system, a method and a server for registering human relationships, a program for registering human relationships, and a medium storing human relationships registering program and readable by a computer, all of which are used to establish wide and close relationships with members having a variety of occupations or engaged in various technical fields and to obtain expert knowledge or information. The human relationships registering system comprises first data processing units | 02-24-2011 |
20110055285 | INFORMATION EXTRACTION COMBINING SPATIAL AND TEXTUAL LAYOUT CUES - Techniques for extracting information from a formatted document are provided. The techniques include combining one or more visual layout rules, one or more mark-up rules and one or more text-based rules in connection with a formatted document, and specifying one or more rules from the one or more visual layout rules, one or more mark-up rules and one or more text based rules to extract information from the formatted document. | 03-03-2011 |
20110060767 | LEVERAGING XML CAPABILITIES OF A DATABASE TO ENHANCE HANDLING OF DOCUMENT DATA - When an XML-annotated document is saved, a process automatically stores the document's data in the tables of a database. The database server validates the document's data against a user-specified XML schema. Queries can be executed against a set of documents in order to find documents in which a specified XML element contains specified content. Query results can be customized to return only the contents of specified XML elements. The document data can be linked with other data in the database such that the document data is updated based on the other data every time that the document is opened, thereby producing a “live” and dynamic document. Different file formats can be generated based on the document data, thus separating the presentation of the document data from the data itself. Contents of different elements may be obscured based on users' privileges, thereby maintaining the privacy of the document's information. | 03-10-2011 |
20110060768 | Computer Software for Visualizing Genotyping Data - A computer system for visualizing recombination events in a group of individuals is provided. According to one aspect of the invention, high-density SNP genotype data is obtained from related individuals in a family. A pedigree is created, haplotypes are reconstructed and likely recombination breakpoints are identified with the use of publicly available computer programs. A software tool is then used facilitate the visualization of the recombination events in the family. | 03-10-2011 |
20110060769 | Destructuring And Restructuring Relational Data - A computer system selects a first database corresponding to a first schema and a second database corresponding to a second schema. The computer system then generates a schema table based upon the selected databases. Next, the computer system destructures the schema table, which includes a first entry corresponding to the first database and a second entry corresponding to the second database. The computer system then selects a property map that links the first entry to the second entry, and restructures the destructured schema table using the selected property map, resulting in a restructured schema table. In turn, the computer system processes a user query using the restructured schema table. | 03-10-2011 |
20110066657 | Navigation System and Methods Regarding Disputed Territories - Systems, devices, features, and methods for collecting or storing data corresponding to disputed territories for a geographic database, such as for use with a navigation system, are disclosed. For example, one method comprises identifying a data record that represents a geographic feature of a disputed area. An indication of dispute may be assigned to the identified data record, in which the indication of dispute represents that the identified data record corresponds to a feature in dispute between multiple geographic entities. Another data record that represents a geographic feature in dispute may also be identified. The indication of dispute and/or the data records of the features may be stored in a geographic database. | 03-17-2011 |
20110066658 | Methods and Devices Employing Content Identifiers - Content identifiers are associated with respective metadata. Through use of the metadata, a user's experience with the content can be enhanced. A variety of other arrangements are also detailed. | 03-17-2011 |
20110066659 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CREATING STRUCTURED DATA - A computer system implemented method of creating and using structured data from a textual input, comprising: providing a table for structured data, receiving at least one textual input, dividing at least a portion of the textual input into paragraphs, for each of the paragraphs, creating a profile by extracting predicative phrases from the paragraph, for each of the predicative phrases, extracting a noun from the predicative phrase, for each extracted noun, receiving a textual definition from the dictionary corresponding to the noun, dividing the textual definition for each noun into definition paragraphs, and creating a profile for each definition paragraph by extracting predicative phrases of the definition paragraph, comparing the profile of the definition paragraphs to the profile of the paragraph containing the noun based upon an algorithm for compatibility; and adding the predicative phrase containing the noun into the table for structured data if the algorithm is satisfied. | 03-17-2011 |
20110066660 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING MOCKUP BUSINESS OBJECTS - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for a mockup business object. The mockup business object implemented within a computer framework including other business objects. In one exemplary embodiment, the method may include generating, within the computer framework, the mockup business object based on a metadata stored within the computer framework, when the mockup business object does not exist within the computer framework. The method may also include determining whether a structure of the mockup business object has changed based on the metadata, when the mockup business object does exist within the computer framework. Moreover, the method may include modifying the mockup business object based on the result of the determining step. | 03-17-2011 |
20110078210 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HANDLING VALIDITY-DEPENDENT DATA SETS - A system and method to generically handle validity dependent data sets. A set of dimensions applicable to the data set is defined. At least one dimension is associated with a validity independent structure of the data set and at least one other dimension is associated with a validity constraint effective for the data set. The data set is retrieved with its associated dimensions. A model of the data set is created using the associated dimensions. The model provides access to the data in a manner that permits it to be viewed and manipulated to respond to requests of a consuming application. | 03-31-2011 |
20110078211 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING AND TRANSFORMING AN APPLICATION FROM A SOURCE INSTALLATION TO A TARGET INSTALLATION - The present application is directed towards systems and methods for analyzing and transforming an application from a source installation to a target installation. Customized functions, objects, databases, and code of the source installation may be analyzed in accordance with analysis rules to create a meta-model representative of the elements of the customized elements and their relationships with each other and objects of the source installation. Responsive to transformation rules, the meta-model may be modified to create a transformed meta-model representative of the elements and their relationships with each other and objects of the target installation. The transformations may then be applied to the customized functions, objects, databases, and code of the source installation to convert them into transformed functions, objects, databases, and code, compatible with the target installation. | 03-31-2011 |
20110078212 | Digests to Identify Elements in a Signature Process - A signature system with a mechanism to identify element(s) of a signed document includes a sender having a signature module with a digest generator. The digest generator generates digests for identifying selected elements of the document. The resulting “identifying” digests are then used in generating a signature in which the sender signs the digests rather than the original elements. The receiver can then process the signature and use these digests to distinguish between elements, as needed. | 03-31-2011 |
20110087708 | BUSINESS OBJECT BASED OPERATIONAL REPORTING AND ANALYSIS - Methods and systems are described that involve holistic and flexible operational reporting that does not require transformation of the underlying model or data harmonization since all business data and business logic of standard business processes are modeled and exposed in a standardized way using domain specific language and the operational reports are modeled with the same meta-model as the business data. A user can simply create a given operational report by selecting needed reporting elements of one or more business objects, run the report, and see the results. | 04-14-2011 |
20110087709 | METHODS AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC DATABASE CONTENT PERSISTENCE AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT - According to one embodiment of the invention, a method for composing information into a generic information cell structure, which includes an information vacuole and a cell, is provided. In another embodiment, attaching generic tags, which correspond to the generic information cell structure, is provided. In another embodiment, generating structural and positional identification, fetching information characteristics, decomposing an information element into an atom class, processing the information element, and forming a native data manipulation statement, is provided. In another embodiment, a data repository, which includes an information element name and an atom type is provided. In yet another embodiment, a data directory, which includes a cell structure storage location identification, is provided. In one embodiment, a method of routing data by receiving a data store location identification for information, is provided. The data store identification may be externally defined and/or run-time defined. In another embodiment, a method for detecting an interaction within a transaction, where the transaction spans one or more sessions, storing intermediate transactional data, and providing a state description for the intermediate transactional data, is provided. | 04-14-2011 |
20110087710 | SOFTWARE, DEVICES AND METHODS FACILITATING EXECUTION OF SERVER-SIDE APPLICATIONS AT MOBILE DEVICES - Software, devices and methods allowing varied mobile devices to interact with server side software applications are disclosed. Data from an application executing at a computing device may be presented at a remote wireless device by providing the device an application definition file, containing definitions for a user interface format for the application at the wireless device; the format of network messages for exchange of data generated by the application; and a format for storing data related to the application at the wireless device. Using these definitions, the wireless device may receive data from said application in accordance with the definition and present an interface for the application. The application definition file may define a table, a message or data package, and an update to be made to the table based on the message or data package. | 04-14-2011 |
20110093509 | COMMON INTERACTION LOG REPOSITORY WITH ADVANCED CONTENT MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES - A communication is received at a communications center, from a user initiated via a first interactive session over a first service channel. First interaction data associated with the first interactive session is stored in at least one database, either concurrently with the first interactive session or upon termination of the first interactive session. At least one processor retrieves the first interaction data when a subsequent interactive session is initiated, by either of the user or an agent, via at least one of the first service channel and a second service channel and subsequent interaction data is obtained. | 04-21-2011 |
20110093510 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SERIALLY TRANSMITTING RECORDS IN XML FORMAT - A portable electronic medical device and method for serially transmitting one or more records from the portable electronic medical device are disclosed. The portable electronic medical device includes a processor and memory for storing the one or more records, each record having one or more data entries. An XML (Extensible Markup Language) template may be parsed by the processor, wherein the XML template has one or more XML elements associated with the one or more data entries. The one or more records may be read as well as the XML elements appended to the associated data entries of each record by the processor such that the appended data entries are in XML format. The processor may then serially transmit the appended data entries of each record. | 04-21-2011 |
20110093511 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AGGREGATING DATA - There is provided a computer-implemented method of aggregating data. An exemplary method comprises receiving an aggregation scheme and generating numerous first aggregations by aggregating data at a first level of granularity. The data may be associated with a time and stored in a first table. Further, generating the numerous first aggregations may be based on the time and the aggregation scheme. The exemplary method further comprises generating a second aggregation by aggregating the first aggregations at a second level of granularity based on the aggregation scheme. The second level of granularity may comprise the first level of granularity. | 04-21-2011 |
20110093512 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING BUSINESS OBJECTS - Described herein are systems and methods for managing business objects. In overview, various embodiments provide software, hardware and methodologies underlying a data driven application including a data driven business layer, optionally in combination with a data driven user interface and presentation layer. In overview, an object-oriented computer program includes a presentation layer, a business layer, and a database. The business layer provides business objects, which effectively interpose the presentation layer with the database. Substantive business object data is defined within the database, and loaded to the business layer following the receipt of a page call-up request at the presentation layer. | 04-21-2011 |
20110099207 | DISTRIBUTED DATA STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL METHOD AND SYSTEM - A data storage and retrieval method and system. The method includes defining, by a computing system, a meta-object, a schema based structured definition for the meta-object, and a taxonomy with configuration data. The computing system creates content associated with the taxonomy and associates topics of the content with a logical storage room representations. Reference coordinates associated with the logical storage room representations are associated with the taxonomy. The computing system generates updated configuration data comprising the reference coordinates and a uniform resource identifier associated with the content is generated. The computing system generates an account associated with the meta-object for a user. Metering charges for usage of the account and a report associated with the account and usage are generated. | 04-28-2011 |
20110099208 | ENTROPY DECODING METHOD - An entropy decoding method includes retrieving video data corresponding to an microcode, operating an entropy decoding operation on the video data to acquire a result, and retrieving video data corresponding to a subsequent microcode according to a MPS synchronously. The method further includes determining if the MPS matches the result, and operating an entropy decoding operation according to the subsequent microcode on the video data corresponding to the subsequent microcode if the MPS matches the result. | 04-28-2011 |
20110099209 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING MULTIMEDIA PLAY LIST BASED ON USER EXPERIENCE IN PORTABLE MULTIMEDIA PLAYER - An apparatus and method for generating a multimedia play list based on user experiences in a portable multimedia player are provided. The apparatus includes an analyzer for analyzing user experience information input to the multimedia player, a recorder for recording the user experience information in a multimedia tag, a play list generator for generating a play list by analyzing the user experience information and the multimedia tag information recorded by the recorder, and a reproduction unit for reproducing multimedia according to the generated play list. | 04-28-2011 |
20110106857 | Method for Automatically Adding an Address into an Address Book - A method for automatic addition of an address of a correspondent to an address book of a user, a communications session having been established between said user and said correspondent, said method comprising a step for obtaining said address, and a step for adding said address to said address book, said addition step being conditioned by the adherence to at least one rule taking into account a communication history of said user, wherein said addition step is preceded by a step for determination of a common contact between said user and said correspondent. | 05-05-2011 |
20110113073 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING ADDRESS BOOK UNIFICATION SERVICE TO MOBILE TERMINAL - Provided is a method for providing an address book unification service to a mobile terminal. The method includes, when a plurality of Social Networking Services (SNSs) are executed, comparing information of each member of a specific SNS address book selected by a user with information of each member of an address book registered in at least one SNS, when the comparison results in a determination that values of a specific field among a plurality of data fields constituting information of each member of two SNS address books are equal to each other, creating a new address book including a preset number of data fields, and merging information of the two address books, the specific fields of which having an equal value, into the created address book. | 05-12-2011 |
20110125805 | GROUPING MECHANISM FOR MULTIPLE PROCESSOR CORE EXECUTION - A concurrent grouping operation for execution on a multiple core processor is provided. The grouping operation is provided with a sequence or set of elements. In one phase, each worker receives a partition of a sequence of elements to be grouped. The elements of each partition are arranged into a data structure, which includes one or more keys where each key corresponds to a value list of one or more of the received elements associated with that key. In another phase, the data structures created by each worker are merged so that the keys and corresponding elements for the entire sequence of elements exist in one data structure. Recursive merging can be completed in a constant time, which is not proportional to the length of the sequence. | 05-26-2011 |
20110125806 | METHOD OF MANAGING FILES IN WEBDAV SERVER-EMBEDDED IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM THAT PERFORMS THE METHOD - A method of managing files in a Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV)-embedded image forming apparatus and an image forming apparatus that performs the method. The method includes receiving a connection request from the WebDAV client to manage at least one of a file and a directory stored in a storage unit of the image forming apparatus; receiving login information from the WebDAV client, authenticating the received login information of the WebDAV client, receiving a WebDAV command to control the at least one of the file and the directory from the authenticated WebDAV client, and executing a process with respect to the at least one of the file and the directory with reference to the received WebDAV command. | 05-26-2011 |
20110125807 | Method and Apparatus for a Subscriber Database - A method including receiving a request to change first information relating to a first identity of a subscriber in a database; obtaining information from said database relating to said first identity and at least one other identity of said subscriber; determining from the obtained information if said requested change can be made, in dependence on if said first identity is at least partially shared. | 05-26-2011 |
20110125808 | CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A construction information management device and a construction information management system can readily grasp the history information about each layer below the surface of a road on which construction has been repeatedly carried out. After a subject construction is finished, a user creates the construction information about the subject construction in a construction information processing terminal, and the construction information is transmitted to a construction information management device. The construction information management device receives the construction information, and, based on the construction information, analyzes the pavement structure of the construction zone. Based on the analyzed construction information, the construction information management device also updates the history information about the construction subject road in a superimposing manner. When a request signal for requesting the history information is transmitted from the construction information processing terminal, the construction information management device transmits the updated history information to the construction information processing terminal. | 05-26-2011 |
20110131252 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL/LOGICAL RELATIONSHIP MAPPING BETWEEN RESOURCES - Disclosed is a method for dynamically mapping a physical/logical relationship between resources. The method for physical/logical relationship mapping between resources includes: abstracting heterogeneous environments of physical resources; expressing the physical resources by a resource instance of a predetermined format to generate logical resources which are grouped and managed in accordance with types of the resources; and analyzing the physical/logical relationship between the resources to generate a relation map. | 06-02-2011 |
20110137954 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING REMINDER DATA STORED IN A CALENDAR DATABASE - A method and apparatus for adjusting reminder data stored in a calendar database when a third calendar event is inserted between two existing calendar events is provided. Third calendar event data is received, representative of a third calendar event occurring between the first calendar event and the second calendar event, the third calendar event data associated with third location data. A first time period for travelling between the first calendar event and the third calendar event and a second time period for travelling between the third calendar event and the second calendar event are determined, using the locations of each calendar event. Third calendar event reminder data is generated for storage in the calendar database from a third calendar event start time and the first time period. Second calendar event reminder data, stored in the calendar database, is adjusted using the second time period, the second calendar event reminder data originally determined from a second calendar event start time and a time period for travelling between the first calendar event and the second calendar event using first location data and second location data. | 06-09-2011 |
20110137955 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CREATING CAN DATA FILE FOR TEST - An apparatus and method of creating a Controller Area Network (CAN) data file for test are provided, in which a setting value of a travelling variable of a vehicle is received, a piece of standard CAN data for communication control between control parts of the vehicle is updated by reflecting the received setting value of the travelling variable, and associated CAN data is updated based on the updated standard CAN data. A test CAN data identical to CAN data which is created during actual driving of a vehicle without having to use expensive hardware equipment or software simulation, thereby facilitating a test process at a product development stage. | 06-09-2011 |
20110137956 | Method for Canceling Impact of Physical Property Variability on Image Quality Performance of Digital Imaging System - A method for canceling the impact of the physical property variability on the image quality performance of a digital imaging system, obtained during quality control (QC) analysis using a serial numbered quality control (QC) target by applying physical property deviation controlled behaviour model corrections to the raw image quality performance. The serial numbered QC-target used for the QC analysis comprises target-specific, measured physical property data encoded in- or outside of QC-target. | 06-09-2011 |
20110145301 | Apparatus And Method For Producing A Virtual Database From Data Sources Exhibiting Heterogeneous Schemas - A computer readable medium includes executable instructions to define an individual publication schema for each heterogeneous source of a set of heterogeneous sources. Each individual publication schema specifies mapping rules between data from a heterogeneous source and a non-permanent structured instance of data. A non-permanent structured instance of data as defined by an individual publication schema is generated. An integration schema defining a set of integration rules for combining data from each non-permanent structured instance of data as defined by individual publication schema is established. A target non-permanent structured instance of data to include data from the plurality of heterogeneous sources based on at least one integration schema is formed. | 06-16-2011 |
20110145302 | Apparatus and Method for Transporting Business Intelligence Objects Between Business Intelligence Systems - A computer readable medium includes executable instructions to create a first export file that defines attributes and relationships associated with a first business intelligence object. A second export file that characterizes a second business intelligence object associated with the first business intelligence object is formed. The first export file and the second export file are combined into a composite export entity. The composite export entity is distributed. | 06-16-2011 |
20110153679 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO FOR IMPLEMENTING UNIQUE PRIMARY KEYS ACROSS ENTERPRISE DATABASES - A method and system for implementing virtual primary keys in databases of an enterprise network system includes generating virtual primary keys indexed to respective native primary keys. An enterprise application may reference a virtual primary key in a database query. The virtual primary key may be translated to a native primary key for a database that the database query was intended for. The translated database query may be sent to the database. The query response may be translated from the native primary key to the virtual primary key, before sending back to the enterprise application. | 06-23-2011 |
20110153680 | AUTOMATED DOCUMENT CLASSIFICATION AND ROUTING - A system for classifying documents receives parsable data that defines an information object associated with a document. The information object defines an ID and document characterization information. The system determines a database record associated with the ID by searching through a database for a record associated with the Id. The system stores at least some of the document characterization information in the record. | 06-23-2011 |
20110153681 | Updating IP address database based on transaction information - Updating an Internet Protocol (IP) address database includes: obtaining transaction address data from a transaction information database, the transaction address data including IP address information and geographical address information received during user transactions; processing the transaction address data to identify specific transaction address data that have overlapping geographical address information and contiguous IP addresses; and updating the IP address database according to the overlapping geographical address information and the contiguous IP addresses. | 06-23-2011 |
20110153682 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING MEDIA-EXCHANGEABLE MULTIMEDIA DATA AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECONSTRUCTING MEDIA-EXCHANGEABLE MULTIMEDIA DATA - A method of generating multimedia data is provided. The method includes generating a scene tree by allocating at least one piece of object information to each of a plurality of nodes and then linking the nodes based on the relationship between a plurality of pieces of object information allocated to the nodes, adding a null node to which the object information of an exchangeable media object is allocated, and thereafter recording the null node in a scene descriptor area in a scene description language. | 06-23-2011 |
20110161375 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND ARTICLES FOR TEMPLATE BASED GENERATION OF MARKUP DOCUMENTS TO ACCESS BACK OFFICE SYSTEMS - An abstraction layer is provided between databases of back office systems and a markup language based interface, which may allow Web access to data in the databases of the back office systems. Schemas, metadata and validation files are generated from an intermediary representation of the database, which may be flat, non-hierarchical files. Markup language based templates may be generated based on the schemas, metadata and validation files. Markup documents or “markup” may be generated using the templates and the schemas, metadata and validation files. Workflow may be defined and imposed on the generation of the markup. | 06-30-2011 |
20110161376 | AUTOMATED FILE MERGING THROUGH CONTENT CLASSIFICATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for the automated merger of content in progeny of a primary file in a version control system. In one embodiment of the invention, the method can include establishing different segments of content in a primary file in a merger tool executing in memory by a processor of a host computer and associating each of the segments with a classification corresponding to a particular merger rule selected from amongst different merger rules. The method also can include parsing content in different progeny of the primary file and identifying changes in a parsed portion of the progeny corresponding to a specific one of the segments of the primary file. Finally, the method can include applying to the identified changes a merger rule corresponding to a classification associated with the specific one of the segments. | 06-30-2011 |
20110161377 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CORRELATING A FIRST TITLE WITH A SECOND TITLE - The present invention relates to a system and method for interacting with digital media that permits creating, editing, combining, producing, and using digital media content. In one aspect of the invention, these features are implemented using a “virtual container” or unit that contains structured information. This structured information includes the software, metadata and content required to use the content on a wide array of platforms, without software installations and without required net access or complex DRM interaction. Additional aspects of the invention extend the above described functionality and universality by enabling new ways to use the platform and link interested and connected parties so that consumers can interact with the product, create or mashup new products, or monetize their content. | 06-30-2011 |
20110167091 | ANALYTIC ENHANCEMENTS TO MODEL CLAUSE IN STRUCTURED QUERY LANGUAGE (SQL) - A method for processing queries is provided. A database server receives and executes a query to generate a relation. The query comprises first one or more clauses and a model clause. The model clause comprises a rule that has a left-side expression and a right-side expression. In one embodiment, the right-side expression of the rule includes a window function, which specifies one or more partition columns. In an embodiment, the left-side expression comprises a for-loop predicate. The for-loop predicate is unfolded after the database server compiles the query. In one embodiment, the left-side expression of the rule comprises one or more existential predicates, where each existential predicate evaluates to a Boolean value. | 07-07-2011 |
20110173236 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING A VIRTUAL PROFILE OF AN ENTITY - The present relates to a method and a system for generating a virtual profile of an entity. The method and system build requests based on available information about the entity. The requests are sent to a plurality of information resources. Responses from the information resources are received and analyzed to identify new information related to the available information. The building of requests, sending of requests, receiving responses and analyzing of responses is repeated for the new information to obtain additional new information. The available information, new information and additional new information is stored in a memory. The virtual profile is prepared based on the stored available information, the stored new information and the stored additional new information. | 07-14-2011 |
20110173237 | Virtual Pair Algorithm For Outer Join Resolution - A system and method for executing semijoin reductions on outer join operations are presented. Tuple lists are created based on a query. A sequence of semijoin reduction steps are performed, where each semijoin reduction step either switches one tuple list, or reduces all tuple lists at one relation. Virtual connector pairs are inserted into the tuple lists, and then all tuple lists are centralized at a common host. The join results are assembled at the common host, and negative row IDs are substituted. From the join result, the query result is retrieved by projecting to the requested attributes. | 07-14-2011 |
20110179088 | Efficient Validation Of Binary XML Data - Data used and generated by the process of validating XML documents is divided into two categories: compile-time static data and runtime data. Runtime data may be specific to a particular XML document and changes when validating the XML document, while compile-time data does not change in this way. For example, compile-time data may be data that defines, according to a schema, the descendant elements and ordering between them. Runtime data is information generated to track which descendants occurred in a particular XML document being validated. Compile-time static data, once generated to validate a particular XML document, is cached within a shared volatile memory. Once the compile-time data is cached, the compile-time static data may be used to validate other XML documents without the need to regenerate the compile-time static data. | 07-21-2011 |
20110179089 | TECHNIQUES FOR EFFICIENT AND SCALABLE PROCESSING OF COMPLEX SETS OF XML SCHEMAS - Techniques are described herein for efficient and scalable processing of complex sets of XML schemas. The techniques described herein provide for reducing duplication of schema elements in volatile memory by building an XML schema in-memory model that stores repeating schema elements in in-memory data structures that are separate from in-memory data structures that store the parent schema elements which logically include or otherwise refer to the repeating schema elements. The techniques described herein also provide for faster generation of an in-memory model of an XML schema by pre-loading, in data structures on persistent storage, of schema elements from dependent XML schemas that are referenced and/or incorporated by the XML schema. The techniques described herein also provide for efficient processing of inter-dependent XML schemas by tracking all unresolved schema elements from dependent XML schemas and freeing the portions of volatile memory, which are used to process schema elements from the dependent XML schemas, as soon as the dependent schema elements being processed are stored in data structures on persistent storage. | 07-21-2011 |
20110179090 | Product Lifecycle Management Using a Sparsely Populated Table - A product lifecycle management (PLM) system, method, and machine-readable medium. A method includes receiving a command to create a parameter definition for a PLM object. The method includes, in response to the command, creating a table definition object and a table object based on the table definition object. The method includes creating at least one cell associated with the table object of an object type that describes an object parameter, and using the table object as an attribute of the parameter definition. | 07-21-2011 |
20110179091 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA PROCESSING - The invention relates to data processing methods and systems including: a method of database replication in which information strings are assigned to serialisation groups for processing; a method of memory management in which data is read from a storage space area whilst no data is written to it; a method of replicating a database in which a dynamic table is created to provided processing information for database members; and/or a method of replicating a database wherein tasks are allocated to program components without program components interacting. | 07-21-2011 |
20110191387 | ELECTRIC DEVICE FOR EXECUTING PROCESS BASED ON MAP DATA - An electric device for executing a process based on a map data includes: a map data memory; a work memory; and a CPU for developing a map data from the map data memory into the work memory. The CPU executes the process based on the developed map data. The map data provides a road network defined by unit links and link connection relationships, and includes an attribution data in each link. The CPU generates a node table according to the attribution data. The node table stores a link connection information in each node as the connection point coupled with links. The link connection information provides identification of the links coupled with each other at a corresponding node. The CPU writes the node table as the developed map data into the work memory. | 08-04-2011 |
20110191388 | METHOD FOR CREATING MAP DATA AND MAP DATA UTILIZATION APPARATUS - Map data includes, for each of multiple links used for representing a road in a map, a link record and a speed limit record for a certain link. The link records and the speed limit records of the multiple links for representing a road are collected to form separate data lists of respective attribute types, that is, a link record data list and a speed limit record data list, instead of collecting records by a unit of each link. The map data structured as separate attribute data lists of respective attribute data types for links in the map data, for example, establishes inter-attribute data association between different attribute data types for the certain link based on the arrangement orders of the respective attribute data types in the data list indicative of the same arrangement order of the multiple links. | 08-04-2011 |
20110196898 | DATABASE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM AND DATABASE MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - A database management program capable of joining three or more tables in a manner that the storage capacity of a memory is more efficiently used. The database management program is configured (programmed) as a program that creates some working tables (WT | 08-11-2011 |
20110202575 | Media Container File - A media container file ( | 08-18-2011 |
20110208784 | Database Partitioning by Virtual Partitions - A database may be virtually partitioned into virtual partitions. The virtual partitions are mapped to physical databases of a database. Data records added to the database are each assigned to a virtual partition and stored in the physical database mapped to the assigned virtual partition. The identifier generated for a data record includes an identifier of the assigned virtual partition. When additional databases are created, virtual partitions are remapped to the larger space of physical databases. | 08-25-2011 |
20110208785 | COMPUTATION OF IMPACTED AND AFFECTED CODE DUE TO DATABASE SCHEMA CHANGES - The disclosed technology enables assistance to software developers by identifying the software application code that needs to be changed or behaves differently, as a consequence of a database schema change. The disclosed technology also enables a provision of automatic transformations, or at least hints for the transformation of the code, to accommodate the database schema change. | 08-25-2011 |
20110213810 | DYNAMICALLY CONFIGURABLE CHAMELEON DEVICE - A dynamically configurable apparatus and methods for dynamically configuring the apparatus are provided. A list of resources available to the apparatus may be identified and communicated to a server computer and a list of functionalities performable by the apparatus, based on the list of resources, may be received from the server computer. A user selects one or more functionalities from the list of functionalities. The server computer may provide the apparatus with additional resources based on the selected functionalities. The apparatus preferably configures itself to perform the selected functionalities by using the additional resources. Additional apparatus and methods are disclosed. | 09-01-2011 |
20110219041 | ELECTRONIC READER CAPABLE OF RECORDING COMMENTS AND AMENDMENTS AND METHOD THEREOF - An electronic reader includes a storage unit configured for storing files and a processor. The processor includes a file display control module, a first file creating module and a second file creating module. The file display control module is configured for obtaining and displaying the files opened by user input. The first file creating module is configured for creating temporary files recording the comments and the amended sections of the opened files in response to user input. Each of the temporary files corresponds to one of the opened files. The second file creating module is configured for combining contents of the temporary files into a file. The contents of the temporary files are arranged in the file according to a predetermined rule if the formats of the temporary files are the same. | 09-08-2011 |
20110219042 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING META DATA OF CONTENT - A method and apparatus are provided for generating emotional information including a user's impressions in relation to multimedia content or meta data regarding the emotional information, and a computer readable recording medium storing the method. The meta data generating method includes receiving emotional information in relation to the content from at least one client system which receives and reproduces the content; generating meta data for an emotion using the emotional information; and coupling the meta data for the emotion to the content. Accordingly, it is possible to automatically acquire emotional information by using the facial expression of a user who is appreciating multimedia content, and use the emotional information as meta data. | 09-08-2011 |
20110219043 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR STORING METRICS IN A DATABASE - A system and method for storing data associated with an extensible instrumentation layer are provided. In one embodiment, the method includes receiving metrics from an extensible instrumentation layer in an operating system. The metrics are defined by at least one class and a plurality of properties, with each property being associated with one class. The metrics are converted into at least one database-compliant data structure and stored in a database. | 09-08-2011 |
20110225207 | VIRTUAL NETWORK DEVICE ARCHITECTURE - A network device such as a router or a switch is comprised of a control module and a plurality of physical line cards. The control module includes a control processor virtual machine, a plurality of route processing virtual machines and one or more instances of a line card virtual machine. The line card virtual machine operates to receive routing information base update information, to modify the routing information base according to the update information and to update each instance of a plurality of forwarding information bases included on each of the physical line cards. | 09-15-2011 |
20110225208 | Integrated GIS System with Interactive 3D Interface - An integrated GIS system in which a 3D visualization system is integrated with a 2D GIS system using interfaces that map 2D components for 3D visualization and map 3D components for processing by the 2D GIS system. A 2D GIS system and a 3D visualization system are integrated through interfaces that provide for 3D visualization of 2.5D GIS data as well as interactive control of the 2D GIS system from 3D windows containing 3D renderings produced by the 3D visualization system. User selections made in a 3D window are mapped to 2D geo-location coordinates for to use by the 2D GIS system components. Changes made via the 3D window to 3D graphic indicia and/or metadata are used to modify GIS data in a GIS database, and the modified GIS data is used to update the 3D rendering to reflect the user changes. | 09-15-2011 |
20110225209 | DISPERSED STORAGE NETWORK FILE SYSTEM DIRECTORY - A dispersed storage device manages a file system directory of a dispersed storage network by receiving a data object to be stored and a user file name of the data object, calculating a data compression function of the data object, creating a file identifier based on a result of the data compression function, creating a source name for the data object using the file identifier and linking the user file name to the source name in the file system directory. | 09-15-2011 |
20110225210 | DUAL-SCREEN ELECTRONIC READING APPARATUS AND DISPLAY METHOD THEREOF - A dual-screen electronic reading apparatus includes a memory storing files, a non-volatile display unit, a volatile display unit, and a microprocessor. The microprocessor includes a file determining module configured for determining whether text and at least one image exist in one opened file, and for generating a text file and an image file if both text and at least one image exist in the opened file. The microprocessor also includes a display controlling module configured for displaying the text file on the non-volatile display unit and displaying the image file on the volatile display unit. | 09-15-2011 |
20110231452 | STORAGE SYSTEM AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR STORAGE SYSTEM - Log manipulation by a first administrator is prevented so that the reliability of system auditing can be improved. | 09-22-2011 |
20110231453 | STATE SAVER/RESTORER FOR A GEOSPATIAL DECISION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A geospatial decision management system (GDMS) can save the overall state of a user's experience at one point in time within a GDMS session so that the user can restore the overall state at a later time, such as by restoring a geospatial browser view (e.g., camera settings for rending the map on the display screen, layer state information, map location) and restoring the states of one or more instances of geospatially-referenced tools that were active at the time of the state save. Upon restore, the browser and tools are initialized with their saved states so that the user is presented with the same functionality, data, and browser view that were displayed and accessible at the time of the state save. Saved states are transportable and can also be sequenced and animated to allow presentation of a slide show of individual GDMS views. | 09-22-2011 |
20110231454 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONVERTING HETEROGENEOUS DATABASES INTO STANDARDIZED HOMOGENEOUS DATABASES - A method, an apparatus, and a system for configuring, designing, and/or implementing database tables are detailed that provides a framework into which a remainder of database tables is developed. Also detailed is a method to develop this framework of database tables. This so developed framework provides a platform for converting multiple independent heterogeneous databases into standardized homogeneous databases. | 09-22-2011 |
20110238708 | DATABASE MANAGEMENT METHOD, A DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND A PROGRAM THEREOF - A database management method and a database management system are provided. A management server generates data which is described in the same data format as the data stored in a database and adds the generated data in the database. The data format includes a column for inputting information indicating whether or not the data is sorted. | 09-29-2011 |
20110238709 | EXTENDING DATABASE TABLES IN A MULTI-TENANT ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments relate to database technology, and more specifically, to extending database tables in a multi-tenant environment. A method for extending a database table, includes receiving a request of a tenant for extending a database table; and generating a description file corresponding to the tenant according to the received request, the description file describing an extended field defined for the database table as at least one extended column. | 09-29-2011 |
20110238710 | Software Product Inventory and Usage Information Correlated with License Agreement Information - A software tool and database that enables a user to view information, on the one hand, pertaining to hardware and software product inventory and usage, and, on the other hand, to license agreement information in such way that the two sets of information are correlated and associated. The tool presents inventory and usage information based on agreement criteria and/or agreement information based on inventory and usage criteria in an integrated fashion that permits the user to switch from one kind of information to the other kind in a variety of convenient ways. The main functional blocks of the software tool include a data acquisition tool, a reconciliation and association tool, and a processing/display/output tool. | 09-29-2011 |
20110246535 | Apparatus and Method for Constructing Data Applications in an Unstructured Data Environment - A database abstraction layer provides structured access to an unstructured database. The database abstraction layer imposes a relational structure on the otherwise unstructured data, so the data may be accessed as though it were stored in a relational database. | 10-06-2011 |
20110258237 | System For and Method Of Identifying Closely Matching Textual Identifiers, Such As Domain Names - Methods and systems provide tracking or logging requests to resolve non-existent domain (NXDomains) and organizing the NXDomains to support searching of the domain names including ranking the NXDomains based on popularity, e.g, number of hits or potential traffic based on the number of requests made for the NXDomain. NXDomain logs may be organized so that it supports searching by creating an inverted index including n-grams of the NXDomains. Searching includes identifying a target substring in one or more of the indexes, selecting those matching NXDomains satisfying some threshold criteria, and displaying the NXDomains in a selected order such as by demand or popularity associated with, for example, a selected geographical location from which resolution requests targeting respective NXDomains originate. | 10-20-2011 |
20110264705 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE GENERATION OF PRESENTATIONS - Embodiments disclosed include computerized methods and systems for creating slideshow presentations using an outline based programming language. The outline based input is normalized, thereby permitting receipt of the input from devices using different operating systems. A lexical analysis is performed on the input to compile a set of tokens and a hierarchical data structure is created from the set of tokens. A slideshow presentation is created from the hierarchical data structure. | 10-27-2011 |
20110264706 | GENERATING UNIQUE IDENTIFIERS - A method, a system, and a computer program product for creating a set of identifiers are disclosed. A first set of identifiers is generated by a first randomization of a partition. Identifiers of the first set of identifiers are selected to generate a third set of identifiers. A second set of identifiers comprising a pre-defined number of identifiers is generated by a second randomization of the third set of identifiers. | 10-27-2011 |
20110264707 | EXTENSIBLE META MODEL FOR CAPTURING SOLUTION PATTERNS - A method for capturing patterns and associated points of variability includes providing an XML schema defining elements representing different point of variability (POV) types for a pattern. The elements belong to an XML schema “substitution group” to enable the POV types to be substituted for one another. In selected embodiments, the method enables a pattern author to add new or custom POV types to the “substitution group,” thereby allowing the pattern author to extend the pattern meta model to include new POV types. Once the desired POV types are defined, the method enables the pattern author to generate an instance of the XML schema, defining the points of variability for a specific pattern, using the elements defined in the XML schema “substitution group.” A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also disclosed and claimed herein. | 10-27-2011 |
20110264708 | METHODS AND SYSTEM FOR DEDUCING ROAD GEOMETRY AND CONNECTIVITY - Methods and systems for generating, deriving, and enhancing drivable road databases are provided. A baseline road in a road network is defined and position and/or trajectory data collected by vehicles traveling the baseline road are compiled and compared to a representation of the baseline road in an existing database. Identity and/or other property information about the road are assigned form the existing database to the new database. | 10-27-2011 |
20110270895 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WEB SERVICE SCHEMA MANAGEMENT - The invention relates to a method and an apparatus for web service schema management. The apparatus includes a processor; a memory including computer program code configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus at least to perform: controlling the storing of schema information of a binary web service system, the schemas describing the encoding/decoding of binary XML messages; and providing an interface for maintaining the schema information up-to-date in each component of the binary web service system. | 11-03-2011 |
20110270896 | GLOBAL & PERSISTENT MEMORY FOR USER-DEFINED FUNCTIONS IN A PARALLEL DATABASE - User Defined Functions (UDFs) for a parallel database system are enhanced by making memory persist even when the UDFs terminate. The memory can be shared between different instances of the UDF and the memory can be custom mapped, encrypted, and use custom security. | 11-03-2011 |
20110276605 | TRANSACTIONAL STORAGE SYSTEM FOR HEALTHCARE INFORMATION - Managing healthcare information data includes, on a computer, representing a state of a system based on the healthcare information, receiving a transaction representing a change to the system, changing the representation of the state of the system according to the transaction, and storing the transaction. | 11-10-2011 |
20110276606 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTEGRATING IMAGE UPLOAD OBJECTS WITH A MESSAGE LIST - There is disclosed a system and method for integrating an image upload object with a message list. In an embodiment, the method comprises: creating an image upload object for each image to be uploaded; and displaying the image upload object in a message list such that the image upload object may be selected and opened as a message. In another embodiment, the method may further comprise associating with the image upload object at least one of a text description, a thumbnail of the image, a date, and a file link to the uploaded image. In another embodiment, an image upload object in the message list may be configured such that the image upload object may be forwarded to another user as a message, and the associated uploaded image may be accessed by the other user via the file link. | 11-10-2011 |
20110282916 | Methods and Systems for Duplicate Document Management in a Document Review System - Methods and systems are disclosed for duplicate document management in a document review system. In one embodiment, the method may include receiving tag configuration information for a tag in a document review system. The method may further include applying the tag configuration information to define a configured tag. The method may further include determining, with a processing device, the applicability of the configured tag to one or more documents. The method may further include applying the configured tag to one or more documents in response to the determination. | 11-17-2011 |
20110282917 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to a method and system for managing resources. The method includes receiving a request, within an electronic system, which corresponds to an object of a file system and accessing a local data structure. The data structure comprises information corresponding to a plurality of inode numbers. The method further includes performing the request and updating the local data structure based on the request. The updating of the local data structure is independent of a plurality of data structures of a cluster of servers. | 11-17-2011 |
20110289118 | MAPPING DOCUMENTS TO A RELATIONAL DATABASE TABLE WITH A DOCUMENT POSITION COLUMN - Architecture that maps document data (e.g., XML-extended markup language) into columns of one table, thereby avoiding schema normalization problems through special data storage. Moreover, an algorithm is described that can translate a query (e.g., in XPath (XML path language), a query language for navigating through document elements and attributes of an XML document) into a relational algebra query of the document column representation. Based on the characteristics of the new mapping, query rewriting rules are provided that optimize the relational algebra query by minimizing the number of joins. The mapping of XML documents to the table is based on a summary structure and a hierarchical labeling scheme (e.g., ordpath) to enable a high-fidelity representation. Annotations are employed on the summary structure nodes to assist in mapping XML elements and attributes to the table. | 11-24-2011 |
20110289119 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MONITORING SERVER CLOUD TOPOLOGY AND RESOURCES - Systems, methods and articles of manufacture for monitoring server cloud topology and resources are described herein. An embodiment includes determining a topological relationship of the computing nodes in the server cloud and constructing a data structure representing the topological relationship. The constructed data structure includes a plurality of node managed objects (MOs), where each node managed object corresponds to a computing node in the server cloud. The constructed data structure also includes a plurality of link managed objects, where each link managed object corresponds to inter-node communications between two or more computing nodes represented by the node managed objects. The node managed objects and the link managed objects publish events corresponding to changes affecting computing nodes in the server cloud. Embodiments of the invention generate and display a topology view based on the topological relationship and update the displayed topology view (or portions thereof) based on the published events. | 11-24-2011 |
20110295907 | Apparatus and Method for Expanding a Shared-Nothing System - A computer readable storage medium includes executable instructions to evaluate an expanded shared-nothing data store configuration. A data redistribution schedule table with specified parameters is formed. Data is redistributed within the expanded shared-nothing data store in accordance with the data redistribution schedule table. | 12-01-2011 |
20110295908 | DETECTING COUNTERFEIT DEVICES - A method, system, and computer usable program product for detecting a counterfeit device are provided in the illustrative embodiments. A set of parameters associated with a device is determined. An on-device signature stored on the device is located. A subset of parameters is selected from the set of parameters and a signature is computed using the subset of parameters. The computed signature is compared with the on-device signature. The device is detected as a counterfeit device if the computed signature does not match the on-device signature. | 12-01-2011 |
20110295909 | TECHNIQUE TO INTRODUCE ADVANCED FUNCTIONAL BEHAVIORS IN A DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM WITHOUT INTRODUCING NEW DATA TYPES - A row property provides a mechanism for implementing advanced functional behavior in a relational database management system (RDBMS) without introducing new data types. A row property is part of a table definition, such that, when a table is defined in the RDBMS, at least one row property is specified for one or more associated columns of rows of the table, wherein the row property has an associated functional behavior that is predefined within the RDBMS. The columns associated with the row property are generally of existing data types supported by an RDBMS. A row property may be invoked when the RDBMS processes a language statement that references the row property. When the row property is invoked, the RDBMS executes programming logic associated with the row property, in order to perform the advanced functional behavior using data stored in the associated columns. | 12-01-2011 |
20110295910 | CUSTOMIZING STANDARD FORMULA FIELDS IN A MULTI-TENANT DATABASE SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT - In a method, system, and computer-readable medium having instructions for customizing standard formula fields, at least a portion of a formula is received for a standard database field of a standard database entity in a multi-tenant database and the standard database entity is used by a plurality of tenants, a date range is stored for maintaining at least the portion of the formula, information on one or more variables of the formula is received, a value is calculated for the standard database field with at least the portion of the formula and information on the one or more variables of the formula and one or more database entities depend on the value for the standard database field, and the value is stored for the standard database field. | 12-01-2011 |
20110295911 | Database data dictionary - Systems and methods are provided for manipulating data sets. In accordance with one implementation, a computerized system is provided for storing, managing, indexing, interrelating, and/or retrieving data sets in a manner independent of the data model. The system includes an element module configured to store and uniquely identify elements and an element relation module configured to store relationships between the elements in the element module. The computerized system may also comprise a class module configured to store attributes of elements in a class and a type definition module configured to define the class and the attributes related to the class. The computerized system may further comprise a state machine module, the state machine module including a state machine transition module and a status module. | 12-01-2011 |
20110302220 | SQL PROCESSING FOR DATA CONVERSION - A system includes reception of a structured query language (SQL) query to select one or more values from one or more database tables, modification of the SQL query to select identifiers of table rows including the selected values, reception of query results of the modified SQL query, the query results including the selected values and identifiers of table rows including the selected values, determination of converted values corresponding to one or more of the selected values based on the identifiers of table rows including the one or more of the selected values, and modification of the query results to substitute each of the one or more of the selected values with a corresponding substitute value. | 12-08-2011 |
20110307524 | UNIFIED CONCURRENT CHANGES TO DATA, SCHEMA, AND APPLICATION - Changes are managed in a multi-user database application environment. Proposed changes are collected, including changes to data, schema, and/or application descriptions. A user may specify foreign key relationships between items belonging to one or more of these categories. A view is produced showing the impact proposed changes would have on the environment if successfully committed. The user's proposed changes are ordered according to their dependencies, and submitted for committal together in a single transaction, subject to optimistic concurrency and consistency checks. For example, a proposed change to a data value may be inconsistent with a change which removed a data element containing the data value. The commitment operation may return identifiers and other return values, in addition to indicating whether the commitment was successful. | 12-15-2011 |
20110307525 | VIRTUAL STORAGE DEVICE - A method for managing a virtual storage device including scanning ports of a device for storage devices coupled to the device and identifying file systems of the storage devices, creating a database to include entries for the storage devices and files included in the storage devices based on the file systems of the storage devices, and aggregating the files listed in the database as a virtual storage device. | 12-15-2011 |
20110307526 | Editing 3D Video - Some embodiments provide a 3D video editing application. The application identifies a set of video clips on one or more external sources. The set includes a first video clip of a particular scene from a first view and a second video clip of the particular scene from a second view. The application associates the first video clip with the second video clip and stores the associated first and second video clips in a storage. The association for use in creating a composite presentation that includes the set of video clips. The application receives an edit to a first video clip in a first track of the composite presentation. The application identifies an associated second video clip in a second track and automatically applies the received edit to the first video clip and the associated second video clip. | 12-15-2011 |
20110307527 | Media Production Application - Some embodiments provide a media production application. The application receives a script of a media project and parses the script to identify (i) story sections of the media project and (ii) characters in the media project. The application automatically creates data structures for the story sections and the characters, and associations between the story sections and the characters. The application receives several different types of data related to production of a media project and automatically schedules production activities for the media project based on the different types of data. For each location at which one or more story sections will be filmed, the application receives a photo of the location. The application displays a graphical outline of the media project in which each story section is represented by a thumbnail of the photo of the location at which the story section will be filmed. | 12-15-2011 |
20110307528 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR PARALLEL ANALYTICS - Methods, apparatus, and software packages for data processing are disclosed. In some embodiments, the method may include receiving a dataset. In some embodiments, the method may include determining a control number of a processing system. In some embodiments, the control number may include a number of evaluation units within the processing system. The method may include processing the dataset using a plurality of evaluation units. In some embodiments, processing the dataset may include allocating a free evaluation unit to form a busy evaluation unit. Processing the dataset may also include creating a data subdivision for the busy evaluation unit, the data subdivision including a part of the dataset. Processing the dataset may also include evaluating the data subdivision. Processing the dataset may also include releasing the busy evaluation unit. The allocating, creating, evaluating, and releasing may performed concurrently by the plurality of evaluation units. | 12-15-2011 |
20110314064 | Notifications Platform - Described is a notifications platform that routes notifications to endpoints of recipients, corresponding to email, instant messaging, text messaging, telephones, social networks, blogs and/or the like. A publisher of a notification designates the recipients, while preference data of each recipient determines whether that publisher is able to send to that recipient, and if so, to which endpoints. The notification may be modified via one or more templates to be appropriate for a locale of the recipient, as well as appropriately formatted for the endpoint, which may also be locale-specific. | 12-22-2011 |
20110314065 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR SHARING DATA AMONG A PLURALITY OF USERS - The present invention provides a system, method and computer program for sharing data among a plurality of users. It enables businesses to form business partnerships with one or more other businesses by accessing data profiles, such as business data profiles, owned or administered by the other businesses. The business data profiles used by each business partner may be modified, and the owner of the business data profile may have the ability to selectively accept the modifications, so as to modify the original business data profiles. The present invention enables instantaneous collaborative data transactions between businesses. The present invention also provides a social network for enabling businesses to discover, share, and use business data profiles created by other businesses. | 12-22-2011 |
20110314066 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MANAGING SAFETY INFORMATION - A safety management system for use in industry, such as the oil and gas industry, is disclosed. The system comprises a database component for storing safety information including project information comprising at least one project entry. Each project entry has a unique project identifier and project data. The database component further includes safety card information comprising at least one safety card entry, and a unique safety card identifier, a project identifier selected from the unique project identifiers of the at least one project entries and safety card data. The database component further comprising notification information comprising at least one notification entry. Each notification entry comprising a unique notification identifier, a project identifier selected from the unique project identifier of the at least one project entries and notification card data. The safety management system further comprises a control component for generating notifications and providing notification information to the database component. | 12-22-2011 |
20110320501 | TRANSLATING A BINARY DATA STREAM USING BINARY MARKUP LANGUAGE (BML) SCHEMA - In one aspect, a method includes defining a schema using binary markup language (BML) and storing the schema on a non-transitory machine readable medium and translating a binary data stream using the schema. In another aspect, an article includes a non-transitory machine-readable medium that stores executable instructions. The instructions cause a machine to define a schema using the BML, store the schema on a non-transitory machine readable medium and translate a binary data stream using the schema. In a further aspect, an apparatus includes circuitry to define a schema using the BML, store the schema on a non-transitory machine readable medium and translate a binary data stream using the schema. | 12-29-2011 |
20110320502 | CONTENT MANAGEMENT CHECKLIST OBJECT - Provided are techniques for storing at least one checklist object that includes one or more placeholders that each are associated with an object stored and managed by a content management system, receiving an indication that a new content object has been created in the content management system or that an existing content object has been modified or has reached a certain status in the content management system, in response to determining that the new content object or the change in the status fulfills one or more placeholders, marking each of the one or more placeholders as fulfilled, and indicating that the checklist object is complete when the one or more placeholders have been fulfilled. | 12-29-2011 |
20110320503 | MESSAGE VALIDATION IN A SERVICE-ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE - Message validation in a service-oriented architecture defines a message structure using XML data types. Context-independent validity constraints are specified using an XML schema. Context-specific validity constrains are specified in an intermediary data structure for a specific service operation. A service interface including the XML schema and the intermediary data structure is published. | 12-29-2011 |
20120005241 | AUTOMATICALLY GENERATING DATABASE SCHEMAS FOR MULTIPLE TYPES OF DATABASES - A computer system receives data defining a database schema in a common representation, creates a data model based on the input file, identifies one or more database types of a plurality of database types for which a schema is to be generated, and causes a database specific schema file to be generated for each of the one or more database types based on the data model. | 01-05-2012 |
20120011168 | SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR GENERATING DATABASE MODEL FOR ANALYSIS OF APPLICATIONS - In accordance with a particular embodiment of the present invention, a method for generating a database model may include analyzing database configuration data for a database. The method may further include analyzing one or more database application programming interfaces for accessing the database. The method may also include generating one or more stubs based on the analyses, the one or more stubs configured to, when executed, model the database as if the database were populated with data. | 01-12-2012 |
20120011169 | PROCESSING OF SPLITS OF CONTROL AREAS AND CONTROL INTERVALS - A data structure maintained in a computational device stores how many control areas splits have occurred to store a data set, wherein each control area split causes an addition of a single new control area. A command is received to add a new data record to the data set. A determination is made as to whether adding the new data record to the data set will result in a threshold for control area splits to be exceeded. In response to determining that adding the new data record to the data set will result in the threshold for control area splits to be exceeded, creating at least two new control areas in addition to continuing to use one existing control area for storing the data set. | 01-12-2012 |
20120016910 | FIELD EXTENSIBILITY USING GENERIC BOXED COMPONENTS - A system may include reception of a definition of an extension field to be added to a business object node, generation of metadata for a data type enhancement object associated with the extension field, and generation of an ABAP dictionary proxy object based on the data type enhancement object, wherein the ABAP dictionary proxy object describes the extension field in a sub-structure of a first field of the ABAP dictionary proxy object. | 01-19-2012 |
20120016911 | CHILD IMPACT STATEMENT REPORTING SYSTEM - A system for commissioners, citizens, groups, agencies, and other authors of proposals, ordinances, legislation or other acts to prepare, review and submit a Child Impact Statement (CIS). The system comprises a series of computer-based tools implementing a process of creating a CIS to identify areas of child well-being that could be affected by the proposal. The system further comprises a database containing information collected and compiled into graphs, maps, charts, tables, and other forms, to allow users to create and compare evidence relating to the proposal in question. | 01-19-2012 |
20120016912 | TYPE INFERENCE FOR DATALOG WITH COMPLEX TYPE HIERARCHIES - What is disclosed are a novel system and method for inferring types of database queries. In one embodiment a program and associated database schema that includes a type hierarchy is accessed. The program includes query operations to a database that contains relations described by a database schema. Types are inferred from definitions in the program by replacing each database relationship in the program by the types in the database schema. A new program is generated with the types that have been inferred with the new program only accessing unary relations in the database. In another embodiment, testing of each of the types that have been inferred is performed for type emptiness. In response to type emptiness being found for a type that have been inferred, a variety of different operations are performing including removing the type, providing a notification regarding the emptiness found for the type, and more. | 01-19-2012 |
20120030248 | HIGHLY RELIABLE CROSS-SESSION WEB APPLICATION INSTRUMENTATION - A reliable caching mechanism is provided for client-side caching of data that captures user interaction with a remote service, where users interact with the remote service through a computing device. Such instrumentation items are cached in a client-side offline queue. Within the client-side queue, the gathered instrumentation items survive between user sessions with the remote service. Because the client-side does not lose the instrumentation items that were gathered in a session when the session ends, those instrumentation items do not all need to be transferred to the server-side at or prior to the termination of the session in which the instrumentation items are collected. Instead, the instrumentation items may be sent to the server-side at times that will have less impact on the user experience, such as when the computing device is otherwise idle. | 02-02-2012 |
20120030249 | REAL-TIME STORY GENERATION - Systems, methods and computer-readable media are disclosed for providing a framework for generating problem situations in a computer game. In one embodiment, the framework includes a data structure representing solution candidates, fact patterns, and a solution designator. The data structure also includes a chain of inference between the solution designator and each candidate. The computer game may generate a problem situation from the data structure and present the problem situation to a user playing the computer game. | 02-02-2012 |
20120030250 | Methods and Systems for Tracking Backflow Assemblies - A method of tracking backflow assemblies is provided. The method comprises the steps of receiving backflow assembly data for water customers associated with a water supply system, generating a database based on the backflow assembly data, transmitting test reminder notifications to testers associated with the water customers, receiving test result data from the testers, updating the database based on the test result data, and transmitting the test result data to municipal administrators. The backflow assembly data includes water customer information, backflow assembly information and backflow test history information. The database is stored within a storage device. The testers are notified based at least partially on the backflow assembly data. The updated database is stored within the storage device. | 02-02-2012 |
20120030251 | COMPUTER-IMPLEMENTED SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR DISTRIBUTING CONTENT PURSUANT TO AUDIT-BASED PROCESSES - Systems and methods are disclosed for distributing content pursuant to audit-based processes. Audit content in runtime workpapers may be dynamically constructed in response to industry-driven and response-driven rules using information from one or more of the distributed content libraries. Dynamic updates may also be provided for generated runtime workpapers constructed from the distributed content. The system and method may also provide drilldown functionality for enabling a user to view a source workpaper for a specified data value which has flowed into the generated dynamic workpaper and/or tip functionality to provide a user with additional guidance based on the status and data associated with the generated workpaper. | 02-02-2012 |
20120030252 | MODELING RECURRING EVENTS IN A DATA STORE - Time-related properties may be modeled independent of a base object. Rather than storing time properties with the object, they may be stored independently. A given object may be stored once, even if it has a recurrent time property. The description of a “meeting,” for example, may be stored once. Each occurrence of that object over time may be stored in a “timeslot” (object occurs at time ‘t’ on day ‘d’). If it is a recurring property, recurrence information may be stored independently. “Exception” information may be stored independently as well. | 02-02-2012 |
20120036164 | Method of management of metadata size of a service guide - The invention enables reducing of the complexity of Service Guide size management related to the management of the bandwidth occupied by a combination of streams comprising audio/and or video streams, signaling streams and service guide streams. | 02-09-2012 |
20120036165 | UPGRADING COLUMN-BASED DATABASES - Techniques are described in which at least one column is added to a table in a column-based database that has a plurality of columns and table fields. A shadow-in-place upgrade of the column-based database can be performed that adds at least one new column to the database. Thereafter, access to the column-based database can be seamlessly enabled before, during, and after the upgrade through a plurality of views. The views define a subset of the fields in the database that are visible. Related apparatus, systems, techniques and articles are also described. | 02-09-2012 |
20120036166 | EFFECTIVE DATING FOR TABLE OR RELATIONSHIP MODIFICATIONS - A method of application phased upgrade and phased user migration. In one embodiment, in one embodiment a first version of an application generates a first SQL insert statement, wherein the first SQL insert statement comprises a first table name, a first field name, and a first value. A second version of an application generates a second SQL insert statement, wherein the second SQL insert statement comprises the first table name, the first field name, and a second value. A database system inserts a first record into a first table in response to the database system receiving the first SQL insert statement. The database system inserts a second record into the first table via a view in response to the database system receiving the second SQL insert statement. The first record comprises distinct first and second fields corresponding to the first name and a second field name, respectively. The first field stores the first value. The second record comprises distinct first and second fields corresponding to the first and second field names, respectively. The second field of the second record stores the second value. | 02-09-2012 |
20120036167 | Multiple dimensioned database architecture using semi-structured data - A database management system stores data form a plurality of logical tables as independent copies in different format. In one specific example the system organizes tables into table groups and de-normalizes the table in each table group. It also organizes data in a second format including vertical column containers that store all the data for one attribute, there being one column container for each table and each attribute within that table. The receipt of a query causes the system to develop a query plan that can interact with either or both of the container sets. | 02-09-2012 |
20120036168 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A configuration is provided wherein the URI of a file to be obtained is recorded in a playlist, thereby enabling a file to be obtained using the URI. An arrangement is made wherein a playback data storage file such as a stream file or the like, or a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) that is file identification information of a clip information file is recorded in a playlist that is the playback control information of recorded data as to a medium. With playback processing, a URI is read out from the playlist, and a file to be subjected to the playback processing can be obtained based on the URI. Regardless of the same device, the specification information of a file in an arbitrary place can be set in the playlist, whereby playback processing can be performed by obtaining a file from various places. | 02-09-2012 |
20120036169 | Object identifier and common registry to support asynchronous checkpointing with audits - Example embodiments provide a method of identifying an application object that includes forming an assigned global persistent data record identifier (GPR ID) of the application object. The GPR ID includes a GPR type identifier, which identifies a cooperating application process (CAP) owner and a type of application object. The GPR ID further includes a GPR record identifier, which identifies an instance of the application object. | 02-09-2012 |
20120041987 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING DATA - A computer-implemented method, computer program product, and computing system for identifying one or more variables included within at least a portion of a simulation modeling file. Comment data is inserted into the at least a portion of the simulation modeling file to define one or more values for each of one or more variables. | 02-16-2012 |
20120041988 | Selectively Upgrading Clients in a Multi-Tenant Computing System - An application server in a multi-tenant computing system is enabled access to a first set of tables and views in a database according to a first schema. The views in the first schema correspond to a table in a second schema. Thereafter, the table in the second schema is modified to add a column. Views of the modified table as defined by the second schema are generated in a third schema so that the third schema defines a second set of tables and views in the database. Subsequently, access by the application server to the second set of tables and views in the database is enabled and access by the application server to the first set of tables and views in the database is prevented. Related apparatus, systems, techniques and articles are also described. | 02-16-2012 |
20120047184 | PROFILE CONSTRUCTION USING LOCATION-BASED AGGREGATE PROFILE INFORMATION - Systems and methods are disclosed for creating a user profile for a subject user based on historical aggregate profile data for locations at which the subject user was previously located. In one embodiment, one or more location and time period pairs are determined for the subject user. Each location and time period pair defines a previous location of the subject user and a time period during which the subject user was at the previous location. Historical aggregate profile data is obtained for the location and time period pairs. For each location and time period pair, the historical aggregate profile data is generally an aggregation of user profiles of a number of users relevant to the location and time period pair. A user profile for the subject user is then created based on the historical aggregate profile data for the one or more location and time period pairs. | 02-23-2012 |
20120047185 | COMPONENT LOAD PROCEDURE FOR SETTING UP SYSTEMS - Optional components are delivered to a software platform as a database load. A component is deployed to an application server of a first system. The component comprises at least a portion of the software to be delivered as a database load to a second system that implements the software platform. A component export tool in the first system identifies database table structures and database table entries created by the deployment of the component. The component export tool generates a load delivery package based on the identified database table structures and database table entries and then exports the load delivery package to the second system. A component load tool in the second system generates application tables based on the identified database table structures in the shipment package. The database table entries are then imported into the generated application packages in the load delivery package so that the component can be loaded into the software platform. Related apparatus, systems, techniques and articles are also described. | 02-23-2012 |
20120047186 | Encoding Semi-Structured Data for Efficient Search and Browsing - A method for encoding XML tree data that includes the step of encoding the semi-structured data into strings of arbitrary length in a way that maintains non-structural and structural information about the XML data, and enables indexing the encoded XML data in a way that facilitates efficient search and browsing. | 02-23-2012 |
20120059861 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING A RELATIONSHIP STRUCTURE - A method and apparatus for generating a data structure. A plurality of entity reference relationship structures is accessed. Each entity reference relationship structure establishes a relationship between a different pair of entity structures of a plurality of entity structures. Each path from a first vertex to a second vertex that corresponds to a second entity structure is determined. For each path, all coupled sets of pairs of entity instance identifiers, wherein each coupled set comprises a pair of entity instance identifiers from each entity reference relationship structure corresponding to the path are identified. For each coupled set, a first entity instance identifier in the each coupled set that refers to the first entity structure and a second entity instance identifier in the each coupled set that refers to the second entity structure are stored in association with one another in a new entity reference relationship structure. | 03-08-2012 |
20120059862 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR VALIDATING ONE OR MORE METADATA OBJECTS - In accordance with embodiments, there are provided mechanisms and methods for creating, exporting, viewing and testing, and importing custom applications in a multitenant database environment. These mechanisms and methods can enable embodiments to provide a vehicle for sharing applications across organizational boundaries. The ability to share applications across organizational boundaries can enable tenants in a multi-tenant database system, for example, to easily and efficiently import and export, and thus share, applications with other tenants in the multi-tenant environment. | 03-08-2012 |
20120066267 | AUTOMATIC LAYOUT DERIVATION AND IMPLEMENTATION - Embodiments are directed to determining a data insertion point in a data layout based on relative cardinalities between data objects and to determining a data insertion point in a data layout based on defined hierarchies between data objects. In an embodiment, a computer system receives a user input indicating that an additional portion of information is to be added to an existing data layout which includes multiple different data objects. The computer system accesses the data objects to determine relative cardinalities between the data objects in the data layout. The computer system determines an optimal data insertion point for inserting the additional portion of information based on the determined relative cardinalities between the data objects. The computer system also inserts the additional portion of information in the existing data layout at the determined optimal data insertion point. | 03-15-2012 |
20120066268 | CONTENT ASSET MANAGER - A content asset manager (CAM) system manages content to be developed. CAM includes a data repository storing static assets and page assets operable to be used in a web site developed in a code editing system. A web service interfaces the CAM system with the code editing system and provides the code editing system with access to at least some of the static assets stored in the data repository through a user interface in the code editing system and provides code, including at least one of the static assets, for the web site developed in the code editing system to the CAM system. A slot database includes a plurality of independent slots, and a slot stores data to be used for the web site at runtime. A content manager retrieves the code for the web site from the data repository and stores the code for the web site in the slot for the web site in the slot database. The web site may be deployed using data in the slot. | 03-15-2012 |
20120072463 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING CONTENT TAGGING AND TAGGED CONTENT - A content tagging and management capability is provided for enabling automatic tagging of content and management of tagged content. A registration capability is provided for enabling creation of a user account and association of information with the user account where the information is adapted for supporting automatic content tagging and management of tagged content. An object information management capability is provided for enabling access to object information which may be used when automatically tagging content. A tagged content access capability is provided for enabling access to an information structure by an end user viewing tagged content. A tagged content ownership management and remuneration capability is provided for enabling management of content ownership for tagged content of end users and for managing associated remuneration which may be provided to end user when tagged content is accessed. | 03-22-2012 |
20120072464 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT USING RECORD AND FIELD BASED RULES - According to some embodiments, a plurality of input records may be received from a plurality of sources, and each input record may include a plurality of fields. It may then be detected that a set of input records from different sources are related to each other (e.g., are duplicates). One of the set of input records may be automatically selected as a master record in accordance with a record level rule. At least one field in the master record may, according to some embodiments, be automatically modified based on a corresponding field in another input record in accordance with a field level rule. The modified master record could then be stored for subsequent use by other applications. | 03-22-2012 |
20120072465 | DYNAMIC SCHEMA-BASED API MAPPING FOR TRAVERSING INTER-CLOUD APPLICATION BOUNDARIES - Various systems, methods, and machine-readable media are described for providing dynamic schema-based API mapping for traversing inter-cloud application boundaries. Embodiments provide for internal schemas to be created, enabling a system to create internal data objects from external data by using the internal schemas. Application schemas can then be created, enabling the creation of application data objects derived from internal data objects. The application data objects can be passed through an API to an external computing system, and can conform to any format specified by the application schemas. | 03-22-2012 |
20120072466 | CONTENTS CREATING DEVICE AND CONTENTS CREATING METHOD - To provide a contents creating device and a contents creating method capable of distributing contents having an article arrangement with high relativity to a user as distribution destination. A contents creating device | 03-22-2012 |
20120078974 | DATA MODEL DUALIZATION - A data model can be generated by dualizing another data model. In other words, a first data model can be transformed into a second data model, wherein the second data model is a mathematical dual of the first data model. For example, a non-relational data model can be generated by dualizing a relational data model. | 03-29-2012 |
20120078975 | DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM AND METHOD - A system and method for processing data are described. The method quantizes a portion of data processed at a first node within a distributed database processing system to generate one or more quantization tuples, aggregates the tuples at the node to create a plurality of aggregated tuples, and transmits the aggregated tuples to a second node within the distributed database processing system. | 03-29-2012 |
20120078976 | DATA ORGANIZATION TOOL AND APPARATUS FOR REMOTELY MANAGING A MEETING - The system, method and computer readable medium that facilitates selection of a meeting participant, and the creation of a first data structure based on the selected meeting participant. Data may be collected in response to the selection of the meeting participant. A second data structure may be generated for the collected data, and the data in the second data structure may be linked to the first data structure and the selected meeting participant. | 03-29-2012 |
20120078977 | CONTENT SUMMARIZING APPARATUS AND CONTENT SUMMARIZING DISPLAYING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a content summarizing apparatus includes a selection unit, a record unit, and a storage unit. The selection unit selects at least one image from input content in accordance with at least one selection criterion and at least one parameter corresponding to the at least one selection criterion, and to produce a summary. The record unit cause the storage unit to store a summary record information item that includes the at least one selection criterion and the at least one parameter used by the selection unit. The storage unit stores the summary record information item whenever the summary of the input content is produced. The selection unit acquires past summary record information items from the storage unit, and produces the summary using the at least one selection criterion and the at least one parameter that fails to be included in the past summary record information items. | 03-29-2012 |
20120078978 | SYSTEM, METHODS, AND MEDIA FOR COMPRESSING NON-RELATIONAL DATABASE OBJECTS - Method, media, and systems for compressing objects, comprising: receiving a request to write a first object including a first key and a first value, wherein the first object is of a given type; receiving a request to write a second object including a second key and a second value, wherein the second object is of the given type; classifying the first object to a compression dictionary according to at least one rule based on a value of the first object and/or the key of the first object; classifying the second object to the compression dictionary according to at least one rule based on a value of the second object and/or the key of the second object; and compressing the first object and the second object based on the compression dictionary. | 03-29-2012 |
20120084326 | CENTRALIZED MULTIMEDIA ACCESS - An embodiment is a technique to perform centralized multimedia access. A playlist is created in a single document, the playlist including a plurality of items. Each of the items specifies an access parameter to a multimedia file and a play parameter. The playlist is stored in a central location. The multimedia file as pointed to by the playlist is retrieved or accessed in the central location using the access parameter to play the multimedia file according to the play parameter. | 04-05-2012 |
20120096047 | METHOD AND SYSTEM AND FILE FORMAT OF GENERATING CONTENT BY REFERENCE - A method of generating content defined by a file of a prescribed format. A portion of a first work of content is automatically identified responsive to a user selection thereof. The first work of content may be audio, video, and still images. A reference to the portion of the first work of content is generated responsive to the identifying. Instructions associated with the portion of the first work of content operable for use by a playback device to render the content are generated. The reference and the instructions are incorporated in a digital file of a prescribed format operable for use by the playback device during rendition of the content. The file may be stored in a memory component. The playback device is operable to use the reference to access the portion of the first work of content from a source other than the file during rendition of the file. | 04-19-2012 |
20120096048 | Personalized Object Dimension - Architecture that associates personalized information (e.g., user preferences) to an object that needs to be displayed in a custom way. The preferences are associated with the object as an inherent object dimension, in addition to the actual data (another dimension). The intrinsic actual data contained within the object itself is considered the first dimension, and additional data and/or metadata make up additional dimensions. Whenever the object is retrieved, the associated personal preferences as the inherent object dimension are returned with the object. The web developer simple uses the associated preferences to build the webpage. If no preferences were defined, the object can be configured to return with a default set of preferences. | 04-19-2012 |
20120096049 | WORKGROUP TIME-TRACKING - Disclosed are systems, methods, and computer readable media for creating, and using time tracking data objects which can be used for applications such as tracking efforts expended by a group of users on tasks to which they have been assigned. In one embodiment, when a record is saved, it is determined if an attribute of the record has changed. Examples of attributes of a record may be the owner of a record, the status of a record, a case number, the group member's name, or the workgroup a member to whom the record belongs. When an attribute of the record has changed and the record has an open status, a time tracking data object is created. The time tracking data object may contain multiple fields storing information regarding attributes of the record. The fields may store information such as a start time, duration time, and status of the time tracking data object. | 04-19-2012 |
20120096050 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MAPPING LARGE OBJECT DATA CONTENT IN A DATABASE TABLE TO A WORK AREA - According to some embodiments, a programming language in an application server may access different database server implementations, wherein the programming language accesses content of database tables via work areas derived from the database tables. A database table may be mapped to a work area such that each column in the database table is mapped to a corresponding component of the work area (having a default component type based on the column type of the associated column). It may be determined that a particular column in the database table is to store large object data content, and a new mapping to a work area may be defined such that a particular column maps to a corresponding component having a component type other than the default component type. | 04-19-2012 |
20120102072 | Distributed management monitoring system, monitoring method and creating method thereof - The present disclosure discloses a method for creating a distributed management monitoring system to create a distributed management monitoring system based on a distributed file system. Moreover, the present disclosure further discloses a monitoring method of the distributed management monitoring system, the method includes: updating a file of recording monitoring information regularly and correspondingly updating a device descriptor table by a sub-file system of the distributed management monitoring system; updating the device descriptor table and informing a server to update a file descriptor table by the sub-file system; and finding a device descriptor table corresponding to a designated network element through traversing the file descriptor table and reading a designated file according to the device descriptor table by the server. Accordingly, the present disclosure provides a distributed management monitoring system, the system includes: a server, a file descriptor table and a sub-file system. Therefore, by utilizing the present disclosure, each network element is enabled to monitor itself independently, unnecessary communications among network elements are reduced, and the stability of the distributed management monitoring system is enhanced. | 04-26-2012 |
20120102073 | CONTEXTUAL PRESENCE SYSTEM AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - Systems and methods dynamically form a context group that has a plurality of members and propagate payload data between the members. A database associates a context identifier (ID) of the context group with a user ID of each member. A context manager, communicatively coupled with the database, receives a join context request containing the context ID and a user ID from each said member, creates the context group, if not existing, within the database in response to the join request, and adds the user ID, if not existing, of each said member to the database in association with the context ID. A payload handler receives payload data from one of said members and propagates the payload data to other said members of the context group. | 04-26-2012 |
20120110028 | TRANSLATING AN OBJECT-ORIENTED DATA MODEL TO A YANG DATA MODEL - Techniques in a data processor for translating an object-oriented data model to a YANG data model are described. In one embodiment, for example, a translator system is described for translating data representing an object-oriented data model construct to a data representing one or more YANG data model statements, the translator system comprises: an object-oriented data model construct identifier for identifying data representing an object-oriented data model construct; an object-oriented data model construct-to-YANG data model statement translator for translating the identified data to translated data representing one or more YANG data model statements; and a storing module for storing the translated data in one or more non-transitory computer-readable media. | 05-03-2012 |
20120110029 | DATA MODEL FOR SERVICE ARCHITECTURE - Processing for a data package is disclosed. An operation is received including a data package. The operation is performed with respect to each of one or more data objects included in the data package, in a manner determined at least in part by a context data applicable to the operation. | 05-03-2012 |
20120117125 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXPANDING PC-BASED SOFTWARE CAPABILITIES - System and method for expanding the capabilities of a PC-based software are disclosed. The system provides a technique for synchronizing a database associated with a PC-based software with a WAN server database. Additionally, a WAN server, associated with the WAN server database, is configured to provide substantially the same functionality as that of the PC-based software. This effectively facilitates web-access of the PC-based software and database by way of the WAN server and database. The WAN server may be configured to provide additional functions in order to expand the functionality of the PC-based software. The WAN server may also be configured to integrate distinct databases by either relaying information between the distinct databases or integrating the information from the distinct databases into a single database. | 05-10-2012 |
20120124101 | GENERATING REFERENCES TO REUSABLE CODE IN A SCHEMA - Provided are a method, system, and computer program product to generate references to reusable code in a schema. A program coded in a first programming language has data structures, wherein at least one of the data structures includes a reference to reusable code. A model file is generated identifying the reusable code, elements and attributes in a second programming language for the reference to the reusable code in the program. The data structure coded in the first programming language is processed to generate a data structure schema in a second programming language describing elements and attributes of the data structure coded in the first programming language. A reference in the data structure schema to the reusable code is generated. | 05-17-2012 |
20120124102 | METHOD FOR LOADING LARGE XML DOUCMENTS ON DEMAND - Systems and methods for loading XML documents on demand are described. The system provides a Wrapper class for the XML Document class and the Element class. A user application then utilizes the Wrapper class in the same way that the Element class and Document class would be used to access any element in the XML Document. The Wrapper class loads external components as required. The external component retrieval is completely transparent to the user application and the user application is able to access the entire XML document as if it were completely loaded into a DOM object in memory. Accordingly, each element is accessible in a random manner. In one configuration, the XML document components or external components are stored in a database in a BLOB field as a Digital Document. The system uses external components to efficiently use resources as compared to systems using Xlink and external entities. | 05-17-2012 |
20120124103 | SYSTEM, A METHOD, AND A COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR TESTING - System, method and storage medium loaded with a program are provided for preparing tests in which a certain set of questions may be ordered in different order amongst different copies of the test. There further provided a method for setting different order of answers of a multiple-choice type of test for each question, amongst different copies of the test. Further is provided a method and tool for keeping the decoding key for deciphering and reconstructing the order of the questions and answers within the test itself thus allowing checking the answers and providing statistics on virtually any computer, regardless of the computer on which the test was composed. There is further provided a system and method for processing multiple types of inputs for the questions, such as text, graphics, images, equations and the like. | 05-17-2012 |
20120131062 | Systems and Methods for Generating Customizing Documentation - The present disclosure involves systems, products, and methods for generating software documentation. One method includes operations for identifying a transport request containing information associated with a set of software modifications; identifying at least one view identified by the transport request, each identified view comprising a modified view of information associated with the software; accessing metadata information describing a structure for each identified view; identifying at least one database table associated with each identified view; accessing, for each identified database table, at least one database table field modified by the transport request and values associated with each of the database table fields; outputting, for each identified view, at least a portion of the set of metadata information describing the structure of the identified view; and outputting, for each identified database table associated with each identified view, at least a portion of the values associated with each database table field. | 05-24-2012 |
20120131063 | METHOD FOR RELIABLE AND EFFICIENT FILESYSTEM METADATA CONVERSION - A method for converting metadata in a hierarchical configuration within a filesystem from a first format to a second format includes reading metadata in the first format within the hierarchical configuration; writing the metadata from the hierarchical configuration into a flat file; and writing the metadata back into the hierarchical configuration, the metadata being in the second format. The method can also include increasing the size of each of a first inode and a second inode within a first inode chunk in the filesystem, assigning the first inode to the first inode chunk, and assigning the second inode to a second inode chunk. | 05-24-2012 |
20120136903 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EMBEDDING INTERPOLATED DATA OBJECT IN APPLICATION DATA FILE - Embodiments relate to systems and methods for embedding an interpolated data object in an application data file. A database management system can store operational data, such as financial, climate or other information. A user can input or access target data, representing an output desired to be generated from an interpolated set of input data. Thus, the average air temperature of a region may be known for several years, along with other inputs including water temperature, wind speed, and other data. The target data can include an expected average temperature for the current year. The interpolation engine can receive the current-year target temperature, and generate water temperatures, wind speeds, and other variables that produce the target temperature. In aspects, the interpolation engine can embed the interpolated data as an object in a local or remote spreadsheet or other local data file via dynamic data links, to permit automatic updating of the embedded interpolated data. | 05-31-2012 |
20120136904 | RECORDS MANAGEMENT OF DATABASE TABLES - Systems, methods, and other embodiments associated with records management are described. One example method includes managing a relational database for compliance with record retention rules, where the relational database includes a table organized with rows and columns. The relational database provides options for designating rows for records management. | 05-31-2012 |
20120136905 | INFORMATION FEED UPDATE MECHANISM - Techniques and structures relating to processing of data in an information sharing service are disclosed. Implementation of a data structure including entries identifying data that may be shared amongst users in the information service facilitates efficient processing. The data structure entries may include pointers usable to access corresponding details of the sharable data. The entries may also include information useful for filtering the entities, such as an indication of a user account that originates an account update, and a time associated with an update. The data structure may be used to generate data feeds that allow users to access the identified data. | 05-31-2012 |
20120143922 | Differentially private aggregate classifier for multiple databases - Embodiments of the invention disclose a system and a method for determining a differentially private aggregate classifier for a set of databases, wherein each database in the set of databases is associated with a classifier and a noise value, wherein the classifier and the noise value are determined locally for each database, such that a combination of the classifier and the noise value ensure a differential data privacy of the database, and wherein the differentially private aggregate classifier preserves the differential data privacy of each database. The differentially private aggregate classifier is a combination of the classifiers of the set of databases modified with the noise value corresponding to a smallest database in the set of databases. | 06-07-2012 |
20120143923 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF HIERARCHICAL METADATA MANAGEMENT AND APPLICATION - A method of metadata management is provided. Metadata associated with information objects is important in the management and classification of electronic information referred to as information objects. A metadata schema structure definition is defined enabling a metadata schema to be applied to the information objects to ensure consistent creation and management of hierarchical metadata across and organization and interoperability between different metadata schemas. | 06-07-2012 |
20120143924 | PREDICTIVE CONVERSION SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In one embodiment, a system and method of predicting sale transaction conversion rate of an item operates through a search of information in response to a query over a network. The item can be included in a category of items. Information for other relevant items of the category is available through network query and historical data, among others. Respective information for the other items of the category is available to the method. The system and method includes discovering available information of the item of interest, extracting certain of the available information of the item, analyzing the certain information for the item by comparing the information to other item information for the category of items, weighting the information for the commercial item in comparison to other items of the category, calculating a predictive score for the commercial item of interest, and presenting the information of the commercial item of interest ranked according to the predictive score as compared to other items of the category. | 06-07-2012 |
20120150916 | Circumventing Queue Downtime In A Queue Damage Scenario - An approach is provided where a put request is received to put a data entry into a queue. A detection is made that a primary queue data structure corresponding to the queue is damaged. If an alternate queue data structure corresponding to the queue has not yet been created, then the alternate queue data structure is dynamically created. The data entry is then stored in the alternate queue data structure. | 06-14-2012 |
20120150917 | USAGE-OPTIMIZED TABLES - Systems and methods are disclosed for employing usage-optimized tables with a computer database system. In one embodiment, the database system stores create, update, and delete database operations in the usage-optimized table. The create, update, and delete database operations remain in the usage-optimized table until a flush condition is reached. When the flush condition is reached, the create, update, and delete operations are transferred to their corresponding real tables. In embodiments, the read operation does not flush the contents of the usage-optimized table to the real table. In such embodiments, the database system modifies read operations to account for data resident on the usage-optimized tables. | 06-14-2012 |
20120150918 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING STRUCTURED DATA TO A STRUCTURED OR UNSTRUCTURED GRID - A system and method for converting structured data to unstructured or structured data, the system and method receiving processing options in a flexible format and a reader selection, executing the reader selection to read data, computing a date time group to iterate through observed and/or modeled data, bilinearly interpolating the structured data to create an unstructured or structured finite element mesh, linearly interpolating data in time if necessary, and storing the populated grid on a computer-readable medium in a format compatible with a target numerical model. | 06-14-2012 |
20120158794 | TECHNIQUES TO DISCOVER OBJECT INTERFACES - Techniques to discover object interfaces are described. An object association component is operative to generate mapping information representing a mapping between an application object interface for an application object of an application program executing in a first process with a system object handle for a system object of a system program executing in a second process, create a memory map file name for a memory mapped file, and store a record with the mapping information in the memory mapped file. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-21-2012 |
20120158795 | ENTITY TRIGGERS FOR MATERIALIZED VIEW MAINTENANCE - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for implementing materialized views on a mobile device in synchronization with an enterprise information system. Changes to an underlying local database, on which the materialized view is based, may originate from the enterprise system or from the client. A solution needs to account for each of these potential sources of changes, and update the materialized view accordingly. | 06-21-2012 |
20120158796 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING BOOKMARKS - A method, an apparatus and a system for generating bookmarks are provided, through which the bookmarks can be automatically generated without participation of a user. The method for generating bookmarks includes: gathering access records of a user; analyzing the access records of the user; and generating the bookmarks according to an analysis result. The apparatus for generating bookmarks includes: a gathering unit, configured to gather access records of a user; an analysis unit, configured to analyze the access records of the user; and a bookmark generation unit, configured to generate the bookmarks according to a result of the analysis unit. The system for generating bookmarks includes: a gateway, configured to gather access records of a user and output the access records to a bookmark server; and the bookmark server, configured to analyze the access records of the user and generate the bookmarks according to an analysis result. | 06-21-2012 |
20120166492 | DATABASE TRANSFERS USING CONSTRAINT FREE DATA - A database management tool may migrate a portion of a constrained database by transferring the portion to a constraint-free database from a first constrained database, then populating a second constrained database using the constraint-free data. The constraint-free data may be transformed prior to populating to update internal database identifiers. In some cases, the transformation may also update the data to a different schema of the target database. The database management tool may also include a load balancer that may monitor the loads on a distributed database and may separate portions of the database to different database instances to more effectively load balance the larger database. | 06-28-2012 |
20120166493 | SHADOW SYSTEM START DURING UPGRADE OF AN ORIGINAL SYSTEM - In one general aspect, a computer system can include instructions stored on a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The computer system can include a program database module configured to define, at a shadow system, a shadow program database including data and a structure collectively defining an upgrade to an original program database on an original system. The computer system can include a basis module configured to define at the shadow system a shadow basis database related to start functionality of the shadow system. The computer system can also include a downtime execution module configured to trigger the shadow system to change from a downstate to an upstate based on a combination of data included in the shadow basis database and the data of the shadow program database. | 06-28-2012 |
20120166494 | COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - A computer readable medium stories a program causing a computer to execute a process for information processing. The process includes acquiring first data, generating first structure data based on the first data, generating substructure data, acquiring second data, generating second structure data based on the second data, generating structure data based on the substructure data, and determining whether the structure is included in the second structure. | 06-28-2012 |
20120173589 | In-Memory Database For Multi-Tenancy - An in-memory database server hosting a tenant of a multi-tenant software architecture can receive a definition of a custom data field that is unique to an organization having isolated access to the tenant. The custom data field can extend a standard table defined by central metadata stored at a system tenant of the multi-tenant software architecture. Tenant private metadata that includes the definition can be stored in memory accessible only to the tenant. A tenant-dependent table that includes the custom data field can be formed, for example by retrieving central metadata defining the standard table from the system tenant and adding the custom data field using the definition. The tenant-dependent table can be presented for access via a database client at the organization. Related systems, articles of manufacture, and computer-implemented methods are disclosed. | 07-05-2012 |
20120173590 | SYSTEM, IMPLEMENTATION, APPLICATION, AND QUERY LANGUAGE FOR A TETRAHEDRAL DATA MODEL FOR UNSTRUCTURED DATA - Systems, implementations, applications, and a query language for a tetrahedral data model for unstructured data are disclosed. The tetrahedral data model includes a vertex, four facets, and lines between the facets. The vertex represents a unique identifier for the underlying unstructured data. The four facets represent basic attributes, semantic features, low-level features, and raw data. The lines represent relationships between connected elements. The tetrahedral data model is implemented in the logical schema in an Unstructured data Base Management System (UDBMS), which stores the basic attributes and the semantic features in XML files, stores the low-level features and the raw data using a three-dimensional big table, and stores the associations in an adjacency matrix. A tetrahedral annotation module creating and populating tetrahedrons can be integrated into unstructured data processing apparatuses. An unstructured data query language provides comprehensive query operations for unstructured data represented by the tetrahedral data model in an UDBMS. | 07-05-2012 |
20120179728 | Processing of Destructive Schema Changes in Database Management Systems - Database schema changes are managed in a database management system by identifying and marking one or more database objects for a database schema change, identifying and processing accesses to identified database objects and storing information pertaining to the identified accesses, where the identified accesses are processed with respect to the database schema without the change, evaluating the stored information to determine a frequency with which identified objects are referenced by the identified accesses over a select time period, and implementing the database schema change in response to an indication that the frequency is below a threshold value. | 07-12-2012 |
20120185516 | COMPUTER DATA FILE MERGING BASED ON FILE METADATA - Embodiments of the disclosure relate to file merging based on file metadata. An exemplary embodiment concerns a system for merging two files that may comprise first and second data structures respectively associated with first and first files. Each data structure may include a starting address and an ending address of the associated file, and file attributes. The system may include a logic component for respectively referencing the starting address and ending address of a second file in the starting address and ending address of a first file, and a logic component for linking the last record in the first file with the first record of in the second file. | 07-19-2012 |
20120185517 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONVERTING UBL PROCESS DIAGRAMS TO OWL - The present invention includes a method and a system for creating Web Ontology Language (OWL) ontology from a Universal Business Language (UBL) process diagram. The UBL process diagram includes one or more processes, one or more partitions, one or more activities, one or more objects, an initial node, and a final node. At least one of the processes, the partitions, the activities, and the objects are extracted from the UBL process diagram. A first OWL class, a second OWL class, and a third OWL class are created corresponding to the processes, partitions, and objects, respectively. Thereafter, an object property is created corresponding to each of the activities, the initial node, and the final node. Finally, the first OWL class, the second OWL class, the third OWL class, and each of the created object property are added to obtain the OWL ontology. | 07-19-2012 |
20120191762 | PROVIDING ASSISTED BUSINESS ANALYSIS TO USERS - A method for providing assisted business analysis to users is disclosed herein. In one embodiment, such a method includes providing a list of one or more predefined managed reports to a user. Each predefined managed report has specific metadata associated therewith. The method further provides functionality to enable the user to select a specific managed report from the list. Once a managed report is selected from the list, the method enables the user to generate a new ad hoc report from the selected managed report. Generating this new ad hoc report includes automatically extracting all or part of the metadata from the selected managed report to build the new ad hoc report. A corresponding computer program product and apparatus are also disclosed herein. | 07-26-2012 |
20120197945 | GENERATING MODIFIED SCHEMAS - According to one embodiment, a computer-readable medium has computer-executable instructions that, when executed by a computer, are configured to receive an input schema. The input schema specifies how to represent one or more elements in a document. One or more rules are received. The input schema is analyzed for conformance to the one or more rules. If the input schema does not conform to the one or more rules, a modified schema is generated based on the input schema. The modified schema specifies how to represent the one or more elements in the documents in conformance with the one or more rules. | 08-02-2012 |
20120197946 | DATABASE SCHEMA COMPLEXITY REDUCTION - In contrast to the traditional approach of defining relationships between data collections using complex groups of cross-reference database tables, the present invention makes use of generic sets to represent relationships between complex collections of interrelated data. The complexity of a database schema can be greatly reduced by representing the relationships between data items as these data sets (sets of data items). These sets of data items may be defined in one or more database tables in a database. This approach provides for much simplified database data management and control. It enables the easy pre- or re-calculation of sets and provides for the easy creation of hierarchical meta-data trees, which are ideal for the targeted delivery of data to the user. | 08-02-2012 |
20120197947 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LIVE SCORING INFORMATION AND STATISTICAL DATA - A scorebook system and related methods for receiving optimal performance and weight classification data for wrestlers of any age and background, creating brackets for a tournament event, providing live scoring and real-time statistical data at a wrestling meet and thereafter, analyzing and reporting statistical information about the meets, teams and wrestlers, and compiling and providing media information about a wrestling meet. | 08-02-2012 |
20120197948 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR PROVIDING A TEAM OBJECT IN ASSOCIATION WITH AN OBJECT - In accordance with embodiments, there are provided mechanisms and methods for providing a team object in association with an object. These mechanisms and methods for providing a team object in association with an object can allow for centralized management of a team in association with an object. For example, members of the team may be automatically identified (e.g. without manual intervention) for receiving notifications in association with an object. | 08-02-2012 |
20120203802 | CONTENT STORAGE MAPPING - A data storage method and system. The method includes defining, by a computing system, a meta-object, a schema based structured definition for the meta-object, and a taxonomy with configuration data. The computing system creates content associated with the taxonomy and associates topics of the content with a logical storage room representations. Reference coordinates associated with the logical storage room representations are associated with the taxonomy. The computing system generates updated configuration data that includes the reference coordinates and a uniform resource identifier associated with the content is generated. The computing system generates an account associated with the meta-object for a user. Metering charges for usage of the account and a report associated with the account and usage are generated. | 08-09-2012 |
20120209889 | Data Structures for a Media-Editing Application - Some embodiments provide a method for defining a data structure for representing a media file imported into a media-editing application. The method defines a reference to an original version of a media file. The method defines references to one or more transcoded versions of the media file. Each of the transcoded versions has a different resolution. The method defines a set of metadata storing information regarding the media file. In some embodiments, the media file includes both audio and video. The method defines a video clip data structure for the media file that references the first data structure and an audio clip data structure for the media file that also references the asset data structure. The method defines a media clip data structure that contains the video clip data structure and the audio clip data structure. The media clip data structure is for editing into a composite video presentation. | 08-16-2012 |
20120215816 | CONTENT MANAGEMENT PLATFORM APPARATUSES, METHODS AND SYSTEMS - The CONTENT MANAGEMENT PLATFORM APPARATUSES, METHODS AND SYSTEMS (“CMP”) transform content seed selections and recommendations via CMP components such as discovery and social influence into events and discovery of other contents for users and revenue for right-holders. In one embodiment, the CMP may obtain content discovery supportive information for a universally resolvable user. The CMP may then determine apportionment heuristics among the obtained information for the user. In one implementation, the CMP may identify a first set of universally resolvable content items based on the determined apportionment heuristics and may create a caching queue that includes the identified first set of universally resolvable content items. The first set of universally resolvable content items in the caching queue may then be provided to the user. | 08-23-2012 |
20120215817 | CROSS-PLATFORM CLOUD-BASED MAP CREATION - Methods, systems and articles of manufacture for cross-platform cloud based map creation are described herein. A method embodiment includes receiving one or more GIS datasets in their respective source formats, each GIS dataset comprising one or more map assets, translating the GIS datasets into a platform independent format, and providing the translated GIS datasets and their respective map assets in the platform independent format to one or more client platforms. The embodiment further includes identifying missing map assets and metadata that comprise a GIS dataset, tracking map assets that comprise a single translated GIS dataset to maintain the translated GIS dataset as a single entity, and providing the translated GIS datasets to a serving system. | 08-23-2012 |
20120221605 | LINKING FRAMEWORK FOR INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT - A data synchronization task is received at a console, wherein the data synchronization task is associated with information technology management. A configuration document is configured using the data synchronization task, wherein the configuration document defines data synchronization through declarations. A linking framework is configured based on the configuration document. Data is synchronized from a first and second source to a target as defined by the configuration document. | 08-30-2012 |
20120221606 | RAPID CACHING AND DATA DELIVERY SYSTEM AND METHOD - The initial systems analysis of a new data source fully defines each data element and also designs, tests and encodes complete data integration instructions for each data element. A metadata cache stores the data element definition and data element integration instructions. The metadata cache enables a comprehensive view of data elements in an enterprise data architecture. When data is requested that includes data elements defined in a metadata cache, the metadata cache and associated software modules automatically generate database elements to fully integrate the requested data elements into existing databases. | 08-30-2012 |
20120226719 | Method and System for Creating and Utilizing a Metadata Apparatus for Management Applications - A method and system used to create a metadata apparatus that functions as a standard electronic language to both describe a complex item in precise detail and define data, objects, people and locations related to the item so as to provide a common secure platform and unlimited secondary meaningful use for products and systems that manage the item and related elements. The physical components of the apparatus include data centers, servers, desktop computers, mobile computing devices such as laptop computers, smart phones and computer tablets, and electronic devices in the field. For health care, the item is the human body. Examples of a device are machines used for medical imaging, laboratory analysis and patient surveillance such as EKGs, oximeters, respirators, etc. | 09-06-2012 |
20120226720 | Mapping of Data From XML to SQL - A method, an apparatus and a computer program product for converting an XML encoded dataset into a minimal set of SQL tables and provided. In the method, a hierarchical structure in the XML encoded dataset is identified. A node element set for the XML encoded dataset is determined, wherein each node element in the node element set is a discrete level of the hierarchical structure of the dataset. One or more nodes of the XML encoded dataset are determined, each node being an instance of a node element. A unique node identifier is allocated to each node. Then, an SQL node table containing one or more records is generated, each record corresponding to a respective one of the allocated node identifiers. An SQL ancestry table is optionally generated to define the inter-relationships among nodes of the identified hierarchical structure of the XML encoded dataset. | 09-06-2012 |
20120233220 | Controlling Access To A Computer System - A technique including accessing data to control permissions assigned to a given role for a computer system. The data assigns the given role with a role template and an environment template, wherein the role template defines at least one action that can be performed with the system, the environment template defines at least one resource of the system that can be accessed, and the role and environment templates are independently assignable to at least one other role. The technique includes controlling access to the system based on the data. | 09-13-2012 |
20120239705 | MOBILE INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR 12-LEAD ECG - The present invention is different to the existing 12-leads electrocardiogram mobile information system which could only provide the inquiring service to specific smart phone operation system, and designed using the network service as the platform for data transforming and communications of the programs between the mobile-end and the server-end. The different kinds of databases (eg, SQL SERVER | 09-20-2012 |
20120239706 | COMPUTER-FACILITATED PARALLEL INFORMATION ALIGNMENT AND ANALYSIS - Described herein, Smith-Waterman using Associative Massive Parallelism (SWAMP) extends the single, highest scoring subsequence alignment the traditional Smith-Waterman algorithm and variations return to discover the top k highest scoring non-overlapping, non-intersecting subalignments in parallel. Embodiments provided herein provide synergistic work, accelerating the high quality of alignments, in addition to providing multiple subsequence discovery that is handled in an automated fashion within the algorithm. SWAMP and SWAMP+ (and related algorithms such as are described herein) are parallel algorithms that are designed to run in an accelerated manner, inter alia, on single-instruction, multiple-data (SIMD) machines. Not only is the alignment/matching process accelerated for the single, highest matching alignment, in embodiments the algorithm can analyze deeper into the sequences for additional high-quality alignments. Envisioned uses include bioinformatics, for instance for nucleic acid or amino acid sequence alignments, as well as alignments of other data strings or other packets or lines of information. | 09-20-2012 |
20120239707 | MULTI-CLIENT GENERIC PERSISTENCE FOR EXTENSION FIELDS - Access to a networked application can be provided to multiple users while allowing user-specific extension fields to be created and maintained for exclusive access by the user creating the extension field. A user-customized data object that includes a standard field value of a standard field of a standard data object defined by the networked application and a user-specific extension field value of a user-specific extension field that modifies operation of the networked application for the user and that is not available to other users of the plurality of users can be received from a user for writing to memory. The user-specific extension field value can be separated from the standard field value. The standard field value and the user-specific extension field value can be persisted in a first database table and a second database table, respectively. Related systems, methods, and articles of manufacture are also provided. | 09-20-2012 |
20120254256 | Multimedia Analysis and Cluster Formation - A computer program product, tangibly embodied on a computer readable medium, includes instructions, which when executed by a data processor of a multimedia player, cause the data processor to examine media content characteristics that characterize a user-specific collection of media content to identify a first cluster of media content that share similar media content characteristics; generate a first set of media content objects that characterize the first cluster of media content; and identify at least a subset of the first set of media content objects as potential seed objects for a set of media content channels. | 10-04-2012 |
20120254257 | RESOURCE EFFICIENT SCALE-OUT FILE SYSTEMS - According to one embodiment, a file system (FS) of a storage system is partitioned into a plurality of FS partitions, where each FS partition stores segments of data files. In response to an input and output (IO) request for accessing a first of the FS partitions, a second of the FS partitions is selected that is currently in a ready state for access. The second FS partition is then removed from the ready state for access. The first FS partition is brought into a ready state for access. | 10-04-2012 |
20120254258 | INITIALIZING A MULTI-TENANT DATABASE - A method and system for initializing a multi-tenant database. The method includes the steps of: executing a trial of a legacy initialization tool on a trial database; capturing database statements issued by the legacy initialization tool during the step of executing a trial; capturing trial execution results of the database statements; executing the legacy initialization tool on a multi-tenant database; intercepting the database statements issued by the legacy initialization tool during the step of executing the legacy initialization tool on the multi-tenant database; and executing a mock of intercepted database statements corresponding to types of the database statements, types of tables involved in the database statements, and the trial execution results of the database statements, where at least one of the steps is carried out using a computer device. | 10-04-2012 |
20120259897 | DETERMINATION OF LANDMARKS - Hash values corresponding to a file are processed in windows to determine a minimum hash value for each window. Each window may begin at a minimum hash value determined for a previous window and end after a fixed number of hash values. If a hash value is less than a threshold hash value, it is added to a buffer that is used to store the hash values in sorted order for a current window. If a hash value is greater than the threshold, it is added to another buffer whose hash values are not stored in sorted order. At the end of the current window, the minimum hash value in the first buffer is selected as the landmark for the window. If the first buffer is empty, then the hash values in the other buffer are sorted and the minimum hash value is selected as the landmark for the window. | 10-11-2012 |
20120265789 | ARCHITECTURES, SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR PROVIDING RECOMMENDATIONS TO USERS AND APPLICATIONS USING MULTIDIMENSIONAL DATA - Exemplary non-transitory computer-readable medium, method and system for providing at least one recommendation to users and applications using multidimensional data. The multidimensional data can define a multidimensional space defined by a Cartesian product of the dimensions. The multidimensional space can have at least three dimensions, and each of the dimensions can be capable of (i) providing variable information, and (ii) having a type that is different from a type of another one of the dimensions. The exemplary non-transitory computer-readable medium, method and system can retrieve information from data associated with the multidimensional space. Further, the exemplary non-transitory computer-readable medium, method and system can generate the at least one recommendation based on the retrieved information. Further, at least one of the dimensions can include profiles. | 10-18-2012 |
20120265790 | PROCESSING OF SPLITS OF CONTROL AREAS AND CONTROL INTERVALS - A data structure maintained in a computational device stores how many control areas splits have occurred to store a data set, wherein each control area split causes an addition of a single new control area. A command is received to add a new data record to the data set. A determination is made as to whether adding the new data record to the data set will result in a threshold for control area splits to be exceeded. In response to determining that adding the new data record to the data set will result in the threshold for control area splits to be exceeded, creating at least two new control areas in addition to continuing to use one existing control area for storing the data set. | 10-18-2012 |
20120271863 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR MANAGING CONTACTS AND CALENDARS WITHIN AN ONLINE CARD SYSTEM - A system, a method, and a user interface are described for personalizing and sending stationery/cards. A reminder list on the user interface includes a list of reminder entries each identifying an upcoming event including events generated based on a specified relationship between the user and one or more contacts of the user. A recommendation region is populated one or more recommended stationery/card designs associated with one of the entries in the reminder list. A stationery/card personalization engine provides the user with a set of personalization options related to the selected stationery/card design, and generates personalized stationery based on the selected stationery/card design and the user input. | 10-25-2012 |
20120271864 | METHOD FOR ASSISTED ROAD EXTRAPOLATION FROM IMAGERY - A method for assisted map extrapolation computing establishing a database of geographic images and establishing a database of geospatial datasets extracted from the database of geographic images The method provides an unskilled user interface hosted remotely or self contained within a computing device loaded with imagery and analysis software wherein an unskilled user may select a geographic area The method superimposes any existing data from the geospatial datasets onto the geographic images for a geographic area and displays it to the unskilled user A set of algorithm parameter controls are provided wherein the individual may teach image analysis software how to pick transportation network features such as roads or other objects such as building footprints from the imagery The geospatial datasets are then updated with the features identified by the unskilled user assisted software | 10-25-2012 |
20120278368 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO PROVISION NETWORK RESOURCE RECORDS - Methods and apparatus to provision network resource records are described. An example method includes creating a statement representative of a plurality of numbers to be provisioned to a plurality of users via an iterative process; and, for each iteration of the iterative process, generating an instance of the statement to form a resource record by replacing a first character in a domain name segment of the statement with a first version of a respective one of the numbers; replacing a second character in a resource identifier segment of the statement with a second version of the respective one of the numbers different than the first version; and storing the instance of the statement as a resource record in connection with the respective one of the numbers. | 11-01-2012 |
20120284310 | Electronic Management System for Authoring Academic Works - An electronic management system accessible over the internet manages the elements of a user's large-scale writing project. The user enters or otherwise uploads project data including main document data and research data and the system organizes the data according to the needs of the writer, preferably using a hierarchy that conforms to the logical progression of the written work. The system manages referential linkages between the different types of data in order to maintain consistency across stored data when it is updated. The system may compile or consolidate data and generate reports that the writer uses while proceeding through the project, including calculations relating to the type, age, and number of references cited in the project. The system may interface with other software programs, such as word processors, data processors, and online libraries, to export or import data related to the project. | 11-08-2012 |
20120290624 | DEFINING AND MINING A JOINT PHARMACOPHORIC SPACE THROUGH GEOMETRIC FEATURES - A technique for mining pharmacophore patterns including computer-implemented methods for generating a database of pharmacophores and computer-implemented methods for classifying a query molecule with the database of pharmacophores. Generation of the pharmacophore database includes methods of defining a Joint Pharmacophore Space (JPS) using the three-dimensional geometry of pharmacophoric features of all active molecules against multiple targets. | 11-15-2012 |
20120303676 | System, Process and Software Arrangement for Providing Multidimensional Recommendations/Suggestions - A process, system and computer software are provided to facilitate at least one recommendation to one or more users and/or one or more applications using multidimensional data. In particular, a multidimensional space is defined, wherein each dimension is capable of providing variable information. At least one dimension corresponds to user profiles. The multidimensional space is filled with multidimensional data corresponding to dimensions of the multidimensional space. Then, information from the multidimensional space is retrieved. Further, the recommendation is generated based on the retrieved information. In addition, it is possible to generate a recommendation-specific query. This can be performed by generating the recommendation-specific query to access a multidimensional cube and retrieve data stored therein. Then, the recommendation can be issued based on the data retrieved from the multidimensional cube. | 11-29-2012 |
20120310993 | ASYNCHRONOUS PROCESS NOTIFICATION - A database system comprising a node value stored in a first electronic data memory device sector. A lock state and access visa associated with the node value, such that if the visa is non-zero, the visa must be presented to access the node. A notification field associated with the node value, the notification field stored in a second electronic data memory device sector. An update processor configured to electronically retrieve and process the notification field if the node value is modified. | 12-06-2012 |
20120310994 | Stability-Adjusted Ranking and Geographic Anchoring Using a Finite Set of Accessed Items - List maintenance functionality is provided in part to maintain aspects of a list interface based in part on the use of a population algorithm configured in part to preserve relative ordering of list items, but the embodiments are not so limited. A computer-based method of an embodiment provides a list to an end-user that includes a finite number of list item locations based in part on a recent list population algorithm and a data structure to maintain list entries that are ultimately displayed to the end-user. In one embodiment, a note-taking application interface uses a population algorithm to maintain a list of accessed note items including the use of one or more note timestamps to populate a user's viewed item list. | 12-06-2012 |
20120317152 | Multiple Address Verification System for Delivery Routing - The present disclosure pertains to collecting various different ways of designating a destination address or physical location (Source Databases A,B,C), and associating them to a single, canonical form (Canonical Database, FIG. | 12-13-2012 |
20120323972 | CONCURRENTLY ACCESSED HASH TABLE - A method of resizing a concurrently accessed hash table is disclosed. The method includes acquiring the locks in the hash table. The hash table, in a first state, is dynamically reconfigured in size into a second state. Additionally, the amount of locks is dynamically adjusted based on comparing the size of the hash table in the second state to the size of the hash table in the second state. | 12-20-2012 |
20120323973 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONVERTING COMPONENT DATA - An application server reads components data from a component information system (CIS) of a database server connected to the application server. The components data are converted to HDL data. If the converted HDL data includes illegal characters, a user is prompted to modify the illegal characters. If the converted HDL data does not include illegal characters, the application server amends formats of the converted HDL data according to requirements of each client connected to the application server. Each client includes a drawing unit. The application server controls the drawing unit to draw circuit diagram using the HDL data with the amended formats. | 12-20-2012 |
20120323974 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR DATABASE TABLE AGGREGATION - Database table aggregation is implemented by a method that includes encoding first and second components via a waveform definition, the first and second components specifying criteria for aggregating data. The method also includes generating a complex waveform representing the components in a pattern corresponding to the waveform definition and criteria, which spans a first axis indicative of a time period for aggregating the data. The method further includes providing a byte count for aggregated data stored in a first table defined by the criteria, aggregating the data for the time period, and creating a second table for overflow data when the count is exceeded. The method also includes updating the complex waveform to reflect results of the aggregation that includes generating a waveform representing the second table along a second axis depicted at a location corresponding to a time in which the data aggregation for the first table was initiated. | 12-20-2012 |
20120331011 | SYSTEM AND METHODS THEREOF FOR GENERATION OF SEARCHABLE STRUCTURES RESPECTIVE OF MULTIMEDIA DATA CONTENT - A method for creating a multimedia data search engine platform to allow fast search of multimedia content data elements (MMDEs). The method comprises collecting MMDEs from at least an external source storing MMDEs; generating a plurality of signatures for each of the collected MMDEs; generating signature reduced clusters (SRCs) for the collected MMDEs by clustering the plurality of signatures generated for each of the collected MMDEs; and generating concept structures from the generated SRCs, wherein the concept structures generated for different SRCs are utilized to compare between different MMDEs, thereby searching for an input MMDE that matches the collected MMDEs. | 12-27-2012 |
20120331012 | DECORATED MODEL ARCHITECTURE FOR EFFICIENT MODEL-DRIVEN APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT - A computer-executable application is provided with access to resources generated using a principal model. A decoration model associated with the principal model is instantiated for use by the application. The application is provided with access to an object of the decoration model responsive to a request by the application to access an object of the principal model. The decoration model object corresponds to the principal model object. | 12-27-2012 |
20130007067 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING MULTI-TEMPORAL DATABASE FUNCTIONALITY - A computer-implemented method, computer program product, and computing system for implementing multi-temporal tables in a database is described. One or more databases are utilized, wherein the one or more databases implement a first temporal table that includes a first and a second time domain. The one or more databases are enabled to implement a second temporal table that includes at least a third time domain, wherein the second temporal table is associated with the first temporal table. | 01-03-2013 |
20130007068 | VALIDATION OF SCHEMA AND SCHEMA CONFORMANCE VERIFICATION - Within a system comprising a processor and a memory, a method that includes, via the processor, receiving a schema as an input. For each element in the schema, the method can include parsing the element from the schema, validating the parsed element, generating a parse tree node for the parsed element, and adding the parse tree node to a schema parse tree. The method further can include outputting the schema parse tree. | 01-03-2013 |
20130007069 | Data Change Tracking and Event Notification - The described implementations relate to updating views in a database system. One implementation can identify an active view that retrieves records from a database and determine one or more physical tables in the database that are referenced by the active view. The implementation can track one or more columns in the physical tables that are used by the active view and identify a change to the physical tables in a transaction log of the database. If the change does not affect the one or more columns, the change can be treated as an ignorable change for the active view. | 01-03-2013 |
20130007070 | VALIDATION OF SCHEMA AND SCHEMA CONFORMANCE VERIFICATION - Within a system comprising a processor and a memory, a method that includes, via the processor, receiving a schema as an input. For each element in the schema, the method can include parsing the element from the schema, validating the parsed element, generating a parse tree node for the parsed element, and adding the parse tree node to a schema parse tree. The method further can include outputting the schema parse tree. | 01-03-2013 |
20130013647 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IMPORTING BACKUP DATA FOR A MOBILE TERMINAL - The present invention involves a field of mobile terminals and discloses a method and a device for importing backup data for a mobile terminal. The method and device for importing backup data for the mobile terminal provided by the present invention is convenient for a user to manage, simple to operate and easy to implement since the message data of the mobile terminal pre-stored in the xml file are used and classified to be imported to the mobile terminal. | 01-10-2013 |
20130013648 | METHOD FOR DATABASE STORAGE OF A TABLE WITH PLURAL SCHEMAS - A method of storing data in a database, the database defining a table and the data comprising at least one record. Each record comprises values for at least one field. The method comprises storing a plurality of schemas, each schema defining a respective set of fields associated with said table, wherein each of said records is associated with identification data identifying one of said schemas. | 01-10-2013 |
20130018923 | LossLess Transformation of XBRL Instance to XML Data Model InstanceAANM Ferris; Christopher B.AACI NorthridgeAAST MAAACO USAAGP Ferris; Christopher B. Northridge MA USAANM Li; MinAACI Haidian DistrictAACO CNAAGP Li; Min Haidian District CNAANM Meegan; John V.AACI RidgefieldAAST CTAACO USAAGP Meegan; John V. Ridgefield CT USAANM Rowling; Michael G.AACI VictoriaAACO CAAAGP Rowling; Michael G. Victoria CAAANM Statchuk; Craig A.AACI North GowerAACO CAAAGP Statchuk; Craig A. North Gower CAAANM Tian; ZhongAACI Haidian DistrictAACO CNAAGP Tian; Zhong Haidian District CNAANM Zhao; Xiao FengAACI BeijingAACO CNAAGP Zhao; Xiao Feng Beijing CN - For each of a plurality of concepts indicated in an XBRL schema associated with an XBRL instance, concept relationship information is determined. The concept relationship information is determined from the XBRL schema, context information indicated in the XBRL instance, and at least one of a plurality of files that constitute a taxonomy set for the XBRL instance. Attribute information is determined for each concept based, at least in part, on the XBRL schema and at least one of the files that constitute the taxonomy set. An XML document is generated with XML elements structured in accordance with the concept relationship information. Each of the XML elements is populated with corresponding ones of XBRL facts to yield the structured XML data model instance. | 01-17-2013 |
20130046796 | VIRTUAL PARTICIPANT FOR A SHARED MEDIA SESSION - A virtual participant profile is created in a manner that allows for an individual user's contribution to be identified so that modifications for new users joining, existing users leaving, and existing users changing their profiles will not require that the entire virtual participant profile is regenerated from the individual profiles. | 02-21-2013 |
20130046797 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTED COMMUNITY FINDING - Methods and apparatus for a new approach to the problem of finding communities in complex networks relating to a social definition of communities and percolation are disclosed. Instead of partitioning the graph into separate subgraphs from top to bottom a local algorithm (communities of each vertex) allows overlapping of communities. The performance of an algorithm on synthetic, randomly-generated graphs and real-world networks is used to benchmark this method against others. An heuristic is provided to generate a list of communities for networks using a local community finding algorithm. Unlike diffusion based algorithms, The provided algorithm finds overlapping communities and provides a means to measure confidence in community structure. It features locality and low complexity for exploring the communities for a subset of network nodes, without the need for exploring the whole graph. | 02-21-2013 |
20130054653 | METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING ETCHING PROFILE DATABASE - A method of constructing a database for etching profile is disclosed. First, a standard etching group including a standard etching structure and a deviated etching group including a deviated etching structure are provided. Second, a remote sensing (RS) step is carried out to collect a standard RS data belonging to the standard etching group and a deviated RS data belonging to the deviated etching group. Then, the RS data is analyzed to infer feature parameters of the etching groups. Next, a deviated physical parameter is verified. Later, the correlation between the feature parameters and the deviated physical parameter is calculated to construct an etching profile database including the standard RS data and the deviated RS data. The etching profile database may facilitate the prediction of an unknown etching profile. | 02-28-2013 |
20130054654 | GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR COLLECTING DATA AND TRACKING AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD-RELATED PROPERTIES BY TYPE AND USE - There is disclosed a computer-implemented GIS and method for collecting data and identifying, registering and tracking agricultural and food-related properties by type and use. Agricultural and food-related properties are identified by cross-referencing the real estate database with various agricultural group databases maintained by one or more agricultural producer groups or organizations. The real estate database and the various agricultural group databases are merged to produce a GIS of agricultural and food-related properties identified by type and use, with accurate location and boundaries and all relevant ownership and contact information. | 02-28-2013 |
20130060817 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERACTING WITH A NETWORK INFORMATION BASE IN A DISTRIBUTED NETWORK CONTROL SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE CONTROLLER INSTANCES - A control system including several controllers for managing several switching elements. A first controller registers a second controller for receiving a notification when a data tuple changes in a network information base (NIB) storage of the first controller that stores data for managing a set of switching elements. The first controller changes the data tuple in the NIB. The first controller sends the notification to the second controller of the change to the data tuple in the NIB. The first and second controllers operate on two different computing devices. Each controller receives logical control plane data for specifying logical datapath sets and converts the logical control plane data to physical control plane data for enabling the switching elements to implement the logical datapath sets. | 03-07-2013 |
20130060818 | PROCESSING REQUESTS IN A NETWORK CONTROL SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE CONTROLLER INSTANCES - A control system that includes several controllers for managing several switching elements. A first controller receives a request to modify a data tuple stored in a network information base (NIB) storage of the first controller that stores data for managing a set of switching elements. The first controller determines whether the received request to modify should be processed by the first controller. When the received request should be modified by the first controller, the first controller modifies the set of data in the NIB storage. The first controller updates a request list that is propagated between the controllers to disseminate requests to modify different data tuples that are stored in the NIB storages of the different controllers. | 03-07-2013 |
20130060819 | DISTRIBUTED NETWORK CONTROL SYSTEM WITH ONE MASTER CONTROLLER PER LOGICAL DATAPATH SET - A network control system for managing a plurality of switching elements that implement a plurality of logical datapath sets. The network control system includes first and second controllers for generating requests for modifications to first and second logical datapath sets. The first controller is further for determining whether to make modifications to the first logical datapath set. The second controller is further for determining whether to make modifications to the second logical datapath set. Each controller is further for receiving logical control plane data that specifies logical datapath sets and for converting the logical control plane data to physical control plane data for propagating to the switching elements. | 03-07-2013 |
20130060820 | Data Masking Setup - Methods and systems for masking data columns in a database are described herein. The method describes obtaining a masking template. Further the method describes associating the masking template with at least one rule and selecting columns based on the at least one rule. The method further describes identifying at least one column from the selected columns for applying masking setup and initiating masking setup on the at least one column based on the masking template. | 03-07-2013 |
20130060821 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATABASE GENERATION AND RETRIEVAL - Systems, methods and apparatus are disclosed for database generation of synchronized actions. In one aspect a method is provided for generating a database of data items indicative of synchronized actions. The method includes determining a set of devices for execution of a storyboard. The set of devices includes packaging of a consumer product. The storyboard relates to promotion of the consumer product. The method further includes generating the storyboard. The storyboard includes a set of actions for the devices. The storyboard includes a set of interrelated actions that form a message for communication to an audience. The method further includes generating data items. The data items correspond to the actions of the storyboard. At least a portion of the data items include time synchronization information for the set of actions. The method further includes storing the data items and the time synchronization information relating to the storyboard in the database. | 03-07-2013 |
20130060822 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATION OF SIGNATURES FOR MULTIMEDIA DATA ELEMENTS - A system for generating signatures of an input multimedia data element comprises a partitioning unit for recursively partitioning the input multimedia data element into a plurality of multimedia data elements, wherein each of the plurality of the minimum size multimedia data elements is a minimal partition of the input multimedia data elements; a signature generator for generating for each of the plurality of minimum size multimedia data elements a respective signature; and a storage unit for storing the respective signatures respective of the plurality of minimum size multimedia data elements. | 03-07-2013 |
20130080480 | Cloud Infrastructure Services - An aspect of the disclosed technology is a general-purpose platform that may be used to provide resilient cloud services. Tasks may be written as procedures in general-purpose programming languages that directly manipulate resources via control interfaces. In one implementation, resource states, such as router configurations and virtual machine states, associated with a cloud customer that provides communications services, may be abstracted into tables in a relational or semi-structured database. State changes that have been written to the database tables are automatically propagated by the database to appropriate customer physical devices, such as network elements, thereby implementing various customer network operations. | 03-28-2013 |
20130080481 | EXTREME LARGE SPACE ALLOCATION - Methods, systems, and computer program products are provided to efficiently allocate extremely large storage spaces for use by dynamic hash tables. A contiguous storage space is designated from which dynamic hash tables can be created. These dynamic hash tables benefit from rapid allocation by being able to reserve many allocation units (each potentially comprising a large number of pages, e.g., 256 pages) within a short span of time, rather than resorting to reserving individual pages. The efficiency from allocation and the contiguous space significantly improves performance for databases in the 50 GB-100 GB size range. | 03-28-2013 |
20130080482 | Virtual Supercomputer - The virtual supercomputer is an apparatus, system and method for generating information processing solutions to complex and/or high-demand/high-performance computing problems, without the need for costly, dedicated hardware supercomputers, and in a manner far more efficient than simple grid or multiprocessor network approaches. The virtual supercomputer consists of a reconfigurable virtual hardware processor, an associated operating system, and a set of operations and procedures that allow the architecture of the system to be easily tailored and adapted to specific problems or classes of problems in a way that such tailored solutions will perform on a variety of hardware architectures, while retaining the benefits of a tailored solution that is designed to exploit the specific and often changing information processing features and demands of the problem at hand. | 03-28-2013 |
20130080483 | PORTABLE HAND HELD CONTROLLER FOR AMUSEMENT DEVICE - A method of improving accuracy of a database of amusement device locations is described. A plurality of amusement devices are deployed at a plurality of locations. The database of amusement device locations is populated based on the deploying. A server receives over a network, from a portable device, a check-in request. The check-in request is associated with one of the amusement devices, and includes geographic location information associated with the portable device at the time the check-in request is made. The server compares the geographic location information received from the portable device with the location of the amusement device stored in the database, and updates the database based on the comparing. | 03-28-2013 |
20130080484 | RAPIDLY DEPLOYING VIRTUAL DATABASE APPLICATIONS USING DATA MODEL ANALYSIS - Techniques are described for creating a first data abstraction model for a first database. Embodiments analyze the first database to determine a first set of structural characteristics, and analyze a second database to determine a second set of structural characteristics. The analyzed second database is associated with a second data abstraction model. The first set of structural characteristics is compared with the second set of structural characteristics to identify one or more similarities between the two sets of structural characteristics. Embodiments then create the first data abstraction model for the first database, based on the identified similarities and the second data abstraction model. | 03-28-2013 |
20130080485 | QUICK FILENAME LOOKUP USING NAME HASH - A method of updating a file record on at least one of a first one or more computer readable storage media including writing at least three contiguous DirectoryEntry data structures corresponding to a directory entry set, the directory entry set corresponding to a file, the writing occurring to the at least one of a first one or more computer readable storage media. | 03-28-2013 |
20130086126 | TESTING SQL QUERY WRITING SKILLS - A system and a method described herein relate to testing SQL query writing skills of at least one participant. The system includes an authentication module that authenticates at least one participant for writing an SQL query. The system also includes an execution module that provide access to the at least one participant to an emulated database through a shared pool of configurable computing resources and execute the SQL query of the at least one participant against the emulated database. Further, a database scaling module is present in the system, to scale the emulated database based on inputs received from the at least one participant to tune performance of the SQL query, and an evaluation module is present in the system, to evaluate performance efficiency of the SQL query against the emulated database. | 04-04-2013 |
20130086127 | COMPACT TREE NODE REPRESENTATION OF AN XML DOCUMENT - Methods and systems for creating a compact tree node representation of an XML document. One implementation commences by allocating memory for storing an XML tree index data structure, then allocating another separate portion of memory to store a hash table. Then, traversing an XML document to process the traversed nodes as follows: (a) when the traversed node is an element node, then adding the element node to the XML tree index data structure (b) when the traversed node is a text node, then populating a text node index into the XML tree index data structure and copying the text node values to the hash table, and (c) when the traversed node is an attribute node, then populating an attribute node index into the XML tree index data structure. Such a structure supports fast index-based tree restructuring, and permits very large XML document to be accessed within tight memory size constraints. | 04-04-2013 |
20130091177 | GENERATING ALTERNATE LOGICAL DATABASE STRUCTURE OF HIERARCHICAL DATABASE USING PHYSICAL DATABASE STRUCTURE - Method for generating an alternate logical database structure of a hierarchical database by a computing device, includes: determining a target level of a physical hierarchical database structure corresponding to a root level of a logical hierarchical database structure; accessing a current level of the physical hierarchical database structure equal to the target level; decrementing the current level by the computing device; accessing the decremented current level of the physical hierarchical database structure; and in response to determining that the decremented current level is a root level of the physical hierarchical database structure, repositioning the current level to the target level. In response to determining that the decremented current level is not the root level of the physical hierarchical database structure, repeating the decrementing of the current level and the accessing of the decremented current level of the physical hierarchical database structure by the computing device. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091178 | DECLARATIVE SCHEMEA-DIRECTED DATA MODEL MANAGEMENT - A form is received and loaded. It is determined if a schema structure definition defines one or more choice elements for data of the form. A data structure is created for the data, the data structure includes both a schema structure valid component and a non-validated component. When a user selects one of the choice elements, a first set of zero or more data elements corresponding to the selected choice element are loaded into the schema structure valid component of the data structure. The previous set of zero or more data elements and values associated with the previous set of data elements are then stored in the non-validated component of the data structure. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091179 | DECLARATIVE SCHEMEA-DIRECTED DATA MODEL MANAGEMENT - A form is received and loaded. It is determined if a schema structure definition defines one or more choice elements for data of the form. A data structure is created for the data. The data structure includes both a schema structure valid component and a non-validated component. When a user selects one of the choice elements, a first set of zero or more data elements corresponding to the selected choice element are loaded into the schema structure valid component of the data structure. The previous set of zero or more data elements and values associated with the previous set of data elements are then stored in the non-validated component of the data structure. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091180 | TOOL FOR MANAGING COMPUTER RESOURCES AND INFRASTRUCTURES AND NETWORKS - A tool for assisting the operation of a network of interconnected physical equipment includes a physical infrastructure manager associated with a first data structure in which the equipment items are registered under a resource identifier in relation to a first sequence of dated values of global utilizable functional capacity, and a virtual infrastructure manager associated with a second data structure in which virtual units are registered under a unit identifier in relation to a second sequence of dated values of global utilizable functional capacity, and with a third data structure in which a virtual unit identifier is associated with a group of resource identifiers and hence with the corresponding sequences of dated capacity values. The virtual infrastructure manager dynamically reconfigures a virtual infrastructure object in accordance with the rights and capacities requested by a user. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091181 | MONITORING STORED PROCEDURE EXECUTION - A computer-implemented method, system, and/or computer program product monitors stored procedures that are executed in a database management system. A determination is made, for a stored procedure that is executed in a database management system, of an identification of the stored procedure and event data related to the stored procedure. The event data includes when the stored procedure began and ended executing, an SQL identifier for an SQL statement in the stored procedure, and a counter of how many times the SQL statement executed. The database management system provides values of parameters used when executing the SQL statement. These values are then correlated with the count of how many times the SQL statement executed. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091182 | Managing Computing Environment Entitlement Contracts and Associated Resources Using Cohorting - Mechanisms are provided for managing computing resources relative to a computing environment entitlement contract. These mechanisms generate one or more computing environment entitlement contract (CEEC) data structures, each CEEC data structure defining terms of a business level agreement between a contracting party and a provider of the data processing system. A CEEC cohort is generated comprising a collection of CEECs having similar terms. Utilization of a collection of computing resources in accordance with the similar terms of the collection of CEECs is monitored to identify a usage pattern within the CEEC cohort. Membership of a CEEC in the CEEC cohort based on the identified usage pattern is modified based on the monitored utilization. | 04-11-2013 |
20130091183 | Volume Management - A volume management system ( | 04-11-2013 |
20130097207 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided an information processing device including a metadata reception portion that receives metadata that is attached to content data and transmitted, a metadata analysis portion that analyzes the metadata received by the metadata reception portion, and a content data storage portion that determines a storage method of the content data based on a result of the analysis by the metadata analysis portion. Based on the analysis by the metadata analysis portion, the content data storage portion changes a directory structure when storing the content data, in accordance with a content of a predetermined element of the metadata received by the metadata reception portion. | 04-18-2013 |
20130097208 | COMPUTER DATABASE WITH ADAPTIVE STORAGE SPACE ARCHITECTURE - A computer database having adaptive storage space architecture is provided. The database has a storage space architecture which has a grid having grid lines, intersections of the grid lines forming nodes which provide space for storing data, each node being assembled from a plurality of cells arranged in at least one group of cells forming a storage space structure of the node, each cell being suitable for storing simple data. Additionally, selected groups of cells within the nodes may be designated as replicable, i.e. being able to replicate itself in response to an external signal. A corresponding database processing unit for processing data stored in the database, a graphical user interface for input and output of the data, and method of forming the database are also provided. | 04-18-2013 |
20130103722 | Data management system - A data model and associated systems and methods enable comprehensive and robust analysis based on a member-, employee-, and branch-centric data model. The data model is integrated in a manner in which common data entities for member, branch, employee and time, are related centrally to other data entities. This data structure enables breadth in reporting and analysis. The data model also provides depth in analysis and insight that may be gained from the data quickly, in real-time and without manual manipulation. Automation of reporting and analysis processes is also supported. | 04-25-2013 |
20130103723 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A system for creating files that includes at least one processor configured to identify, while a file is being created, a plurality of locations within the file, the plurality of locations including a first location within the file and a second location within the file different from the first location; acquire first tag information for the first location within the file and second tag information for the second location within the file; and associate the first tag information with the first location within the file and the second tag information with the second location within the file. | 04-25-2013 |
20130110883 | LOCK-FREE TRANSACTIONAL SUPPORT FOR LARGE-SCALE STORAGE SYSTEMS | 05-02-2013 |
20130117329 | PROVIDING RELEVANT PRODUCT REVIEWS TO THE USER TO AID IN PURCHASING DECISION - A method, system and computer program product for providing relevant product reviews to a user. A user's session on a website is monitored to gather information related to reviewing and writing product reviews as well as to buying and browsing habits. The actions performed by the user in connection with the monitored user session are populated in a database. Once populating the database is completed, the personality report of the user, which includes personality traits, is generated using the populated database. Also, a list of reviewers that are favored by the user is generated. By using the personality traits of the user to match reviews of interest as well as providing reviews from those reviewers favored by the user, the user can have more confidence in the usefulness or relevance of these reviews. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117330 | RETAINING CORPORATE MEMORY - There are provided a system, a method and a computer program product for managing corporate memory. A user creates at least one rule that maps an organization scheme of electronic data in the user's individual computer to a semantic and structure of a corporate database. The system automatically transforms the electronic data in the user's individual computer to a format for storing in the corporate database according to the created rule. The system automatically uploads the transformed electronic data into the corporate database. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117331 | Lock-Free Scalable Free List - A plurality of free list data structures are maintained in a multi-processor computing system that each correspond to one processor of the multi-processor computing system and that each comprise an ordered queue of processor-specific items. Thereafter, a number of processor-specific items allocated to each free list data structure is calculated. Processor-specific items allocated to a first of the free list data structures are moved to a second of the free list data structures when the number of calculated processor-specific items in the first free data structure exceeds a first threshold. In addition, processor-specific items allocated to the second of the free list data structures are moved to the first of the free list data structures when the number of calculated processor-specific items in the first free data structure is below a second threshold. Related apparatus, systems, techniques and articles are also described. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117332 | DATABASE LARGE OBJECT REORGANIZATION - Embodiments of the invention relate to database large object (LOB) reorganization. An aspect of the invention includes calculating an activity of an inline LOB. The length of an inline LOB is redefined according to the activity of the inline LOB. LOB reorganization is performed based on the redefined length of the inline LOB. | 05-09-2013 |
20130117333 | USING GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION TO DETERMINE ELEMENT AND AREA INFORMATION TO PROVIDE TO A COMPUTING DEVICE - A database has a plurality of elements, where each element is associated with a location and at least one set of different attribute values, wherein each set includes a timestamp when the attribute values in the set were determined. A determination is made of a reference geographical location, an element having a geographical location within a geographical region including the referenced geographical location, a most recent set of the attribute values for the element having a most recent timestamp, a previous set of attribute values for the determined element comprising the set of attribute values having a previous timestamp prior to the most recent timestamp, and whether a condition with respect to at least one of the most recent set of attribute values and the previous set of attribute values of the determined element is satisfied. | 05-09-2013 |
20130124576 | Dynamic data fabrication for database applications - A computer-implemented method and apparatus for fabricating data for database applications. The method comprises intercepting a command issued by an application, the command being addressed to a database; formulating a problem in accordance with the command; obtaining a solution for the problem, the solution comprising fabricated data; providing a second command for updating the database with the fabricated data; and providing the command to the database, whereby a response from the database based on the fabricated data is provided to the application. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124577 | EFFICIENT UPDATE OF A DISCOVERY LIBRARY ADAPTER BOOK - A first DLA book and a second DLA book are compared, the first DLA book being stored in a data repository and including a first set of objects constructed according to a Common Data Model (CDM) specification to represent a first set of corresponding instances of resources in the data processing environment at a first time, the second DLA book including a second set of objects constructed according to the CDM specification to represent a second set of corresponding instances of the resources in the data processing environment at a second time. Responsive to the comparing, a DLA delta book is created, the DLA delta book including a difference between the first DLA book and the second DLA book. The DLA delta book is combined with the first DLA book stored in the data repository to update the first DLA book. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124578 | COLUMN-ORIENTED DATABASE SCHEMA FOR DYNAMIC HIERARCHIES - A method and system for a column-oriented database schema for dynamic hierarchies includes a processor ( | 05-16-2013 |
20130124579 | SHOWING SYSTEM FOR PRODUCT MATERIALS AND SHOWING METHOD THEREFOR - A showing system and a showing method for product materials are provided. In this showing method, a material module database is created and stored, which includes a number of three-dimensional material modules corresponding to a number of material information and a number of module class information corresponding to the material information. A preview database is created, which includes the material information, a number of preview modules and a number of preview class information corresponding to the material information. The preview modules and preview class information in the preview database are timingly adjusted according to the three-dimensional material modules and the class information in the material module database. A user interface receives the material information to display the corresponding preview modules and the preview class. The material management personnel can thus utilize the user interface to view and search for material information, thereby increasing the material management quality and efficiency. | 05-16-2013 |
20130124580 | CONFIGURABLE OFFLINE DATA STORE - A method and apparatus for a configurable offline data store are described. For example, a method includes receiving a request for a first set of one or more records from a client application, wherein the first set is stored in a client data store and the client application also has access to a server data store unit of a server. The method further includes determining whether a first set of records in the client data store unit is valid; and upon determining the first set is valid, deleting those records of the first set in the client data store unit that are outdated. The method further includes upon determining the first set is not valid, deleting the first set; determining whether the record is in the client data store unit; and upon determining the record is in the client data store, transmitting a version of the record to the client application. | 05-16-2013 |
20130132443 | STRUCTURE-SPECIFIC RECORD COUNT DATABASE OPERATIONS - Methods and systems are disclosed to perform record counts of particular structures without causing database-wide locking to occur while such counting is being performed. A Data Definition Language (“DDL”) syntax referred to as RECORDCOUNT is specified at the structure level to enable a particular structure to be locked for performance of record count operations without locking the global dataset record. Updates or deletions/insertions to other structures can still be made by locking the structures associated with the RECORDCOUNT operation and not the global dataset. Further, the RECORDCOUNT option can be added to existing structures to enable structure-specific locking for performance of record counts. | 05-23-2013 |
20130138700 | ACCESSIBLE AND UPDATEABLE SERVICE RECORDS - A first record of a first component of a service is provided from a memory to a requester of the first component of the service. The first record of the first component of the service is edited using a processor of a computer in accordance with a request from the requester of the first component of the service. A second component of the service is provided in accordance with the edited first record of the first component of the service in the memory. | 05-30-2013 |
20130138701 | ASSERTION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND REASONING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE ASSERTION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - An assertion management method includes collecting a SameAs assertion from a plurality of assertions; searching the plurality of assertions for any assertion having a first individual of the SameAs assertion as an instance; and creating a new assertion having a second individual of the SameAs assertion as an instance from each found assertion. | 05-30-2013 |
20130138702 | MIGRATION OF DATA FROM A LEGACY SYSTEM - A method and system for translating data to be migrated from an older legacy database to a newer recipient database. A translation table in the older legacy database is updated. The translation table defines one or more recipient data elements in the newer recipient database based upon metadata of the older legacy database. The metadata of the older legacy database describes one or more legacy data fields in the older legacy database. The older legacy database utilizes a first operating system. The newer recipient database utilizes a second operating system. Legacy data elements in the older legacy database are translated to correspond to the one or more recipient data elements in the newer recipient database by utilizing the updated translation table. The legacy data elements translated in the older legacy database are used to migrate the legacy data elements translated from the older legacy database to the newer recipient database. | 05-30-2013 |
20130144917 | INTEGRATING MIND MAPPING TECHNOLOGY WITH CASE MODELING - Mind mapping technology is integrated with a case management solution. Business process design discussions and brainstorming details from a mind mapping tool can be captured, and key nodes that are relevant for case management can be identified in a mind mapping diagram. The key nodes can then be augmented by associating metadata therewith, enabling data associated with the nodes to be transformed for use as case management objects in the case management solution. In preferred embodiments, this transformation comprises generating a markup language document to represent the objects that correspond to the key nodes, wherein this markup language document conforms to syntax requirements of a solution definition file that is consumable by the case management system. | 06-06-2013 |
20130144918 | MOBILE METADATA MODEL REPOSITORY - A system includes creation of a first data structure defining a generic business object model in a storage medium of a first device, creation of a second data structure defining a specific business object model in the storage medium of the first device, where the specific business object model being an instance of the generic business object model, reception of the second data structure defining the specific business object model at a mobile device, and storage of the second data structure in a storage medium of the mobile device. | 06-06-2013 |
20130144919 | TEMPLATE DEVELOPMENT BASED ON REPORTED ASPECTS OF A PLURALITY OF SOURCE USERS - A computationally implemented method includes, but is not limited to: providing a plurality of relevant reported aspects associated with a plurality of source users that are relevant to achieving one or more target outcomes, the providing of the plurality of relevant reported aspects being based, at least in part, on relevancy of the plurality of relevant reported aspects with respect to the one or more target outcomes; and developing a template designed to facilitate one or more end users to achieve the one or more target outcomes when one or more emulatable aspects included in the template are emulated, the development of the template being based, at least in part, on the providing of the plurality of relevant reported aspects associated with the plurality of source users In addition to the foregoing, other method aspects are described in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of the present disclosure. | 06-06-2013 |
20130151569 | COMPUTING PLATFORM INTERFACE WITH MEMORY MANAGEMENT - In some embodiments, a PPM interface may be provided with functionality to facilitate to an OS memory power state management for one or more memory nodes, regardless of a particular platform hardware configuration, as long as the platform hardware is in conformance with the PPM interface. | 06-13-2013 |
20130151570 | PLATFORM FOR DATA AGGREGATION, COMMUNICATION, RULE EVALUATION, AND COMBINATIONS THEREOF, USING TEMPLATED AUTO-GENERATION - Platforms for data aggregation, communication, rule evaluation, and combinations thereof are described. The platform may include three distinct functional layers; a core layer, an adaptive layer and an intelligence layer. Furthermore, the platform may include a data block, messaging block, rule block, or combinations thereof. Generally, the platform may facilitate data acquisition, storage, and manipulation between and among clients and data sources in a generic manner. That is, clients may communicate and make requests independent of a target system or database type. The platform may process the communications and requests in a manner suitable to the target system or database type. The platform may also evaluate rules received from the clients in a manner generic to the client application. Instances of the platform for a given application may be efficiently created using a template-based mechanism, for example for supporting a variety of end user applications in a flexible, scalable manner. | 06-13-2013 |
20130159353 | GENERATING A TEST WORKLOAD FOR A DATABASE - A method of transferring files in a data-processing network using a current node within the network includes reading an outbound content and outbound characteristics of an outbound file. An outbound message is created having outbound strings including a first set of the outbound strings representing the outbound characteristics and a second set of the outbound strings representing the outbound content. The outbound message is sent to a receiver node within the network. An inbound message is received from a sender node within the network. The inbound message has inbound strings including a first set of the inbound strings representing inbound characteristics and a second set of the inbound strings representing inbound content. An inbound file having the inbound content is stored, and the inbound characteristics are applied to the inbound file. | 06-20-2013 |
20130166605 | HIERARCHICAL BEHAVIORAL PROFILE - In a hierarchical profile, each node represents at least one feature of behavioral data collected about an entity profiled, with the topmost node selected as the “statistically most informative” feature of the data. A profile can cover numerous domains and be predictively very powerful in each domain. A number of observations can be “aggregated” together into a single datapoint. In use, the structure of the profile is compared against current information associated with the entity to produce a recommendation or prediction. If the profile represents at least some data aggregation, then new observations are folded into the profile based on statistical weights of the aggregations. Because of the way the profile is created and updated, its hierarchical structure maps the collected observations. Therefore, as new observations are incorporated, if the new observations change the profile's structure significantly, then it can be hypothesized that something “interesting” has happened to the entity. | 06-27-2013 |
20130166606 | TABLE CREATION FOR PARTITIONED TABLES - A table creation request pertaining to a table in a database maintained on a multi-node data partitioning landscape that comprises a plurality of processing nodes can specify a number of partitions to be generated. At run time, a currently available number of processing nodes in the multi-node data partitioning landscape can be queried, and this currently available number of processing nodes can be compared with the specified number of partitions to be generated for the created table. The table can be generated with the specified number of partitions such that the generated partitions are located across the plurality of partitions according to a load balancing approach if the number of processing nodes equals the number of partitions to be generated or according to other information in the table request if the number of processing nodes does not equal the specified number of partitions. | 06-27-2013 |
20130166607 | System for Managing Risk in Employee Travel - A system for managing risk in employee travel may track a location of users of the travel risk management system during travel. Travel itinerary information for a user may be input into the travel risk management system, including user identification information, travel date information and geographic location information for travel destinations. During the travel period, the system may communicate with a portable computing device to determine the user's actual location, and update the stored travel itinerary information if the user's actual location is different than the user's expected location. The system may transmit a location request message to the user's portable computing device, or a mobile application may cause the portable computing device to transmit the user's location without prompting. | 06-27-2013 |
20130166608 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHEMICAL DATA REPOSITORY - Methods for chemical management, observing the effectiveness of an industrial facility, or of organizing the assets of a business organization. The method is computerized and may involve receiving specification data for pieces of equipment and organizing the equipment into data structures of templates. The templates may be organized in a hierarchical structure where the lowest levels correspond to templates for a single piece of equipment and higher levels correspond to categories of pieces of equipment. | 06-27-2013 |
20130173669 | DYNAMIC STRUCTURE FOR A MULTI-TENANT DATABASE - Embodiments for using a dynamic structure of tables in a schema of a multi-tenant database are provided. For a tenant schema including a set of tenant tables, a label is created for a tenant table in the set of tenant tables. The label is partitioned into a set of constituent primary labels. A subset of columns is selected from the set of n columns of the tenant table, the subset of columns corresponding to a primary label in the set of constituent primary labels. The subset of columns is mapped to a table in the dynamic structure of tables in the schema of the multi-tenant database, the table in the dynamic structure of tables having the primary label. In the multi-tenant database executing in a data processing system, the dynamic structure of tables is populated with data from the tenant schema according to the mapping. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173670 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR GENERATING DIRECTORIES - A method and a device for directory generation are provided in the present disclosure. The method comprises searching a directory byte stream in a text file. The directory byte stream includes a predetermined directory key byte corresponding to a predetermined directory character. The method also comprises generating a directory of the text file based on the directory byte stream. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173671 | EXTENDED TAGGING METHOD AND SYSTEM - Tagging a resource in a network with a tag belonging to a tag type includes creating, using a processor, a tag and relating the tag to the resource, categorizing the tag into a tag type, registering the tag type in a registry, associating tag type attributes to the tag type, associating a subset of the tag type attributes of the tag type to the tag, and associating a tag type attribute value to each member of the subset of the tag type attributes of the tag. The tag, the tag type, the subset of tag type attributes of the tag, and associated tag type attribute values are stored. Using the processor, a dynamically linkable executable program logic is triggered based on the subset of tag type attributes and the tag type attribute values. | 07-04-2013 |
20130173672 | GENERIC EDITOR FOR DATABASES - Facilitating generic database editing to allow for data to be received from a user for entry into a database without requiring the data to conform to schema constraints for the database. A method includes examining a first schema for a first database. The first schema including a first set of constraints specified in the first schema on data to be entered into the first database. The method further includes, based on the examination, constructing a second database corresponding to the first database. The second database is associated with a second schema with a second set of constraints. The second set of constraints is a relaxed version of the first set of constraints specified in the first schema. | 07-04-2013 |
20130179476 | SCALABLE BILLING USAGE DATA STORAGE - An invention is disclosed for scalable billing usage data storage. In an embodiment, users are billed on a monthly cycle. The data storage is divided into two partitions. First, the data is divided into an “L1” partition for each day of the billing cycle. Within each L1 partition, data is further divided into “L2” partitions based on a customer's subscription ID. Through such partitioning, each customer's billing usage data for a billing cycle is entirely contained within a single L2 partition, and that data may be retrieved without spanning partitions. | 07-11-2013 |
20130191419 | USING VIEWS OF SUBSETS OF NODES OF A SCHEMA TO GENERATE DATA TRANSFORMATION JOBS TO TRANSFORM INPUT FILES IN FIRST DATA FORMATS TO OUTPUT FILES IN SECOND DATA FORMATS - Provided is a method for processing input data in a storage system and in communication with a repository. Views are generated that comprise a tree of nodes selected from a subset of nodes in a hierarchical representation of a schema. The views are saved to the repository. At least one of the views are used to create a job comprising a sequence of data transformation steps to transform the input data described by input schemas to the output data described by output schemas. | 07-25-2013 |
20130198242 | CONTENT METADATA DIRECTORY SERVICES - A method of associating a content object with metadata uses a combination of a content identifier and a bounding identifier to enable handling of disparate sets of content identifiers for content objects with potentially conflicting content identifiers. The method receives a content identifier for a content object from among a set of content identifiers. It provides a unique bounding identifier for the set of content identifiers. This unique bounding identifier is used in combination with the content identifier to form a globally unique identifier for the content object. This globally unique identifier is associated with a metadata source, which enables routing of a user to the metadata source. | 08-01-2013 |
20130204904 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF PROVISIONING DATA STORAGE AND RUNTIME CONFIGURATION IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND DEVICES - Systems and methods of provisioning data storage and runtime configuration in telecommunications systems and devices. The systems and methods employ at least one decentralized revision control system as a data repository for storing data, such as configuration data, and at least one data provisioning component as an interface for accessing the configuration data stored in the data repository. By employing the decentralized revision control system in conjunction with the data provisioning component, the systems and methods can provide a data storage and runtime configuration provisioning framework that is data agnostic, application agnostic, and user agnostic, while further providing at least the capability of tracking and maintaining the version history of the configuration data. | 08-08-2013 |
20130204905 | REMAPPING LOCALITY-SENSITIVE HASH VECTORS TO COMPACT BIT VECTORS - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for receiving a hash vector r, a vector of locality-sensitive hash values, each hash value being an element of the hash vector r, each element having an index position; and generating a compact vector v corresponding to the hash vector r, wherein the compact vector v is a vector of compact elements each having an index position, wherein each compact element corresponds to the element of the hash vector r having the same index position, and wherein each compact element is a b-bit integer selected from the set of all b-bit integers {0, 1, . . . , 2 | 08-08-2013 |
20130204906 | MECHANISM FOR FACILITATING DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT OF ASSETS IN AN ON-DEMAND SERVICES ENVIRONMENT - In accordance with embodiments, there are provided mechanisms and methods for facilitating dynamic management of assets in an on-demand services environment. In one embodiment and by way of example, a method includes receiving, in real-time, a request for performance of one or more tasks relating to management of assets. The management of assets may include management of data relating to the assets, where the assets may include hardware assets or software assets, wherein the request is received at a first computing system. The method may further include performing, in real-time, the one or more tasks. The one or more tasks may include dynamically customizing, according to the request, data relating to the assets. | 08-08-2013 |
20130204907 | Data Management at a Directory Database - A method for data management at a directory database ( | 08-08-2013 |
20130212132 | DYNAMIC GENERATION OF A CONFIGURATION FILE - A display device in operable communication with a computing device displays a document associated with a software application. Further, the computing device receives an element input indicating at least one element from the document. In addition, the computing device receives a parameter input indicating a control feature corresponding to the at least one element. The computing device also generates a configuration file that configures the at least one element to operate according to the control feature. | 08-15-2013 |
20130218929 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING PERSONALIZED SONGS - An integrated system of song personalization facilitates the customization of user song lyrics and the association of multimedia content with the lyrics to generate a personalized song. The system allows users to create personalized songs from song templates for different occasions, and the system further allows users to select multimedia content to be associated with specific sections of the song templates. | 08-22-2013 |
20130218930 | XML FILE FORMAT OPTIMIZED FOR EFFICIENT ATOMIC ACCESS - Systems and methods are disclosed that provide a flexible file capable of storing rich content. A flexible file may include a section object, one or more tile objects stored within the section object, and one or more clip objects associated with each tile object. A clip objects may store a content item. Alternatively a clip object may store one or more references to a content item, the content item being stored externally to the flexible file. The disclosed flexible file allows an application to adjust the atomicity based upon the needs of a user or application. | 08-22-2013 |
20130218931 | VIRTUAL BADGE, DEVICE AND METHOD - A system, method, and device comprising a virtual badge are disclosed. A virtual badge can be displayed on a cell phone or in another linked portable device, and for security purposes, has images which can be scanned, and the capability to alternate colors and/or self-destruct on a pre-set schedule. Whether for after a disaster or for daily use, the system uses cell phones or mobile devices loaded with specialized software. Using plugin technologies, the system optionally can enable field collected photos and notes on customizable forms to be mapped, tracked, and time/date stamped—including in a 100% disconnected environment. A modifiable virtual badge can aid in inventory, accountability, organization, and efficiency. The system can be employed by the “Whole Community”—citizens, businesses, not-for-profits, and government agencies—for social media, business, cleanup, insurance adjusters, or personnel focused on day to day operations or on mitigation, preparedness, response, and recovery. | 08-22-2013 |
20130226973 | ONLINE DATABASE AVAILABILITY DURING UPGRADE - An online service includes databases that are upgraded while still processing requests. For example, web servers continue to request operations on the database while it is being upgraded. The schema of the database is upgraded before the web servers are upgraded to utilize the upgraded schema. Changes that are made to the upgraded schema are backwards compatible with the schema being used during the upgrade process. Restrictions are placed on the operations performed on the database during the upgrade process. After upgrading the schema, the web servers of the online service are upgraded to use the upgraded schema. | 08-29-2013 |
20130232176 | Online Reorganization of Hybrid In-Memory Databases - A system and method that dynamically adapts to workload changes and adopts the best possible physical layout on the fly—while allowing simultaneous updates to the table. A process continuously and incrementally computes the optimal physical layout based on workload changes and determines whether or not switching to this new layout would be beneficial. The system can perform online reorganization of hybrid main memory databases with a negligible overheard, leading up to three orders of magnitude performance gains when determining the optimal layout of dynamic workloads and providing guarantees on the worst case performance of our system. | 09-05-2013 |
20130232177 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND MEDIA FOR MANAGING RAM RESOURCES FOR IN-MEMORY NOSQL DATABASES - In some embodiments, systems for managing an in-memory NoSQL database are provided, the systems comprising a hardware processor that is configured to: receive a dataset; split the dataset into a plurality of parts of the dataset; and storing each of the plurality of parts of the dataset in a separate one of plurality of 32-bit software architecture in-memory NoSQL databases. | 09-05-2013 |
20130238668 | IMPLEMENTING A SCALABLE TEST ENVIRONMENT - An embodiment provides a system and method for implementing a scalable test environment. The method includes modeling, within a file system environment creator executing on a computing device, a structure of a file system used by an application and intercepting a system call from the application to the file system at the file system environment creator. The method also includes generating a content of the file system dynamically within the file system environment creator based on the system call and the structure of the file system. | 09-12-2013 |
20130238669 | Using Target Columns in Data Transformation - A data transform leverages a known hierarchy within a target data structure, in order to improve query and mapping capabilities and enhance performance. Where a target data structure is hierarchical, output data of that target data structure is often built in the document order of the nodes in the structure (from top down and from left to right). Hence, when the data for a child node in the target structure is being built, the data for the parent nodes of the child node has been built. Embodiments utilize this available portion of the target data in the form of target columns, to increase processing efficiency of the transformation process. Use of target columns according to embodiments may also allow powerful and concise expression of mapping logic in the transform, facilitating the use of functions such as selection (e.g. Where clauses), uniqueness (e.g. DISTINCT), ordering (Order By, Group By), and Aggregation. | 09-12-2013 |
20130246481 | Traversal-Free Updates in Large Data Structures - A PDM system, method, and computer program product for data transfer. A method includes determining a plurality of bill of material (BOM) components for a BOMLine by the PDM data processing system. The method includes determining a last export date for the BOMLine and determining a last saved date for at least one of the plurality of BOM components. The method includes creating an updated BOMLine corresponding to the components, without traversing a BOM structure, when the last saved date is more recent than the last export date, and publishing the updated BOMLine. | 09-19-2013 |
20130246482 | CONTENT CREATION ASSIST DEVICE, CONTENT CREATION ASSIST METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM STORING CONTENT CREATION ASSIST PROGRAM - Disclosed is a content creation assist device including a product history database that associates and stores first designs and information regarding first requests for requesting to create the corresponding first design as product history information; a first input unit that receives a partial input of second request information for requesting to create a second design; a selection unit that selects plural samples products that have been produced in a past, based on the partially input second request information and the product history information; a second input unit that indicates the selected plural samples, and makes a user select one sample among the plural samples; and a request information supplement unit that sets remaining items of the partially input second request information by using the information regarding the first request corresponding to the selected sample. | 09-19-2013 |
20130254241 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR PROVIDING A TEAM OBJECT IN ASSOCIATION WITH AN OBJECT - In accordance with embodiments, there are provided mechanisms and methods for providing a team object in association with an object. These mechanisms and methods for providing a team object in association with an object can allow for centralized management of a team in association with an object. For example, members of the team may be automatically identified (e.g. without manual intervention) for receiving notifications in association with an object. | 09-26-2013 |
20130262523 | MANAGING TEST DATA IN LARGE SCALE PERFORMANCE ENVIRONMENT - A method of processing a database can include comparing, using a processor, a delta file with a risk assessment criterion, wherein the delta file is generated from a first schema and a second and different schema, assigning a risk level to a change specified within the delta file according to the comparing, and applying the change of the delta file to a test database conforming to the first schema according to the assigned risk level. | 10-03-2013 |
20130262524 | INTERFACING AN R LANGUAGE CLIENT ENVIRONMENT WITH A DATABASE ENGINE - A method, system, and computer program product for interfacing an R language client with a separate database engine environment. The method commences by interpreting an R language code fragment to identify and select R language constructs and transforming the R language constructs into queries or other database language constructs to execute within the database engine environment. The method further implements techniques for transmitting marshalled results (resulting from the execution of the database language constructs) back to the R client environment. In some situations, the marshalled results include an XML schema or DTD or another metadata description of the structure of the results. User conveniences in the form of transparent database query construction, and transparent exploitation of parallelism is achieved by determining the computation resource requirements of executable language constructs, and mapping the execution to one (or more) of, a local R client, a database engine, or a remote execution engine. | 10-03-2013 |
20130262525 | Discovering Pivot Type Relationships Between Database Objects - According to a present invention embodiment, a system determines a relationship between source and target database tables, and includes a computer system including at least one processor. Potential pivot keys of the target database table are determined, and maps are created for each potential pivot key between the database tables based on distinct values. Transformations for each map are generated that enable target data to be produced from source data. The transformations for each potential pivot key are analyzed and the potential pivot key with the transformations that generate the greatest amount of matching data is selected as the resulting pivot key. The database table columns corresponding to the resulting pivot key are determined to be associated by the relationship. Embodiments of the present invention further include a method and computer program product for determining a relationship between source and target database tables in substantially the same manner described above. | 10-03-2013 |
20130262526 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICES THAT MERGE FILES, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHODS FOR MERGING FILES, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIA STORING INSTRUCTIONS THAT INSTRUCT INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICES TO MERGE FILES - Information processing devices include a sensor, a storage device, a communication device, a processor, and a memory. The information processing devices receive a particular file and particular sensor information from a terminal device. The particular sensor information is generated by the terminal device. The information processing devices access certain sensor information generated by the sensor. The information processing devices determine a merge condition based on the particular sensor information and the certain sensor information. The information processing devices merge a certain file stored in the storage device and the particular file based on the merge condition. Some information processing devices transmit certain sensor information to another terminal device. Such information processing devices receive a particular file and a merge condition from the other terminal device. Such information processing devices merge a certain file stored in the storage portion and the particular file based on the merge condition. | 10-03-2013 |
20130268566 | GENERATING RDF EXPRESSION TECHNICAL FIELD - A set of ID for data of an existing tool is created as a parameter. A bulk access template that acquires a plurality of data is prepared. Access is provided to an existing tool path through the bulk access template. The bulk access template is prepared for each type of data that is acquired. The template is instantiated based on the URI that is requested. Entries that correspond to the operating table are filled in by executing the bulk access template that was created. When an RDF expression is requested for the URI of the template that is the same as one previously accessed, the entries would already be in the operating table, so that the RDF expression can be generated without accessing the existing tool. | 10-10-2013 |
20130282765 | OPTIMIZING SPARSE SCHEMA-LESS DATA IN RELATIONAL STORES - Various embodiments of the invention relate to optimizing storage of schema-less data. A schema-less dataset including a plurality of resources is received. Each resource is associated with at least a plurality of properties. At least one set of co-occurring properties from the plurality of properties is identified. A graph including a plurality of nodes is generated. Each of the nodes represents a unique property in the set of co-occurring properties. The graph further includes an edge connecting each node representing a pair of co-occurring properties. A graph coloring operation is performed on the graph. The graph coloring operation includes assigning each of nodes to a color, where nodes connected by an edge are assigned different colors. A schema is generated that assigns a column identifier from a table to each unique property represented by one of the nodes in the graph based on the color assigned to the node. | 10-24-2013 |
20130282766 | Incremental Update Heuristics - A system, apparatus, and method are provided for receiving one or more incremental updates including adding, deleting, or modifying rules of a Rule Compiled Data Structure (RCDS) used for packet classification. Embodiments disclosed herein may employ at least one heuristic for maintaining quality of the RCDS. At a given one of the one or more incremental updates received, a section of the RCDS may be identified and recompilation of the identified section may be triggered, altering the RCDS shape or depth in a manner detected by the at least one heuristic employed. The at least one heuristic employed enables performance and functionality of an active search process using the RCDS to be improved by advantageously determining when and where to recompile one or more sections of the RCDS being searched. | 10-24-2013 |
20130282767 | COMPUTING DEVICE, SYSTEM, METHOD AND DATA SIGNAL ARRANGED TO FACILITATE INFORMATION SHARING - In one aspect, the present invention provides a computing device comprising a processing module arranged to interact with a centralized database via a communications network. The invention further includes a database arranged to contain information regarding one or more components within a complex model. The module is arranged to provide the information via the communications network from the device to the centralized database. | 10-24-2013 |
20130290377 | POPULATING DATA STRUCTURES OF SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS WITH INPUT DATA PROVIDED ACCORDING TO EXTENSIBLE MARKUP LANGUAGE (XML) - An aspect of the present invention populates data structures of a software application with input data provided according to XML. In one embodiment, the input data and a schema is received, with the schema containing another set of data structures according to the programming language in which the software application is written. The input data is parsed according to the schema to identify elements and corresponding values. The identified values are then stored in the fields of the data structures of the application. According to another aspect, the schema received with the input data specifies a mapping of each of the elements in the input data to corresponding fields of data structures of a software application. Accordingly, the specified fields of the data structures are set to the values associated with the corresponding mapped elements in the input data. | 10-31-2013 |
20130290378 | ADAPTIVE PROBABILISTIC INDEXING WITH SKIP LISTS - A method of indexing in a skip list is disclosed. Key/value pairs are randomly inserted at an appropriate page in a skip list. A new page is created at the lowest level in the skip list. When creating the new page, the page is incremented to a higher level with a write probability. Reading the new page during a search. When reading the new page, the page is incremented to a higher level with a read probability. The read probability is not equal to the write probability. | 10-31-2013 |
20130290379 | DOCUMENT PROCESSING METHODS - Directional albedo of a particular article, such as an identity card, is measured and stored. When the article is later presented, it can be confirmed to be the same particular article by re-measuring the albedo function, and checking for correspondence against the earlier-stored data. The re-measuring can be performed through us of a handheld optical device, such as a camera-equipped cell phone. The albedo function can serve as random key data in a variety of cryptographic applications. The function can be changed during the life of the article. A variety of other features are also detailed. | 10-31-2013 |
20130290380 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING A DATABASE IN A RECEIVING DEVICE - A method and apparatus for managing a media content database on a device is described. The method and apparatus include receiving event data associated with media content, the event data including an event identifier, determining if the event identifier matches an event identifier for event data already stored in a memory, adding the received event data to the event data if the received event identifier does not match an event identifier for the stored event data, and replacing the stored event data with the received event data if the received event identifier matches the event identifier for the stored event data. | 10-31-2013 |
20130304769 | Document Merge Based on Knowledge of Document Schema - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a system merges documents, and comprises a computer system including at least one processor. The system receives an update document including one or more updates for a target document arranged according to a document schema defined by schema information. Update information includes one or more paths to nodes within the document schema, and is examined to identify eligible paths for the updates. The updates from the update document associated with the eligible paths are applied to the target document in accordance with the schema information to produce an updated document in compliance with the document schema. Embodiments of the present invention further include a method and computer program product for merging documents in substantially the same manner described above. | 11-14-2013 |
20130311518 | LINKED FIELD TABLE FOR DATABASES - According to some embodiments, it may be determined that a first field in a first table is to be linked to a second field in a second table. A computer processor may then automatically create a new entry in a linked field table, the new entry including a linked field identifier, a source value, a source link referring to the second field in the second table, and a link counter containing a value indicating that one field refers to the second field in the second table. The first field in the first table may then be updated to refer to the new entry in the linked field table. | 11-21-2013 |
20130311519 | OBJECT RECOGNITION AND LOCALIZATION SERVICE USING RFID - A method of creating and managing a database of meta_data sets for a plurality of objects is provided. The meta-data set is configured to characterize an object. The meta_data set for a “j”-object is selected from the group consisting of: a first item; a second item; an “i”-th item; and ID-j tag; wherein “i” and “j” being integers. The method comprises: (A) identifying a meta_data set for at least one object; (B) collecting a meta_data set for at least one object; (C) creating the database of meta_data sets for the plurality of objects; (D) storing the database of meta_data sets for the plurality of objects; and (E) accessing the database of meta_data sets for the plurality of objects. | 11-21-2013 |
20130318127 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING DIAGNOSTIC TEST FILES ASSOCIATED WITH A BATTERY PACK - A method for generating diagnostic test files associated with a battery pack is provided. The method includes providing a diagnostic test data table having a plurality of records. A first record is associated with a first diagnostic test. The first record has a first parameter identifier and a first value. The method further includes generating a diagnostic test parameter configuration file having a data structure associated with the first diagnostic test by accessing the diagnostic test data table. The data structure has a first parameter variable that is set equal to the first value. The method further includes generating a diagnostic test software source code file based on the diagnostic test parameter configuration file utilizing a kernel translator program. | 11-28-2013 |
20130318128 | Systems and Methods for Generating a Common Data Model for Relational and Object Oriented Databases - In one embodiment, a computer-implemented method comprises receiving a query in a controller. A data store stores data in a relational database. The database comprises a plurality of fields and a plurality of data elements. Each field is associated with a portion of the data elements. The database is arranged as at least one table, and the query identifies data of an object to be stored in a data set. The method further comprises determining, by the controller, whether the relational database includes a field associated with a class of the object; and if the relational database does not include a field associated with the class of the object, adding a column to the relational database, the added column having a field corresponding to the class. The method further comprises adding the data of the object to the relational database. | 11-28-2013 |
20130318129 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ASYNCHRONOUS SCHEMA CHANGES - This disclosure provides systems and methods for updating database servers with schema changes to avoid concurrency anomalies. The system may receive a snapshot of a table to be updated with a new schema, wherein the snapshot is taken at a given time, and wherein the table includes a number of rows. The system may then read each row from the snapshot and read each row from the table to be updated at a second time. The system may then compare the rows read from the snapshot to the rows read from the table at the second time. Furthermore, the system may determine, based on the comparison, the rows from the snapshot that have not changed between the given time and the second time. The system may then write the rows that have not changed to the table to be updated. | 11-28-2013 |
20130318130 | AUTOMATIC ENFORCEMENT OF RELATIONSHIPS IN A DATABASE SCHEMA - A technique for enforcing a database relationship is disclosed. The technique includes specifying within a database schema a reference type that associates two structures and specifies the relationship between the two structures, and automatically generating code that checks the relationship between the two structures based on the specified reference in the database schema. | 11-28-2013 |
20130325906 | PLACING A DATABASE - A method and system for placing database. The method includes: receiving a request of creating a new database; determining whether there is a need to migrate current database among current virtual machines based on resource demand and free resource in the current virtual machines; determining database placement plan based on the resource demand, migration strategy and migration cost associated with the migration strategy in response to whether there is a need to migrate the database; and executing the database placement plan. The invention can help a database service provider to optimize database layout in database provision through database migration. | 12-05-2013 |
20130332491 | Systems and Methods for Creating and Using Imbedded Shortcodes and Shortened Physical and Internet Addresses - Systems and methods are disclosed for creating and using imbedded Shortcodes. An imbedded Shortcode (ISC) and Shortcode may be uniquely associated with a full name that identifies an item of interest. The Shortcode may be visually identified when the full name is displayed by the ISC, which is select characters of the full name that are visually distinguished from the other characters of the full name. Thus, subsequent reference to the associated full name and its item of interest may be identified simply by using the Shortcode instead of the full name. For example, a user of an electronic device may observe the full name with the ISC in a visual display, and sequentially enter the characters of the Shortcode from the ISC into the electronic device to obtain additional information regarding the item of interest. | 12-12-2013 |
20130332492 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CATEGORIZING ITEMS IN BOTH ACTUAL AND VIRTUAL CATEGORIES - A method of facilitating location of a data item describing, for example, a product or service that is the subject of on-line auction, commences with the presentation of a category navigation interface. The category navigation interface allows a user to navigate a “virtual” hierarchy of categories and to select a target virtual category of the virtual hierarchy. The target virtual category is then identified as being linked to an actual category, within an actual hierarchy of categories. Database items are classified only in terms of the real hierarchy of categories, and not the virtual hierarchy of categories. Having then identified an actual category to which the virtual category is mapped, data items of the real category are identified responsive to the user selection of the virtual category of the virtual hierarchy of categories. | 12-12-2013 |
20130339396 | ASYNCHRONOUSLY FLATTENING GRAPHS IN RELATIONAL STORES - An application asynchronously flattens a graph in a relational store to provide fast access to node relationship queries. The application may implement an algorithm that retrieves forward paths of a start node. The algorithm may also retrieve reverse paths of end node. The application may cross-join the forward and reverse paths to determine link paths connecting the start and end nodes. The application may merge the link paths with existing paths. The application may increment path reference counts. The application may store the link paths as a link between the nodes to represent a relationship between the nodes. | 12-19-2013 |
20130339397 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTILEVEL CREATION OF CONSOLIDATED DYNAMIC PLAYLIST AND UTILIZATION THEREOF - A method and system that includes an aggregation of clients' playlists, separate item names, and a systems own playlists that are converted to request lists. A consolidated dynamic playlist is created by a computer algorithm, which provides an order of priority depending on input variables. Depending on a system mode, consolidated dynamic playlist of a lower level can participate in higher level session of the system. | 12-19-2013 |
20130339398 | DATABASE INBOX - A database inbox of the database management system can receive a data object. The database inbox can have an inbox display area. The database inbox can be configured to receive data objects each having a distinct data type. The database inbox can serve as a data shopping cart, storing the data objects in an ad hoc manner before a table for storing the data object in a database has been created. | 12-19-2013 |
20130339399 | Dynamic Schema - A database management system can receive, from a user interface, a first data object, a second data object, and a relationship relating the first data object and the second data object. The system can determine, based on a database schema, that a database table does not exist for the first data object, the second data object, and the relationship. The system can create a database table having a first data field for the first data object, a second data field for the second data object, and the relationship. The system can then store the first data object and the second data object in the created table according to the relationship. | 12-19-2013 |
20130339400 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILE MULTI-TENANT DATABASE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT - A system, method, and mobile device application for managing a multi-tenant database system from a mobile device. An administrator of a multi-tenant database system is enabled to view information relating to managing the multi-tenant database from a mobile device. Some examples of the information that may be viewed include the status of datacenters, the status of instances on a datacenter, the status of user accounts, notifications to alert the administrator of changes within the multi-tenant database, alerts of potential problems. In an embodiment, the management of a multi-tenant database is further facilitated by the ability to send and implement administrative actions at the multi-tenant database, via the mobile device application. The system, method, and mobile device application may allow the administrator to perform database management duties without the restrictions of business hours or location, and without the use of a desktop or laptop computer. | 12-19-2013 |
20130339401 | Method for Reliable and Efficient Filesystem Metadata Conversion - A method for converting metadata in a hierarchical configuration within a filesystem from a first format to a second format includes reading metadata in the first format within the hierarchical configuration; writing the metadata from the hierarchical configuration into a flat file; and writing the metadata back into the hierarchical configuration, the metadata being in the second format The method can also include increasing the size of each of a first inode and a second inode within a first inode chunk in the filesystem, assigning the first inode to the first inode chunk, and assigning the second inode to a second inode chunk. | 12-19-2013 |
20130339402 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENT REPRESENTATION OF DYNAMIC RANGES OF NUMERIC VALUES - A method of efficiently representing ranged data sets may include storing a data structure representing a first data set. The data structure may include one or more nodes each representing distinct portions of the data set, and the first data set may include a range of multiple values bounded by an upper bound and a lower bound. A first node may represent the range of multiple values by storing the upper bound and the lower bound. The method may also include receiving a second data set to add to the first data set. The intersection of the first data set and the second data may include at least one value. The method may further include altering the one or more nodes in the data structure such that the union of each of the distinct portions of the data set represented by the one or more nodes is equivalent to the union of the first data set and the second data set; and such that the intersection of each of the distinct portions of the data set represented by the one or more nodes is equivalent to an empty data set. | 12-19-2013 |
20140006458 | Systems and Methods of Increasing Database Access Concurrency Using Granular Timestamps | 01-02-2014 |
20140012885 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONVERTING HETEROGENEOUS DATABASES INTO STANDARDIZED HOMOGENEOUS DATABASES - A method, an apparatus, and a system for configuring, designing, and/or implementing database tables are detailed that provides a framework into which a remainder of database tables is developed. Also detailed is a method to develop this framework of database tables. This so developed framework provides a platform for converting multiple independent heterogeneous databases into standardized homogeneous databases. | 01-09-2014 |
20140019491 | COMPUTING PLATFORM BASED ON A HIERARCHY OF NESTED DATA STRUCTURES - Embodiments may provide a computing platform, a business rules engine, a method, a system, and a user interface for building a computing platform, where each is based on a hierarchy of nested data structures and an application programming interface defining functions. The functions comprise at least one function for nesting one or more data structures within the contents of an enclosing data structures such that nesting the one or more data structures within the contents of the enclosing data structures results in a hierarchy of nested data structures; at least one function for removing one or more data structures from the contents of the enclosing data structures; at least one function for retrieving one or more data structures from the contents of the enclosing data structures; and at least one function for modifying the contents of one or more data structures. | 01-16-2014 |
20140032609 | DATA DESCRIPTION INJECTION - A system and method for injecting a node into a data description of an electronic form are provided. In one embodiment, the system comprises a request detector, an injection tool, a template module, and a storing module. The request detector may be configured to detect a request to include a new form object into an electronic form. The injection tool may be configured to determine that the data schema does not accommodate the new form object, and to automatically modify the data description by adding a node that is associated with the new form object. The template module may be configured to add the new form object into the electronic form to create a modified electronic form. The modified electronic form comprises the modified data description, while the data schema upon which the electronic form was originally based may remain unchanged. | 01-30-2014 |
20140032610 | Optimized Database Content Provisioning - Database content provisioning includes a broad base shipment as an initial release of database content. The database content may then be incrementally enriched with specific enhancements, which may be delivered as updates. Shipping variants for delivering upgrades include delta installations, and in some embodiments, may include full installations. Changes to an existing database object in activated database content may be treated as a new database object, and may include a reference to the existing database object. The user is notified of the new database object, but the new database object is otherwise not activated, thus ensuring stability of the activated database content. | 01-30-2014 |
20140032611 | RELATIONSHIP DISCOVERY IN BUSINESS ANALYTICS - A subset of (k−1)-dimensional tables are received, wherein k is greater than 1. A set of k-dimensional tables is created by combining each of the (k−1)-dimensional tables with a non-included dimension corresponding to a 1-dimensional table. Significance of interaction and interaction effect size is computed for the created set of k-dimensional tables to determine dimension and measure interactions. | 01-30-2014 |
20140032612 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTEXTUAL CONTACT MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure relates to a system and method for contextual contact management, in which new contacts are stored in a contact list and are organized automatically by context. In an illustrative embodiment, as soon as a business card is collected at a networking opportunity or event, the business card is electronically stored in a mobile device for wireless transmission to a contact information processing service. In an illustrative embodiment, the business card is photographed and a digital image of the card is uploaded to a contact information processing service. Preferably, the business card information is sent together with context information identifying the context in which the contact was made. This context information is stored together with the new contact information such that a user can recall exactly when and where the contact was made, and why the contact may be important. | 01-30-2014 |
20140032613 | DYNAMIC PROPERTY DATA INTEGRATION FRAMEWORK - A dynamic integration framework allows property data to be dynamically influenced by external data sources. In one example, a client services component receives, from a client application, a request to create or edit an object. The client services component retrieves, from a content repository, an initial property set applicable to the object. An external data service specifies an initial property modification set based on property dependencies between controlling property values and dependent properties. The external data service provides the property modifications to the client services component with an initial data identifier that indicates a state of the property modifications. The client services component merges the initial property modifications and the initial data identifier with the initial property set. | 01-30-2014 |
20140032614 | DATABASE PARTITION MANAGEMENT - Apparatus, systems, and methods may operate to receive a request to move at least a portion of a database table stored on a tangible medium from a current partition to a history partition, wherein the database table is partitioned into physical partitions according to a selected mapping update frequency. In response to receiving the request, activities may include modifying a logical partitioning of the database table by updating a mapping of the physical partitions to logical partitions. Other apparatus, systems, and methods are disclosed. | 01-30-2014 |
20140032615 | EFFICIENTLY REGISTERING A RELATIONAL SCHEMA - A method, device, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are provided for efficiently registering a relational schema. In co-compilation and data guide approaches, a subset of entities from schema descriptions are selected for physical registration, and other entities from the schema descriptions are not physically registered. In the co-compilation approach, a first schema description references a second schema description, and the subset includes a set of entities from the second schema description that are used by the first schema description. In the data guide approach, the subset includes entities that are used by a set of structured documents. In a pay-as-you-go approach, schema registration includes logically registering entities without creating relational database structures corresponding to the entities. A database server may execute database commands that reference the logically registered entities. A request to store data for the entities may be executed by creating relational database structures to store the data. | 01-30-2014 |
20140040319 | PACKAGE DEFINITION SYSTEM - A package definition system enables a user to dynamically modify a package design by altering a dimension of less than all of the package's faces. The system uses a functional representation of a package having links and nodes that represent faces or functional elements and connecting relationships between them. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040320 | COMPONENT FOR MASS CHANGE OF DATA - Tools and techniques for performing a mass change to data are described. Attribute values in a data set can be replaced or overwritten based on a user request. The user request can be based on user selections and inputs made via a user interface. The user can limit the attribute values that are replaced based on attribute, attribute value, and/or other designation. The user interface can facilitate user execution of the mass change by presenting lists of attribute values and/or attributes to the user for selection. The list of attribute values can be limited based on a user designation of data elements for mass change. A mass change component can be configured to control directly or indirectly the user interface or portions thereof. The mass change component can initiate the mass change of the data, based on the user selections and inputs. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040321 | BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY IN DATABASE SCHEMAS - A method of accommodating at least one difference between a first database schema and a second database schema is provided. The method includes receiving a response generated by a first application program using a first database schema, identifying a value in the response that is unrecognizable to a second application program using a second database schema and substituting, using a processor, the value that is unrecognizable to the second application program with a reserved element recognizable to the second application program, the reserved element indicating to the second application program that a portion of the response is not recognizable to the second application program. The method further includes communicating the response to the second application program. | 02-06-2014 |
20140040322 | XBRL FLAT TABLE MAPPING SYSTEM AND METHOD - XBRL data may be automatically mapped back and forth between an XBRL instance an set of automatically generated flat tables, where each table represents the projection of a single hypercube. | 02-06-2014 |
20140046984 | COMPACT TYPE LAYOUTS - A precompiled form of information derived from CIL metadata is created in a compact type layout (CTL) format. Information in CTL format for each data type in a program can be represented as a contiguous byte stream. Information that is irrelevant to decisions concerning layout of a data type in memory can be suppressed. Information that is irrelevant to creation of virtual machine data structures can be suppressed. The information in CTL format may reference types, methods, and fields by CIL metadata token. Virtual override information such as, for example, a logical virtual table layout, can be pre-computed. Interface implementation information can be pre-computed. A decoder can generate data structures used in generation of an executable from the CTL formatted data. | 02-13-2014 |
20140052759 | DETERMINING THE VALUE OF AN ASSOCIATION BETWEEN ONTOLOGIES - An approach is presented for determining a value of an association between first and second ontologies, S | 02-20-2014 |
20140052760 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CREATING, MANAGING, AND REUSING SCHEMA TYPE DEFINITIONS IN SERVICES ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE SERVICES, GROUPED IN THE FORM OF LIBRARIES - A computer-implemented system and method for creating, managing, and reusing schema type definitions in SOA services, grouped in the form of libraries are disclosed. The method in an example embodiment includes: grouping a plurality of Extensible Mark-up Language (XML) schema (XSD) types, each XSD type defined in an individual XSD file; using a processor to bundle the plurality of individual XSD types into a type library, the type library including a type information file to register the individual XSD types in the type library, the type library further including a type dependencies file to register dependencies between the individual XSD types in the same or different type library; importing types from a different type library, when defining derived types or aggregated types; generating Java artifacts from the XSD types; and associating the Java artifacts with corresponding XSD types in the type information file of the type library. | 02-20-2014 |
20140052761 | PEER-TO-PEER DATABASE - A system for providing database functionality on a peer-to-peer network is described that provides a highly scalable, fault tolerant, highly available, secure distributed transactions and reporting environment for application development and deployment. | 02-20-2014 |
20140052762 | SYSTEM, METHODS, AND MEDIA FOR COMPRESSING NON-RELATIONAL DATABASE OBJECTS - Method, media, and systems for compressing objects, comprising: receiving a request to write a first object including a first key and a first value, wherein the first object is of a given type; receiving a request to write a second object including a second key and a second value, wherein the second object is of the given type; classifying the first object to a compression dictionary according to at least one rule based on a value of the first object and/or the key of the first object; classifying the second object to the compression dictionary according to at least one rule based on a value of the second object and/or the key of the second object; and compressing the first object and the second object based on the compression dictionary. | 02-20-2014 |
20140059088 | Tokenization of Date Information - Financial regulations can require the storing of transaction date information when conducting financial transactions. To improve the security of storing such information, date information can be tokenized prior to storage. Client devices used in conducting and processing transactions can access date information rules and token tables for use in tokenizing date information. The client device can also require and use starting date when tokenizing date information. To tokenize the date information, a client device can convert the date information into an integer, for instance based on a number of days from a starting date, and can use the date integer as an input to one or more token tables. The token tables output a tokenized date integer, which can be converted into a tokenized date using a second starting date. The tokenized date can then be stored for subsequent access. | 02-27-2014 |
20140059089 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STRUCTURING A NETWORK - There is provided a method of structuring a network of nodes, comprising: providing link information relating to existing links between the nodes ( | 02-27-2014 |
20140067874 | PERFORMING PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS - Various embodiments of systems and methods for performing predictive analysis are described herein. In one aspect, the method includes receiving a command for publishing a chain comprising a plurality of components connected together to perform predictive analysis. Based upon the command, a plurality of procedures corresponding to the plurality of components of the chain is generated. The generated procedures are integrated according to an order of connectivity of the components within the chain. A database object including the integrated procedures is generated. The database object is stored within a database. The stored database object is executable for performing predictive analysis. | 03-06-2014 |
20140067875 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MODELING RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN ENTITIES - The disclosure describes systems and methods for modeling relationships between entities on a network using data collected from a plurality of communication channels including social data, spatial data, temporal data and logical data within a W4 Network. The W4 Network personalizes and automates sorting, filtering and processing of W4COMN communications delivered or requested to be delivered using personalized value-based ranking and encoding of data, which is modeled from the point-of-view (POV) of any specific user, topic or node in the W4 Distributed graph. POV modeling supplies comparative value services to users which entails individuated data models to be aggregated and used in customization and personalization forecasting for each user and their associated data management needs. | 03-06-2014 |
20140067876 | DATE AND TIME FORMAT GENERATION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND SYSTEM - Computing a date and time format includes obtaining a UT value of a reference time; computing intermediate data including year, month, day, hour, minute, and second, from the UT value of the reference time; computing a difference between a conversion target UT value and the UT value of the reference time using a processor; computing values of hour, minute, and second, based on the difference between the UT values; and generating a character string format representing year, month, day, hour, minute, and second, by combining the intermediate data and the values of hour, minute, and second. | 03-06-2014 |
20140067877 | PROCESS TO GENERATE VARIOUS LENGTH PARAMETERS IN A NUMBER OF SGLS BASED UPON THE LENGTH FIELDS OF ANOTHER SGL - A method of generating length parameters, comprising the steps of reading a data stream from a host, detecting a particular field of the data stream, and calculating a variable based on a length parameter of a first list to be transferred. The data stream may comprise a plurality of definitions. The method may also comprise the step of selecting one of the list definitions. One of the list definitions may be used to generate a length parameter used in a second list in response to (i) the particular field of the data stream and (ii) the length parameter of the first list. | 03-06-2014 |
20140074894 | FORMAT CONVERSION OF METADATA ASSOCIATED WITH DIGITAL CONTENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide an approach for format conversion of metadata associated with digital content. In a typical embodiment, a set of metadata associated with digital content may be received in a computer memory medium. A source format of the set of metadata will then be detected (e.g., by a processor, engine, or combination thereof). Based on the source format, a rule file containing a set of soft conversion rules for the set of metadata will be identified by the processor/engine. Thereafter, a selection of at least one soft conversion rule of the set of soft conversion rules may be received (e.g., from a user, or from an automatic selection made by the processor/engine). The set of metadata may then be mapped and converted to a destination format by the processor/engine using the at least one soft conversion rule. | 03-13-2014 |
20140074895 | GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION CODING SYSTEM - A system capable of receiving at least one location input, creating a code associated with that input, storing the code, receiving a created code, providing the location, and providing directions to or from the location. | 03-13-2014 |
20140082026 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DEFINING A RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN OBJECTS - In accordance with embodiments, there are provided mechanisms and methods for defining a relationship between objects. These mechanisms and methods for defining a relationship between objects can enable increased efficiency and revenue, optimized data analysis, etc. | 03-20-2014 |
20140082027 | Registry Emulation - A method for running a software application on a computer having an operating system that provides a local database containing consistent configuration data to be accessed by programs running on the computer. The method includes providing a file containing further configuration data required by the application, which further data are not stored in the local database. A request by the application to access the local database is intercepted, and an item of the further configuration data is returned from the file to the application, responsive to the request. | 03-20-2014 |
20140082028 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING A SCALABLE DATA STORAGE SERVICE - A system that implements a scalable data storage service may maintain tables in a non-relational data store on behalf of clients. The system may provide a Web services interface through which service requests are received, and an API usable to request that a table be created, deleted, or described; that an item be stored, retrieved, deleted, or its attributes modified; or that a table be queried (or scanned) with filtered items and/or their attributes returned. An asynchronous workflow may be invoked to create or delete a table. Items stored in tables may be partitioned and indexed using a simple or composite primary key. The system may not impose pre-defined limits on table size, and may employ a flexible schema. The service may provide a best-effort or committed throughput model. The system may automatically scale and/or re-partition tables in response to detecting workload changes, node failures, or other conditions or anomalies. | 03-20-2014 |
20140089353 | FILE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND FILE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - In a file management system that a record file created in a local place is managed in a center, a local device creates a record file of voice data or image data, creates an attribute file indicating the attribute of the record file, stores the record file in a local storage and transmits first the attribute file to a center device. The center device registers information on the attribute file including information indicating the location of the record file into a management table. Then, the local device transmits the record file to the center device in a time zone that a network load is small. When the record file corresponding to the received attribute information is received, the center device changes the storage location of the record file in the management information in the management table. | 03-27-2014 |
20140095549 | Method and Apparatus for Generating Schema of Non-Relational Database - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and apparatus for generating a schema of a non-relational database. In the embodiments of the present invention, relationship among keys in at least one entry of a non-relational database may be determined, the keys may be grouped into at least one group based on the determined relationship, and a schema of the non-relational database may be generated according to the at least one group. | 04-03-2014 |
20140101205 | Efficient Pushdown Of Joins In A Heterogeneous Database System Involving A Large-Scale Low-Power Cluster - A system and method for allocating join processing between and RDBMS and an assisting cluster. In one embodiment, the method estimates a cost of performing the join completely in the RDBMS and the cost of performing the join with the assistance of a cluster coupled to the RDBMS. The cost of performing the join with the assistance of the cluster includes estimating a cost of a broadcast join or a partition join depending on the sizes of the tables. Additional costs are incurred when there is a blocking operation, which prevents the cluster from being able to process portions of the join. The RDBMS also maintains transactional consistency when the cluster performs some or all of the join processing. | 04-10-2014 |
20140101206 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR AGNOSTIC DATA STORAGE - Methods and systems of agnostic data storage are provided. The agnostic data storage systems and methods store data records of various data types from different data sources. The method stores IDs and data elements of data records in different data tables. IDs of data records are stored in a first table, and data elements of data records are stored in a second table. Data entries of the second table are linked to an entry in the first table. The second table stores data element name, data element value, and data element data type respectively. | 04-10-2014 |
20140101207 | System and Method for Storing a Dataset of Image Tiles - System and method for storing a dataset of image tiles. Method includes determining a number of zoom levels, accessing a cluster file that includes a subset of the zoom levels, and accessing the image tiles. For each of the image tiles, a cluster name is computed. For each of the image tiles, if the cluster file has a name that matches the computed cluster name, an image tile pointer is stored in a fixed length index, and the image tile associated with the computed cluster name is stored. For each of the image tiles, if the cluster file name does not match the computed cluster name, another subset of the zoom levels is computed, a new cluster file is created, an image tile pointer is created and stored, and the image tile is stored associated with the computed cluster name in the new cluster file according to the image tile pointer. | 04-10-2014 |
20140108466 | DETECTION OF PLANAR TARGETS UNDER STEEP ANGLES - Systems, apparatus and methods to create a database by a device (such as a server) and to use the database by a mobile device for detecting a planar target are presented. The database allows recognition of a planar target by a mobile device from steeper angles with minimum impact on runtime. The database is created from at least one warped view of the planar target. For example, a database may contain keypoints and descriptors from a non-warped view and also from one or more warped views. The database may be pruned by removing keypoints and corresponding descriptors of one image (e.g., a warped image) overlapping with similar or identical keypoints and descriptors of another image (e.g., a non-warped image). | 04-17-2014 |
20140108467 | Methods And Systems For Data Management - Systems and methods for data management are disclosed. One method can comprise defining a plurality of data tables, wherein one or more of the data tables comprises a data field, loading a first data table of the plurality of data tables in a first memory, wherein one or more data fields of the first data table is associated with a second data table of the plurality of data tables, and wherein the second data table is resident in a second memory, and presenting a visualization of the first data table and the second data table. | 04-17-2014 |
20140115012 | DATA MODEL OPTIMIZATION USING MULTI-LEVEL ENTITY DEPENDENCIES - A method, system, and computer program product for of database schema management. The computer implemented method for data model optimization using multilevel entity dependency analytics commences by accessing a multilevel schema data structure, determining the relationship lineages present in the multilevel schema data structure and generating a dependency table using the relationship lineage. Then, using the dependency table the computer implemented method performs at least one of, a high impact analysis, a referential integrity analysis, or a conformance analysis. In some embodiments the results of the analysis are reported to a user and in some embodiments the results of the analysis applied to the multilevel schema data structure. | 04-24-2014 |
20140122536 | METHODS FOR BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION BASED ON DATA FROM A WEARABLE DEVICE - The methods and systems described herein may involve determining at least one lifeotype of at least one individual, analyzing the at least one lifeotype, and delivering content to at least one individual based on the analysis. The methods and systems described herein may involve providing a game, determining at least one lifeotype of at least one player of the game, analyzing the at least one lifeotype, and affecting the game play based on the analysis. The methods and systems described herein may involve providing an interactive space, determining at least one lifeotype of at least one individual in the space, analyzing the at least one lifeotype, and modifying at least one attribute of the space based on the analysis. | 05-01-2014 |
20140122537 | USING AGGREGATED SENSED DATA OF INDIVIDUALS TO PREDICT PHYSIOLOGICAL STATE - The methods and systems described herein may involve determining at least one lifeotype of at least one individual, analyzing the at least one lifeotype, and delivering content to at least one individual based on the analysis. The methods and systems described herein may involve providing a game, determining at least one lifeotype of at least one player of the game, analyzing the at least one lifeotype, and affecting the game play based on the analysis. The methods and systems described herein may involve providing an interactive space, determining at least one lifeotype of at least one individual in the space, analyzing the at least one lifeotype, and modifying at least one attribute of the space based on the analysis. | 05-01-2014 |
20140129596 | METHODS FOR GEOTEMPORAL FINGERPRINTING - Records of geotemporal data for a plurality of users from a database associated with on-line and/or mobile cellular activities are used to generate a geotemporal fingerprint of a user. The geolocation history associated with the user's on-line and/or mobile cellular activities from one such database can be correlated with a user's geolocation data from a separate on-line database associated with a different activity. For example, the geolocation history or geotemporal fingerprints associated with on-line and/or mobile cellular activities from one particular database can be correlated with those associated with payment card usage. Such information can be used to authenticate a user, for example, as a security measure for payment card users and issuers, for registrationless credit security applications, and for gathering relevant data for advertising campaigns. | 05-08-2014 |
20140129597 | Document Merging Method - The invention discloses a document merging method configured to merge a plurality of initial documents formed on the basis of a same template. The template comprises a plurality of fragments, and each of the fragments has a set merging rule. The method merges corresponding fragments in each initial document together according to the merging rules of the fragments to form a merged document. The fragments comprise one or more of rows, columns and cells in a table, and paragraphs, bookmarks and titles in a document. The merging rule comprises copy merging and eliminating repeated merging. The fragments in each initial document with the merging rule of copy merging are copied to the merged document in turn, and the fragments in each initial document with the merging rule of eliminating repeated merging are copied to the merged document in turn, and only one copy will be saved if repetition occurs. | 05-08-2014 |
20140136573 | System and Method for Creating and Using Computer Databases Having Schema Integrated Into Data Structure - A symmetric objects database contains a plurality of data cells. Each data cell has a plurality of data fields which are the same or similar for each of the data cells. A first data cell is related or linked to a second data cell which is higher in database hierarchy than the first data cell. The linking is done through the classes field within the first data cell which contains the identifier of the second data cell. A third data cell is related or linked to a fourth data cell which is lower in database hierarchy than the second data cell. The linking is accomplished through the children field which contains the identifier of the fourth data cell. The data fields within each data cell provide for a schema which is integrated into the data structure. | 05-15-2014 |
20140143284 | ZERO DOWNTIME SCHEMA EVOLUTION - A method for updating a database schema may include maintaining a database, database schema and a first version of an application. The method may include generating application schema for the first version of the application, the application schema including a mapping of one or more classes of the application to a respective table in the database. The method may include executing the first version of the application and storing an application data object in the database in accordance with the application schema. While the first version of the application is executing, the method may include receiving a request to update the first version of the application to a different version, identifying application metadata for the different version of the application, comparing the application metadata for the different version of the application with the database schema for the database, and updating the database schema based on the comparison. | 05-22-2014 |
20140149466 | TIME-SERIES DATABASE SETUP AUTOMATIC GENERATION METHOD, SETUP AUTOMATIC GENERATION SYSTEM AND MONITORING SERVER - If the operations manager makes configuration changes of the log database through configuration management interface, the configuration management interface records configuration information thereof on an management database. Furthermore, when log data of a monitoring target device are collected in a log collection unit through the log database, a log data volume analysis unit reads utilization information of data volume of the log database, and records the reading on a management database. A configuration changes proposal generating unit automatically generates configuration changes proposal of the log database based on the information recorded on the management database. Moreover, a metrics value for evaluating time required for configuration changes, a metrics value for evaluating performance in connection with the configuration changes, and a metrics value for evaluating the data volume in connection with the configuration changes are calculated, and an effect and an influence of changes proposal are presented to the operations manager. | 05-29-2014 |
20140149467 | Digital Interactive Phrasing System And Method - A digital interactive phrasing (DIP) system allows listeners to select and edit digitally prepared elements, such as audio or video clips, in any arrangement to create a custom mix. The elements may be reused to make new, different arrangements, as desired by the listener. The system allows the selection, assembly and playback of created sequences of elements, such as songs, verses, dialogs and video elements. | 05-29-2014 |
20140149468 | MUSIC STEERING WITH AUTOMATICALLY DETECTED MUSICAL ATTRIBUTES - Described is a technology by which a playback list comprising similar songs is automatically built based on automatically detected/generated song attributes, such as by extracting numeric features of each song. The attributes may be downloaded from a remote connection, and/or may be locally generated on the playback device. To build a playlist, a seed song's attributes may be compared against attributes of other songs to determine which other songs are similar to the seed song and thus included in the playlist. Another way to build a playlist is based on similarity of songs to a set of user provided-attributes, such as corresponding to moods or usage modes such as “resting” “reading” “jogging” or “driving” moods/modes. The playlist may be dynamically adjusted based on user interaction with the device, such as when a user skips a song, queues a song, or dequeues a song. | 05-29-2014 |
20140156708 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING AN ARRAY USING DIFFERENT DATA STRUCTURES - Disclosed are a method and system for implementing an array data type of a programming language using various data structures. The disclosed method includes a plurality of implementations in which the array data type may be implemented. The implementations provide an efficient way to retrieve elements from the array, especially in the order they are inserted into the array. The data structures also minimize the computing resources required to manage and access the array. The disclosed technique also selects one of the many implementations based on criteria such as access pattern or size of the array. | 06-05-2014 |
20140156709 | AGGREGATING KEYS OF DEPENDENT OBJECTS FOR A GIVEN PRIMARY OBJECT - Keys are obtained and aggregated by storing a primary object as an entry in a parent keys storage and a child keys storage, the entry identified as unvisited in each. An object evaluation process is then performed until all unique entries in the parent keys storage and all unique entries in the child keys storage have been visited and by committing the keys of at least one related object as an entry to the hierarchical database. The object evaluation process visits each unvisited object in the parent keys storage and child keys storage by selecting, for the unvisited object, objects in the parent direction that have not already been visited and objects in the child direction that have not already been visited and by inserting the keys of the selected related objects as entries in the parent keys storage or child keys storage. | 06-05-2014 |
20140156710 | EMBEDDING CONTROLLERS AND DEVICES WITH DATA TO FACILITATE UP-TO-DATE CONTROL AND CONFIGURATION INFORMATION - An industrial automation system comprising a processor with an updating component coupled to automation devices via a network. The updating component reads control information from machine readable representations of the devices and populates a data structure with the control information. The updating component also updates configuration information of a device from data stored in a file object and/or the data structure, further allowing this transfer to be fragmented into a plurality of messages if the configuration information exceeds a threshold. As well, a vendor deployment methodology is provided that embeds devices and firmware for devices with a Device Type Manager (DTM) prior to deployment and can optionally allow post deployment updates to the DTM. | 06-05-2014 |
20140164439 | MULTI-TIERED DATABASE FOR PERSONAL DATA - A two-dimensional machine-readable code is provided on a non-electronic, encoded tangible medium of a hardcopy implement. The two-dimensional machine-readable code encodes first tier data of a multi-tiered data set, and is readable by a reading mechanism of a mobile communication device. Access by the mobile communication device from the first tier data to second tier data of the multi-tiered data set is then determined and enabled, where the second tier data is stored with the first tier data on an electronic, tangible, machine-readable storage medium. | 06-12-2014 |
20140164440 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SHARED DATABASE ENVIRONMENT TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO DATABASES ON A SHARED INFRASTRUCTURE - A database system includes a back end and a front end. The back end contains data storage and a database engine, and the front end contains front end units, each of which allows an application developer to support a database user application requiring data storage. The application developer gets its own instance where it may define the content and format of data storage required by the application, and the front end units are connected to share the back end for common storage of their respective application data so that the developer does not have to provide the actual data storage. The system is useful for cloud-based computing paradigms. | 06-12-2014 |
20140164441 | DYNAMIC DATA INTEROPERABILITY GATEWAY - A dynamic data gateway comprises at least one processor, at least one computer-readable tangible storage device, and program instructions stored on the at least one storage device for execution by the at least one processor. The program instructions comprise first program instructions configured to receive data comprising a first format. The program instructions further comprise second program instructions configured to convert the received data to a second format. The program instructions further comprise third program instructions configured to store the converted data. The program instructions further comprise fourth program instructions configured to receive a request to provide the stored data in a requested format. The program instructions further comprise fifth program instructions configured to convert the stored data to the requested format. | 06-12-2014 |
20140172921 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - There is provided an information processing apparatus. A receiver receives designations of: a first attribute from among attributes relating to a paper on which an image is to be printed, in a stored attribute file; a range within which a value of the first attribute could be; and an increase or decrease width of the value. A first attribute generator generates attribute values for the first attribute, obtained by increasing or decreasing the value at the increase or decrease width within the range. A file generator generates attribute files, each of which includes each of the generated attribute values of the first attribute. An attribute value of a second attribute, which has not been designated, in the generated attribute files is the same with an attribute value of the second attribute in the attribute file. | 06-19-2014 |
20140172922 | METHOD FOR GENERATING SIMPLE OBJECT ACCESS PROTOCOL MESSAGES AND PROCESS ENGINE - A method for generating a Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) message in XML during execution of a process in a SOA-based process engine apparatus and a corresponding process engine apparatus. The method includes: generating and storing an XML character string containing a fixed SOAP message skeleton; generating and storing an XML character string containing an instance-constant variable; generating an XML character string containing a dynamic variable; and concatenating the XML character string containing the fixed SOAP message skeleton and the XML character string containing the instance-constant variable as previously stored and the XML character string containing the dynamic variable by a character string concatenating operation to generate a SOAP message. A process engine apparatus including a message analyzer unit, a message pre-composer unit, a character string depository, and a message composer unit is also provided. | 06-19-2014 |
20140181153 | SITE AND CHANNEL MANAGEMENT TO ACHIEVE CONTENT REPURPOSING - Systems and methods for managing enterprise-level interrelated content items used in Web sites. In accordance with the present disclosure, site objects, channel objects and content objects are associated with each other to form a hierarchical site structure. The content objects are linked to corresponding content items in a content repository, and are grouped together by association with channel objects in the site structure. Each of the objects in the site structure has an associated set of content services and can be deployed individually or in combination, while maintaining references to the related objects in the hierarchical site structure. | 06-26-2014 |
20140181154 | GENERATING INFORMATION MODELS IN AN IN-MEMORY DATABASE SYSTEM - Various embodiments of systems and methods for generating information models in an in-memory database system by importing data foundation from existing Semantic layer files are described herein. The method includes specifying a type of information view to be generated to model content data. Further the method includes invoking the content data from existing semantic layer files using an import option of a content data editor interface. Subsequent to selecting one or more semantic layer files, automatically extracting table objects corresponding to the selected semantic layer files along with data foundation objects from a file source. | 06-26-2014 |
20140188943 | COMPUTER-IMPLEMENTED SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR DISTRIBUTING CONTENT PURSUANT TO AUDIT-BASED PROCESSES - Systems and methods are disclosed for distributing content pursuant to audit-based processes. Audit content in runtime workpapers may be dynamically constructed in response to industry-driven and response-driven rules using information from one or more of the distributed content libraries. Dynamic updates may also be provided for generated runtime workpapers constructed from the distributed content. The system and method may also provide drilldown functionality for enabling a user to view a source workpaper for a specified data value which has flowed into the generated dynamic workpaper and/or tip functionality to provide a user with additional guidance based on the status and data associated with the generated workpaper. | 07-03-2014 |
20140188944 | Relationship Confirmation in an Online Social Network - In particular embodiments, a method comprises maintaining a database of connections between a plurality of members of an online social network, creating a new entry for a new user in the database responsive to the new user joining the online social network, determining whether the new user joined the online social network in response to a request from an existing user of the online social network, and if the new user joined the online social network in response to a request from the existing user, then sending a prompt to the new user to confirm the relationship between the new user and the existing user. | 07-03-2014 |
20140195565 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATING AN ACCOUNT NUMBER AUTOMATICALLY - A system and method for generating an account number are described. In an example embodiment, the creation of a first table and a first field, capable of receiving alphanumeric characters, is disclosed. An alphanumeric input is received and recorded in the first field, and a sequence number associated with the input so received is recorded. In a further aspect of the present invention, a second table is created, and an account number key stored therein. An account number may then be generated in accordance with the key. In an additional aspect, an alphanumeric field may be created specifically to aid in the application of a check digit methodology | 07-10-2014 |
20140201244 | METHOD FOR REPRESENTING AND STORING HIERARCHICAL DATA IN A COLUMNAR FORMAT - A computer implemented system, program product, and method that organizes hierarchical data into a plurality of columns is disclosed. A schema interface is defined for the data and two types of columns, value columns and occurrence columns, are used. Each value column stores the values for a field. Each occurrence column stores the occurrence numbers for a node that is repeatable, or optional, or in a choice group. The hierarchical relationship of the data is jointly preserved by the schema interface and the occurrence numbers in the occurrence columns. A database management system built upon the method is capable of operating at higher efficiency by combining some of the best aspects of relational database and hierarchical database management systems. The computer implemented method also provides a new and efficient method of exchanging data over networks. | 07-17-2014 |
20140201245 | EMBEDDING A SOFTWARE CONTENT SPACE FOR RUN-TIME IMPLEMENTATION - A computer-implemented method for generating user stories for a software product, includes collecting, by a processor, a plurality of requirements, creating, by the processor, a plurality of content space specification files that includes the plurality of requirements, processing, by the processor, the plurality of content space specification files to generate the user stories, defining, by the processor, a content space, and embedding, by the processor, the content space in the software product. | 07-17-2014 |
20140201246 | Global Contact Lists and Crowd-Sourced Caller Identification - Implementations of the present disclosure provide for constructing crowd-sourced global contact lists and for providing caller identification functions. Additional implementations of the present disclosure provide for providing spam identification. The systems and methods described herein contemplate aggregating the information stored in multiple local contact lists. The systems and methods further contemplate analyzing and processing the aggregated information in order to construct a global contact list. The analyzing and processing may involve identifying each phone number appearing in any of the local contact lists, identifying all fields associated with those phone numbers, and identifying, for each field contained in the local contact lists, an entry for which the local contact lists exhibit a threshold degree of consensus. The global contact list created from the aggregation of information from local contact lists can be employed to provide caller identification and spam identification features. | 07-17-2014 |
20140201247 | Searchable, Mutable Data Structure - A data structure includes three arrays. A first array includes a root node, one or more intermediate nodes, and one or more leaf nodes. A second array includes one or more slices, each of which includes one or more elements; a third array also includes one or more elements. Each root node and intermediate node in the first array points to a respective slice in the second array. Each element in the second array stores a byte and has an associated pointer that points either to a respective intermediate node or to a respective leaf node in the first array. Each leaf node in the first array points to a respective element in the third array, and each element in the third array stores a respective sub-string of bytes. The trie can be particularly advantageous, for example, in applications on resource-constrained computing devices, such as mobile phones, tablets, and other hand-held computing devices. | 07-17-2014 |
20140201248 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPRESENTING BUBBLE EFFECT USING METADATA - Disclosed herein are a method and apparatus for representing a bubble effect using metadata. The method for representing a bubble effect using a bubble effect representation apparatus may include generating metadata based on information related to a bubble effect, information about the performance of the bubble effect representation apparatus, and preference information for the bubble effect, generating control instruction information for the bubble effect representation apparatus by analyzing the generated metadata, and representing the bubble effect based on the control instruction information. | 07-17-2014 |
20140207826 | GENERATING XML SCHEMA FROM JSON DATA - A computer receives a first JSON data that includes at least one JSON array or JSON object value. The computer parses a stream of JSON data, wherein the stream of JSON data includes at least a part of the first JSON data. The computer determines the logical structure of the first JSON data using the parsed stream of JSON data. The computer generates an XML schema based on the logical structure of the first JSON data. | 07-24-2014 |
20140207827 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONFIGURING STORAGE DEVICE IN HYBRID STORAGE ENVIRONMENT - The present invention provides a method and a system for configuring a storage device in a hybrid storage environment. The method includes: acquiring a plurality of attribute parameters of each storage device; performing calculation according to the attribute parameters to obtain a priority of each storage device; acquiring a storage priority of each data object; and performing matching according to the storage priority of each data object and the priority of each storage device, so as to store each data object into a storage device with a priority corresponding to the storage priority of the data object. Accordingly, configuration of a plurality of storage devices and a plurality of data objects in a hybrid storage environment can be implemented, which avoids manual involvement, thereby reducing security risks, improving performance of the system, and reducing energy consumption of the system. | 07-24-2014 |
20140214901 | VIRTUAL STORAGE SYSTEM AND FILE STORING METHOD - A virtual storage system in data communication with a user computing device via a communication network and a file storing for storing electronic documents within a virtual storage system where the virtual storage system includes at least one processor that receives a selection of an electronic document to be uploaded from an external system, creates an identifier corresponding to the electronic document, and creates a folder structure using the identifier, for storing the electronic document. The virtual storage system further includes a plurality of redundant physical storage devices in data communication with the at least one processor and each configured to store the electronic document within a folder of the folder structure created. | 07-31-2014 |
20140214902 | RESOLVING IN-MEMORY FOREIGN KEYS IN TRANSMITTED DATA PACKETS FROM SINGLE-PARENT HIERARCHIES - A method of creating multi-parent relationships from single-parent data may include receiving a data set that includes a plurality of objects organized in a hierarchy. The method may also include parsing the data set to locate at least two objects in the plurality of objects. Each of the at least two objects may be associated with an identifier. The method may additionally include creating a data record to represent information associated with the at least two objects. The data record may be associated with a plurality of parent data records. | 07-31-2014 |
20140214903 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS USING WEARABLE DEVICES TO DETERMINE A RECOMMENDATION FOR THE INDIVIDUAL - The methods and systems described herein may involve determining at least one lifeotype of at least one individual, analyzing the at least one lifeotype, and delivering content to at least one individual based on the analysis. The methods and systems described herein may involve providing a game, determining at least one lifeotype of at least one player of the game, analyzing the at least one lifeotype, and affecting the game play based on the analysis. The methods and systems described herein may involve providing an interactive space, determining at least one lifeotype of at least one individual in the space, analyzing the at least one lifeotype, and modifying at least one attribute of the space based on the analysis. | 07-31-2014 |
20140222872 | MULTI-ROW DATABASE UPDATING FOR ENTERPRISE WORKFLOW APPLICATION - Embodiments of the invention are directed to a system, method, or computer program product for providing expedited updating of data stored by an entity. Specifically, the invention expedites the updating of data within large quantities of data on database tables. Initially received update data is processed, via multi-row insert, onto in-memory or temporary tables. The update data is staged on a temporary table while the appropriate base table (housing the data to be updated) is determined. Once determined, update data from the temporary table is pointed to the base table. In this way, a massive amount of data updating may occur. This prevents logging and locking associated with adding individual data updates or row updates to the base table independently. Errors are check and processed accordingly. Once updated, the update data on the temporary table is deleted in mass and a check point restart is issued. | 08-07-2014 |
20140222873 | INFORMATION SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA, DATA STRUCTURE, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An information system ( | 08-07-2014 |
20140237003 | Data Communication and Analytics Platform - An interface in an attribute calculation module external to an enterprise receives data from the enterprise. A processor performs one or more first calculations on the received data, wherein the first calculations comprise predetermined calculations to create attributes of the received data. The interface communicates the first calculated data to a database for storage, the database being external to the enterprise. The interface receives a request from a computer associated with the enterprise, wherein the request indicates criteria to conduct one or more second calculations on the first calculated data. The processor performs each of the second calculations on the first calculated data. The interface communicates the second calculated data to the computer associated with the enterprise. | 08-21-2014 |
20140250152 | Method, Device, Program Product, and Server for Generating Electronic Document Container Data File - An electronic-document-container-data-file generating method for generating a data file using a computer where the data file is to be read by a playback program operating on a computer includes: acquiring at least electronic document data as content data; generating editable memo data as content data, the memo data being associated with the acquired electronic document data; generating a container portion configured to hold a plurality of items of content data including the acquired electronic document data and the generated memo data; generating definition information for defining a method for playing back and/or a method for editing the plurality of items of content data during playback by the playback program; and generating an electronic-document-container data file including the generated container portion and the generated definition information. | 09-04-2014 |
20140258341 | AUTOMATIC FILE STRUCTURE AND FIELD DATA TYPE DETECTION - Methods, systems, and computer-readable storage media for determining data structure and field types of a data source that is to be processed by an application. Actions include receiving the data source, providing base data associated with the data source, determining a number of fields of the data source and, for each field, a field type based on the data source and the base data, generating data structure data, the data structure data comprising the number of fields and field types, and providing the data structure data to the application. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258342 | IMPLEMENTING WORKFLOW FIELD FORMULAS - The efficiency and versatility for the implementation of formulas in an on-demand database is improved. Formulas are categorized. Based at least partly on the categorization, formulas are evaluated synchronously or asynchronously. An asynchronous evaluation may be performed if a certain set of criteria is not satisfied. Asynchronous evaluations may be performed using a queue. During an asynchronous update of an object, a counter field and/or an estimate field may be used respectively for indicating the consistency of values of the object and a time when the values were consistent. The versatility of formulas is enhanced by using a formula to create a default value for a custom field when it is created and to determine whether an action is to be performed, and is enhanced by having an action define when a formula is to be updated. | 09-11-2014 |
20140258343 | MECHANISM FOR UPDATES IN A DATABASE ENGINE - A method for database processing includes allocating primary, secondary and tertiary data structures for each column. Columnar content is written into the primary data structure. Updated values are written into the tertiary data structure. Storage keys indicate correspondence to the primary data structure. Query responses involve first reading updated values from the tertiary data structure, sorting by storage keys, storing into the secondary data structure, and clearing the tertiary data structure. Then the primary and secondary data structures are consulted to respond to the query, reading the value for each row from the secondary data structure where present, otherwise from the primary data structure. A commit phase produces a new version of the primary data structure by merging the secondary data structure and an old version of the primary data structure, consulting them in a similar manner. | 09-11-2014 |
20140280364 | DISPOSAL OF RARELY USED MEMBER VARIABLES VIA SHADOW STRUCTURES - A computer-controlled method can include determining at least one rarely-used field within a class, creating a shadow structure corresponding to the class, and moving the at least one rarely-used field from the class to the shadow structure. The method can also include adding a shadow reference to the class, the shadow reference corresponding to the shadow structure. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280365 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DATA SYSTEM MANAGEMENT USING CLOUD-BASED DATA MIGRATION - A method and system for migrating data from a sender system located in an on-premise computing environment. The method includes importing by a receiver system located in a cloud-based computing environment coupled to the sender system via a network a program of data code and table structures exported from the sender system and transferred to the receiver system via the network. The method also includes importing by the receiver system at least one data flat file exported from the sender system and transferred to the receiver system via the network. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280366 | OUTPUT DRIVEN GENERATION OF A COMBINED SCHEMA FROM A PLURALITY OF INPUT DATA SCHEMAS - A computational device receives a plurality of versions of an input data schema. At least one element is selected from the plurality of versions of the input data schema based on an expected result. A combined schema is generated based on the at least one selected element. The input data is processed according to the combined schema. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280367 | SILO-AWARE DATABASES - A system receives a request from an application to access a database. The system forms a database table proxy for a logical database. One or more database silos are assigned to the database table proxy. A default database silo from the one or more database silos is defined for the database table proxy. A database silo of the database table proxy corresponding to an application requesting access to the logical database is accessed with a database engine. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280368 | VIEW VARIANTS IN DATABASE SCHEMA MAPPING - This disclosure includes a method, a system and a computer readable medium. The method includes receiving a data model configured to model data in a first database schema in a database system, using the received data model to generate a first data view of a first instance of the first database schema in the database system, including referencing, using a first view variant, one or more data tables including the first instance of the first database schema to generate the first data view, and using the received data model to generate a second data view of a second instance of the first database schema in the database system, including referencing, using a second view variant, one or more data tables including the second instance of the first database schema to generate the second data view. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280369 | CLONING TABLES AND LISTS WHILE RETAINING THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN ENTRY ELEMENTS AND THEIR ASSIGNED IDENTIFIERS - A method, according to one embodiment, includes obtaining a list having entries corresponding to components of a first system. Moreover, the method includes determining whether an entry is missing from the list, by inserting a pseudo entry to the list for each entry that is determined to be missing from the list, thereby creating an updated list. Once the updated list is created, the method includes sending the updated list to a second system, whereupon the pseudo entries are removed from the updated list. Removing the pseudo entries thereby creates a cloned list having the same identifiers as the entries in the list from the first system. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280370 | Adjustable Transformations from Semantic Web Languages - Methods and systems of transforming ontologies of semantic web languages are disclosed. A user may adjust configuration settings for a transformation of primitives of a Semantic Web ontology language into primitives of a software modeling language. The adjusted configuration settings may be stored on a storage device. The transformation of primitives of the Semantic Web ontology language into primitives of the software modeling language may be performed using the adjusted configuration settings stored on the storage device. The adjusted configuration settings stored on the storage device may be selected for use in a subsequent transformation of primitives of the Semantic Web ontology language into primitives of the software modeling language. In some embodiments, the semantic web language is Resource Description Framework Schema (RDFS). In some embodiments, the software modeling language is Ecore. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280371 | Electronic Content Curating Mechanisms - Mechanisms for managing an electronic document collection are provided. A first electronic document is analyzed to identify a reference to a second electronic document and the second electronic document is analyzed to identify document dependencies with zero or more other electronic documents. A dependency information data structure is generated based on the analysis. The dependency information data structure is analyzed to identify a subset of the electronic document collection that is to be loaded into memory when performing an information analysis operation. An electronic document curation action recommendation is generated based on the identified subset of the electronic document collection. The electronic document curation action recommendation is then output. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280372 | PARTITIONING DATA FOR PARALLEL PROCESSING - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a system partitions data for parallel processing and comprises one or more computer systems with at least one processor. The system partitions data of a data object into a plurality of data partitions within a data structure based on a plurality of keys. The data structure includes a plurality of dimensions and each key is associated with a corresponding different dimension of the data structure. Portions of the data structure representing different data partitions are assigned to the computer systems for parallel processing, and the assigned data structure portions are processed in parallel to perform an operation. Embodiments of the present invention further include a method and computer program product for partitioning data for parallel processing in substantially the same manner described above. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280373 | AUTOMATICALLY DETERMINING AN OPTIMAL DATABASE SUBSECTION - A method, apparatus, and system for automatically determining an optimal database subsection is provided. A database subsection is selected to optimize certain benefits when the database subsection is translated, transferred, and cached on an alternative database system, which may utilize a different technology or database engine that provides certain performance benefits compared to the original database system. Algorithms such as multi-path greedy selection and/or dynamic programming may provide optimal or near-optimal results. A host for the alternative database server may be shared with or otherwise located in close physical proximity to improve latency for a database application or client layer. Once the database subsection analysis is completed, a report may be generated and presented to the user, and an implementation script may also be created to automatically configure a client host to function as a cache or replacement system according various cache size configurations described in the report. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280374 | TABLE APPLICATION PROGRAMMING INTERFACES (APIs) - A device receives, in a technical computing environment (TCE), a first variable with a first data type and a particular number of rows, and receives a second variable with a second data type and the particular number of rows. The second data type may be different than the first data type. The device receives a command to create a table based on the first variable and the second variable, and creates, based on the command, a heterogeneous table that includes the first variable and the second variable. The device stores the heterogeneous table, and/or provides the heterogeneous table for display. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280375 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPLEMENTING DISTRIBUTED DATABASES USING MANY-CORE PROCESSORS - A distributed database, comprising a plurality of server racks, and one or more many-core processor servers in each of the plurality of server racks, wherein each of the one or more many-core processor servers comprises a many-core processor configured to store and access data on one or more solid state drives in the distributed database, where the one or more solid state drives are configured to enable retrieval of data through one or more text-searchable indexes. The one or more many-core processor servers are configured to communicate within the plurality of server racks via a network, and the data is configured as one or more tables distributed to the one or more many-core processor servers for storage in the one or more solid state drives. | 09-18-2014 |
20140280376 | PERSONAL DATA FILE - Personal data file embodiments and methods for creating the same are provided. One personal data file embodiment includes personal information about a subject of the personal data file, provided by a user that controls the personal data file, in at least one of a number of personal information data fields, and an image of the subject including a privacy region, where the privacy region hides a first area of the image and leaves a second area of the image visible. The hidden first area is accessible by a pass code. | 09-18-2014 |
20140289282 | DECODING DEVICE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - According to an embodiment, a decoding device includes: a holding unit including a first level cache to hold a result of decoding binary data into a structured document by a decoder with the binary data, and a second level cache to hold partial data pieces into which the binary data is divided in predetermined units of events of the structured document and the result of decoding corresponding to the partial data pieces; and a retention determiner to divide the binary data in the predetermined units of events, and store the partial data pieces and the result of decoding corresponding to the partial data pieces into the second level cache. When the binary data that is input includes a part matching a partial data piece held by the second level cache in the predetermined units of events, the decoding unit outputs the decoding result corresponding to the matching partial data piece. | 09-25-2014 |
20140289283 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUDIO AND VIDEO PORTABLE PUBLISHING SYSTEM - A system that allows consumers to manage content and create audio/video presentations in a small portable media device, and to share media files with other users of small portable media devices, without requiring access to a computer. | 09-25-2014 |
20140297692 | ENCODER, ENCODING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - According to one embodiment, an encoder includes: a coding module configured to encode an XML document from a start position toward an end position of the XML document, and detect an expended element located between the start position and the end position of the XML document; and a combining module configured to generate a third EXI grammar by combining a first EXI grammar and a second EXI grammar, the first EXI grammar being generated according to a basic schema, and the second EXI grammar being generated according to an extended schema that prescribes a structure of the extended element, wherein the coding module encodes the XML document according to the first EXI grammar from the start position until detection of the extended element, and encodes the XML document according to the third EXI grammar after the detection of the extended element. | 10-02-2014 |
20140297693 | COMPUTER IMPLEMENTED METHOD FOR STORING UNLIMITED AMOUNT OF DATA AS A MIND MAP IN RELATIONAL DATABASE SYSTEMS - A computer implemented method for creating and managing a database system comprising data structures for storing, in a memory, data and relations between the data, the method comprising the steps of creating a mind map structure wherein each node of the mind map represents a set in the first data structure and each branch represents a relation in the fifth data structure of the database in which there are defined five data structures that hold all information relating to tables, records and relations, namely: a first data structure comprising a definition of at least one data set, a second data structure comprising definitions of properties of objects, a third data structure comprising definitions of objects, a fourth data structure comprising definitions of properties of each object, a fifth data structure comprising definitions of relations and a sixth data structure for storing definitions of relations between objects. | 10-02-2014 |
20140297694 | END TO END AUTOMATION OF APPLICATION DEPLOYMENT - An approach is provided for automatically deploying an information technology (IT) system instance having hardware and software components. Based on components consisting of system context diagrams, component models, operational models, data flow diagrams, and use cases describing functional requirements of the IT system instance, an application model of the software components is generated. Based on the application model and the use cases, an infrastructure model of infrastructure components is generated. Based on the application model and the infrastructure model, a computer file in a markup language is generated. The computer file includes a design of the IT system instance and instructions for accessing library-stored assets specifying the hardware and software components. The computer file is exported to a deployment tool for an automatic deployment of the IT system instance based on carrying out the instructions to access the assets. | 10-02-2014 |
20140304304 | MODULARIZING COMPLEX XML DATA FOR GENERATION AND EXTRACTION - A mechanism is provided for creating modules from an XML schema. The mechanism includes creating a syntax tree from a sample XML fragment of the XML schema, creating a module with a list of parameters based on the syntax tree, identifying variable pieces of information in the syntax tree to be inserted in the list of parameters with a variable sign, and inserting the variable information into the list of parameters. The mechanism includes inserting another module in the syntax tree of the module, in which the other module corresponds to another sample XML fragment and has another list of parameters, and identifying the other module with the variable sign in the syntax tree of the module. The mechanism includes inserting the other module into the list of parameters of the module in which the other module to serve as a parameter, and providing an option for constraining the module. | 10-09-2014 |
20140304305 | MODULARIZING COMPLEX XML DATA FOR GENERATION AND EXTRACTION - A mechanism is provided for creating modules from an XML schema. The mechanism includes creating a syntax tree from a sample XML fragment of the XML schema, creating a module with a list of parameters based on the syntax tree, identifying variable pieces of information in the syntax tree to be inserted in the list of parameters with a variable sign, and inserting the variable information into the list of parameters. The mechanism includes inserting another module in the syntax tree of the module, in which the other module corresponds to another sample XML fragment and has another list of parameters, and identifying the other module with the variable sign in the syntax tree of the module. The mechanism includes inserting the other module into the list of parameters of the module in which the other module to serve as a parameter, and providing an option for constraining the module. | 10-09-2014 |
20140304306 | Database Management System With Database Hibernation and Bursting - A data processing network includes a database management for a plurality of databases serviced by a server comprising a plurality of data processors. Each server data processor includes a copy of the database management system and a monitor for measuring and analyzing various parameters for each server data processor and each included database and performing various methods transparently to a user. For example, when a parameter or combination thereof indicates that a database in one data processor is inactive or requires additional resources, that database is set to an inactive state or is transferred to another data processor with greater resources, respectively. An inactive database is recalled upon receipt of a request for access to that database. A database in a data processor of greater resources can be returned to a server data processor or another data processor with fewer resources. These operations are transparent to database users and independent of user or administrator intervention. | 10-09-2014 |
20140310317 | LOCKING AND TRAVERSAL METHODS FOR ORDERED TREE DATA STRUCTURES - In one embodiment, two-phase mutation of an ordered tree data structure is performed, wherein a lock can be acquired on a first node in an ordered tree data structure, and an identifier for the first node can be added to a lock path data structure. A second node can also be locked, and an identifier for the second node can be added to the lock path data structure. Subsequently, a set of operations to perform on the ordered tree responsive to a modification of the second node can be determined for each node affected by the modification, and the operation for each node can be stored in the lock path data structure. Once the operations for the nodes have been determined, the operations listed in the lock path can be performed. | 10-16-2014 |
20140310318 | Generating Task Flows for an Application - The present disclosure provides a method, system and computer product for generating task flows for an application. Actions of a user of an application are monitored and key actions carried out by the user in the application are logged. Based on a determined flow of key actions a task flow is formed. A representation of the task flow is stored for access by other users. The stored representation of a task flow is associated with a goal to be achieved in the application. Representations of task flows may be stored locally to the application for access by other users of the application or remotely stored with an indication of the application to which a task flow relates to provide access to the task flows by users of other applications. A list of stored representations of task flows may be provided to enable selection of a task flow. | 10-16-2014 |
20140310319 | WEB MINING TO BUILD A LANDMARK DATABASE AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF - This invention relates to building a landmark database from web data. In one embodiment, a computer-implemented method builds a landmark database. Web data including a web page is received from one or more websites via one or more networks. The web data is interpreted using at least one processor to determine landmark data describing a landmark. At least a portion of the landmark data identifies a landmark. Finally, a visual model is generated using the landmark data. A computing device is able to recognize the landmark in an image based on the visual model. | 10-16-2014 |
20140317150 | EXITING WINDOWING EARLY FOR STREAM COMPUTING - Two or more tuples to be processed by a processing element operating on one or more computer processors may be received by the processing element. The processing element may have a windowing operator performing a windowing operation to determine a first value at the conclusion of a windowing condition. It may be determined from one or more tuples received within the windowing condition whether a condition to end the windowing operation before the windowing condition concludes is met. In addition, the windowing operation may be ended before the windowing condition concludes when the condition to end the windowing operation is met. | 10-23-2014 |
20140317151 | EXITING WINDOWING EARLY FOR STREAM COMPUTING - Two or more tuples to be processed by a processing element operating on one or more computer processors may be received by the processing element. The processing element may have a windowing operator performing a windowing operation to determine a first value at the conclusion of a windowing condition. It may be determined from one or more tuples received within the windowing condition whether a condition to end the windowing operation before the windowing condition concludes is met. In addition, the windowing operation may be ended before the windowing condition concludes when the condition to end the windowing operation is met. | 10-23-2014 |
20140317152 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING NON-EVENT PROFILES - A system for avoidance records comprises an interface and a processor. An interface is configured to receive an abbreviated record associated with a non-event profile identifier. A processor is configured to determine a counter value associated with the non-event profile identifier and, in the event that the counter value is greater than a predetermined threshold, create and store an avoidance record. | 10-23-2014 |
20140324915 | GUARANTEEING ANONYMITY OF LINKED DATA GRAPHS - A method, system and computer program product for transforming a Linked Data graph into a corresponding anonymous Linked Data graph, in which semantics is preserved and links can be followed to expand the anonymous graph up to r times without breaching anonymity (i.e., anonymity under r-dereferenceability). Anonymizing a Linked Data graph under r-dereferenceability provides privacy guarantees of k-anonymity or l-diversity variants, while taking into account and preserving the rich semantics of the graph. | 10-30-2014 |
20140324916 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATABASE - A method is provided of storing in a computer memory a first plurality of database tables each of which include research data which relates to clinical or pre-clinical research studies concerning a biomedical product. The method may also include storing in the computer memory a second plurality of database tables each of which include non research data concerning the biomedical product but unrelated to clinical or pre-clinical research studies concerning the biomedical product. The method may further include linking, in the computer memory, the second plurality of database tables with the first plurality of database tables. | 10-30-2014 |
20140324917 | RECLAMATION OF EMPTY PAGES IN DATABASE TABLES - Provided are techniques for reclamation of empty pages in database tables. In response to receiving a plurality of records for insertion into a database table, the plurality of records are inserted into one or more contiguous pages. In response to at least some of the plurality of records being deleted from the database table, the one or more contiguous pages are reclaimed by: relocating any records from the plurality of records remaining in the one or more contiguous pages and releasing the one or more contiguous pages. | 10-30-2014 |
20140324918 | Database Generation System, Method For Generating A Database, Product Line Management System And Non-Transitory Data Carrier - The task of generating a product line database may be automated by automatically analysing product line models which comprise a representation of the respective product line. The final product can be a physical product, e.g., a mobile telephone, a software product, etc. A representation of the produce line is generated from the product line models, which represents all products, features, platform, variants and their requirements of the respective product line. The database generator then uses and parses said representation to generate a database module, which can be incorporated into a specified database management system. When the database module is incorporated into a database management system it populates the database to contain all the relevant data of the product line model. This procedure automates the procedure of transforming product line related information from a model representation into a database module that can be directly imported into a specific database management system. | 10-30-2014 |
20140324919 | ELECTRONIC DENTAL CHARTING - Systems, methods, electronic devices and computer-readable media for charting dental information are described. The method includes generating or retrieving a dental data set including separately-modifiable parameters defining dental information relative to a base parametric model, the parameters providing information for generating signals for displaying a three-dimensional (3D) representation of at least a portion of a dentition represented by the dental data set; receiving an input via the 3D representation; and based on the received input, adjusting at least one of the parameters. | 10-30-2014 |
20140337389 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR SCHEDULING TASKS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTINUATION THREAD BLOCKS - A system, method, and computer program product for scheduling tasks associated with continuation thread blocks. The method includes the steps of generating a first task metadata data structure in a memory, generating a second task metadata data structure in the memory, executing a first task corresponding to the first task metadata data structure in a processor, generating state information representing a continuation task related to the first task and storing the state information in the second task metadata data structure, executing the continuation task in the processor after the one or more child tasks have finished execution, and indicating that the first task has logically finished execution once the continuation task has finished execution. The second task metadata data structure is related to the first task metadata data structure, and at least one instruction in the first task causes one or more child tasks to be executed by the processor. | 11-13-2014 |
20140344310 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DECOMPOSITION OF CODE GENERATION INTO SEPARATE PHYSICAL UNITS THOUGH EXECUTION UNITS - In various embodiments, a data integration system is disclosed which enables users to create a logical design which is platform and technology independent. The user can create a logical design that defines, at a high level, how a user wants data to flow between sources and targets. The tool can analyze the logical design, in view of the user's infrastructure, and create a physical design. The logical design can include a plurality of components corresponding to each source and target in the design, as well as operations such as joins or filters, and access points. Each component when transferred to the physical design generates code to perform operations on the data. Depending on the underlying technology (e.g., SQL Server, Oracle, Hadoop, etc.) and the language used (SQL, pig, etc.) the code generated by each component may be different. | 11-20-2014 |
20140344311 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ASYNCHRONOUS SCHEMA CHANGES - This disclosure provides systems and methods for updating database servers with schema changes to avoid concurrency anomalies. The system may receive a snapshot of a table to be updated with a new schema, wherein the snapshot is taken at a given time, and wherein the table includes a number of rows. The system may then read each row from the snapshot and read each row from the table to be updated at a second time. The system may then compare the rows read from the snapshot to the rows read from the table at the second time. Furthermore, the system may determine, based on the comparison, the rows from the snapshot that have not changed between the given time and the second time. The system may then write the rows that have not changed to the table to be updated. | 11-20-2014 |
20140351291 | Table Creation for Partitioned Tables - A table creation request pertaining to a table in a database maintained on a multi-node data partitioning landscape that comprises a plurality of processing nodes can specify a number of partitions to be generated. At run time, a currently available number of processing nodes in the multi-node data partitioning landscape can be queried, and this currently available number of processing nodes can be compared with the specified number of partitions to be generated for the created table. The table can be generated with the specified number of partitions such that the generated partitions are located across the plurality of partitions according to a load balancing approach if the number of processing nodes equals the number of partitions to be generated or according to other information in the table request if the number of processing nodes does not equal the specified number of partitions. | 11-27-2014 |
20140351292 | METHOD OF MANAGING FILES IN WEBDAV SERVER-EMBEDDED IMAGE FORMING APPARATUS, AND IMAGE FORMING SYSTEM THAT PERFORMS THE METHOD - A method of managing files in a Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV)-embedded image forming apparatus and an image forming apparatus that performs the method. The method includes receiving a connection request from the WebDAV client to manage at least one of a file and a directory stored in a storage unit of the image forming apparatus; receiving login information from the WebDAV client, authenticating the received login information of the WebDAV client, receiving a WebDAV command to control the at least one of the file and the directory from the authenticated WebDAV client, and executing a process with respect to the at least one of the file and the directory with reference to the received WebDAV command. | 11-27-2014 |
20140365532 | BOUNDING VOLUME HIERARCHIES THROUGH TREELET RESTRUCTURING - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for modifying a hierarchical tree data structure. An initial hierarchical tree data structure is received and treelets of node neighborhoods in the initial hierarchical tree data structure are formed. Each treelet includes n leaf nodes and n−1 internal nodes. The treelets are restructured, by a processor, to produce an optimized hierarchical tree data structure. | 12-11-2014 |
20140365533 | METHODS OF MICRO-SPECIALIZATION IN DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for utilizing relation- and query-specific information to specialize DBMS code at runtime based on identifying runtime locally invariant variables. Runtime invariant is often of the form of variables in code that hold values that are constant during a portion of code execution. Micro-specialization is applied to eliminate from the original program unnecessary code such as branching statements that reference local invariant(s) in branch-condition evaluation. The resulting specialized code reduces the code complexity as well as significantly improves the runtime efficiency during code execution. | 12-11-2014 |
20140379758 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING EXPERIENCE INFORMATION OF DRIVER, AND SYSTEM THEREOF - An apparatus and a method for managing experience information of a driver and a system thereof include an apparatus for managing experience information generating a contents file in a metamedia for the experience information of the driver and a vehicle by organically coupling vehicle manipulation data of the driver and each data acquired from the vehicle in correspondence with the manipulation data. A server classifies the contents file provided from the apparatus for managing experience information mounted in at least one vehicle depending on characteristics of the contents file, stores the classified contents file in a database (DB), and provides the contents file of a corresponding condition at the time of generating a sharing event. | 12-25-2014 |
20140379759 | PROGRAMMING CONTENT ON A DEVICE - Discovering content on a device. Content stored on a device can be examined or searched based on the programming of channels that are available to the device. The content can be searched using other rules related to user preferences. Based on the results of the examination of the content, playlists are generated. Each playlist includes content from the device that matches or partially matches the content associated with one of the channels. Using the playlists, a user can load content from their device that has a theme consistent with a particular channel. The playlists can also be used to tune to the channels associated with the playlists and thereby discover the content on those channels. | 12-25-2014 |
20150026218 | System and Method for Automated Document Linking - The various implementations of the present invention are provided as a network computer system configured to allow for automated document linking. A group of documents can be collected into a “case” where the case is a document collection containing electronic images and metadata associated with each image. A case can be created in an “ad hoc” fashion and documents can be added to the case over time by one or more users. The cases or document collections can be electronically connected to third party systems (e.g., an Enterprise Resource Planning or “ERP” system) to provide the ability to connect electronic images and the associated metadata to the appropriate screens and functions of the third party system, thereby allowing the electronic images and metadata to be accessed from within the third party system. | 01-22-2015 |
20150026219 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENRICHING DATA AND SUPPORTING DATA ANALYSIS IN A HYBRID ENVIRONMENT - The present invention provides a computer-implemented system and method for rapid capturing of the physical environment in a formal manner and connecting this formal representation to the data held in an organization's databases. The present invention includes a computer implemented system and method for accurate extraction of the “reality” into a formal model. In addition, the invention includes methods to divide the information by different aspects based on user defined and automatic tagging. The invention utilizes a modeling language to create a model, which includes a plurality of entities, to describe a physical environment and linking a plurality of external data associated with the physical environment with the plurality of entities. | 01-22-2015 |
20150026220 | OFFLOADING PROJECTION OF FIXED AND VARIABLE LENGTH DATABASE COLUMNS - In an exemplary embodiment of this disclosure, a computer-implemented method includes determining that a database query warrants a first projection operation to project a plurality of input rows to a plurality of projected rows, where each of the plurality of input rows has one or more variable-length columns. A first projection control block is constructed, by a computer processor, to describe the first projection operation. The first projection operation is offloaded to a hardware accelerator. The first projection control block is provided to the hardware accelerator, and the first projection control block enables the hardware accelerator to perform the first projection operation at streaming rate. | 01-22-2015 |
20150026221 | DATA MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND DATA MANAGEMENT METHOD - A data management apparatus manages a database that has a plurality of items each of which has item attribute data. The data management apparatus includes determining, when an update request to the database is accepted, whether an item that is designated in the update request is included in the items, adding, when the designated item is not included in the items, the designated item to the items, and setting a definition setting flag included in item attribute data of the designated item to a second state that is different from a first state to which a definition setting flag included in item attribute data of an item approved as an item of the database is set. | 01-22-2015 |
20150032778 | Techniques for Integrating Parameterized Information Requests into a System for Collaborative Work - Techniques used in a system for collaborative work which gives collaborators unskilled in data processing technologies access to a variety of information resources to provide the collaborators with information resources which are obtained in response to parameterized information requests such as queries. The techniques use records in database tables to represent a class of parameterized information requests. Information for instances of the class includes queries that may be used in the instances and default values for bind parameters in the queries. Values for the bind parameters may also be specified for classes of user interfaces that employ the information sources returned by the parameterized information requests and for instances of the user interface. A user may also use specify values for bind parameters in his or her instance of the user interface. | 01-29-2015 |
20150032779 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTING DATABASE FOR PRODUCT DEMAND/SUPPLY CONNECTION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method and system for constructing a database for a product demand/supply connection network of a technology market connection and analysis apparatus comprising a microprocessor for controlling the construction of a database for implementing a product demand/supply connection network, and further comprising the database for a product demand/supply connection network, in which information relating to the database generated in accordance with the control of the microprocessor is stored. | 01-29-2015 |
20150032780 | PARTITIONING DATA FOR PARALLEL PROCESSING - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a system partitions data for parallel processing and comprises one or more computer systems with at least one processor. The system partitions data of a data object into a plurality of data partitions within a data structure based on a plurality of keys. The data structure includes a plurality of dimensions and each key is associated with a corresponding different dimension of the data structure. Portions of the data structure representing different data partitions are assigned to the computer systems for parallel processing, and the assigned data structure portions are processed in parallel to perform an operation. Embodiments of the present invention further include a method and computer program product for partitioning data for parallel processing in substantially the same manner described above. | 01-29-2015 |
20150032781 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GENERATION OF SIGNATURES FOR MULTIMEDIA DATA ELEMENTS - A system and method for generating signatures of an input multimedia data element (MMDE) are provided. The method includes identifying low-level characteristics of the input MMDE; identifying a plurality of portions of the input MMDE, wherein each portion of the plurality of portions of the input MMDE comprises an identified low-level characteristic of the input MMDE; partitioning the input MMDE into a plurality of minimum size MMDEs, wherein each minimum size MMDE comprises a portion of the plurality of portions of the input MMDE; generating a signature for each minimum size MMDE of the plurality of minimum size MMDEs; assembling at least a complex signature comprising a plurality of signatures of the minimum size MMDEs; and storing the signatures of each of the minimum size MMDEs and the complex signature in association with the multimedia data element and the plurality of minimum size MMDEs in a storage. | 01-29-2015 |
20150039654 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, INFORMATION RECORDING MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is an information processing device including an application execution unit configured to perform a record data generation process according to a first file system, a second medium compatible file system unit configured to perform a data recording process according to a second file system different from the first file system, and a file conversion processing unit configured to perform a conversion process between a file compatible with the first file system and a file compatible with the second file system. | 02-05-2015 |
20150039655 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF A KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT AND NETWORKING ENVIRONMENT - Systems and methods of a knowledge management networking are disclosed here. In one aspect, embodiments of the present disclosure include a method, which may be implemented on a system, of hosting a web-space having a plurality of objects, the plurality of objects to include one or more of, representations of a set of users, a set of web-items, and a set of nets; wherein a net of the set of nets is a subset of the web-space comprising a sub-plurality of the plurality of objects. One embodiment can include, tracking an explicit relationship between a first set of at least two objects of the set of objects; the explicit relationship to be pre-determined by a user of the set of users, identifying an implicit relationship between a second set of at least two objects of the set of objects; the implicit relationship to be identified based on a semantic relationship between the at least two objects, and determining a default set of privacy rules governing access between the at least two objects based on one or more of the identified explicit relationship and the implicit relationship. | 02-05-2015 |
20150046499 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING VIEW UPDATES IN DATABASE SYSTEMS - A method of data-oriented approach for performing view updates in database systems includes: processing one or more source databases of views to generate at least one summarization of the one or more source databases; utilizing the at least one summarization of the one or more source databases to determine one or more side effects associated with the view updates; and where upon the view updates have one or more side effects, preventing the view updates from being performed. | 02-12-2015 |
20150046500 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DEFINING APPLICATION DEFINITION FUNCTIONALITY FOR GENERAL PURPOSE WEB PRESENCES - An application specification system and method are provided. | 02-12-2015 |
20150058376 | MULTI-LAYERED MULTI-TENANCY DATABASE ARCHITECTURE - Methods and systems for providing a multi-layered, multi-tenant database architecture. One example method includes identifying a plurality of tenants in a database system, each tenant associated with a data set and associated with a separation scheme defining how to separate the data set associated with the tenant from data sets associated with other tenants, identifying one or more separation scheme rules, each separation scheme rule including at least one tenant behavior condition and at least one migration action to be performed when a tenant from the plurality of tenants violates one of the tenant behavior conditions, determining that a particular tenant has violated one of the one or more separation scheme rules, and performing the at least one migration action associated with the violated rule in response to determining that the particular tenant has violated the rule. | 02-26-2015 |
20150058377 | TV WHITE SPACE DEVICES USING STRUCTURED DATABASES - A two-level database structure for use by unlicensed TVBD devices operating in TV white space comprises a central database and local databases. The central database comprises two sub-database: the central licensed database which maintains information about all licensed TV devices and the central unlicensed database which maintains information about unlicensed wireless devices operating in TV spectrum. The local database is created by each TVBD device or TVBD network when it initiates and it stores information related to all transmitters in the local area. The local databases communicate with central database to query it about licensed usage of TV spectrum and register with central database. The local databases communicate with each other to exchange information about channel usage, sensing results, transmission patterns and other information that will allow the local databases to negotiate coexistence without central coordinator. The locally implemented negotiation prevents the overloading of the central database. | 02-26-2015 |
20150058378 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MATCHING APPROPRIATE CONTENT WITH USERS BY MATCHING CONTENT TAGS AND PROFILES - A method and system is provided for classifying and labeling information content and also for profiling a user for accessing the information content, both using a coordinated labeling technique so that content from multiple sources may be searched, identified and/or presented to the user according to the user's profile. This technique provides an ongoing update of information content and sources while filtering out unnecessary information that is irrelevant to the user's profile, resulting in focused availability of information to the user. The user profile is matched with content of interest and matching content information may automatically be updated and made available to a user, in conformity with the user's profile. Content providers may now jointly use a common labeling scheme to improve the experience of their users and to provide content providers a technique to associate users with common facets of classification. | 02-26-2015 |
20150066992 | Change Value Database System and Method - A method for constructing a change database reduces the footprint of a standard longitudinal data database and increases the manageability of the data for many applications. The change database concatenates representations of a time period for the change, the direction of the change, and the value of the change into a single string. The change database is constructed by creating foundation files from formatted historical data, constructing change files from these foundation files, and iteratively creating master files that encapsulate the change data. | 03-05-2015 |
20150066993 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC CONTENT MANAGEMENT AND DELIVERY - Systems, methods and apparatus are disclosed for linking virtual content to various types of object, such a static physical objects, through the use of triggers of varying formats. The virtual content can be updated by a content curator over time. | 03-05-2015 |
20150074149 | METADATA AUTOMATED SYSTEM - A method can include: providing a schema definition language defining trait observations linked to an entity and the trait observations grouped together in a module with metadata; generating physical tables for the module and the entity having a link therebetween based on at least one of the trait observations; and populating the physical tables with data in accordance with the metadata. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074150 | DATA MANAGEMENT VIA ACTIVE AND INACTIVE TABLE SPACE CONTAINERS - Aspects distribute database data to table space containers as a function of active and inactive node designations. Different groups of active and inactive logical nodes are created in response to integrating a relational database on one or more physical servers. Database node groups are created by marking the active nodes as available for use in data storage and distribution, and the inactive nodes as unavailable. Table space is created for the relational database by defining containers for each of the active and inactive nodes. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074151 | PROCESSING DATASETS WITH A DBMS ENGINE - A system and method to process a dataset with a database management system (DBMS) engine. The method includes splitting bulk data into a plurality of chunks. The method also includes converting the chunks to a plurality of row groups. The row groups are a dataset external to a DBMS comprising the DBMS engine. The method further includes creating an empty DBMS table within the DBMS. Additionally, the method includes attaching the dataset external to the DBMS to the empty DBMS table. The method also includes executing a MapReduce job on a cluster of compute nodes, using the dataset external to the DBMS as input. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074152 | METADATA-BASED FILE-IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS - In a system comprising media files resident on various devices, devices equipped with media servers can deliver files to devices with media clients for purposes of playback (rendering) and/or storage. Some media servers may be capable of delivering files in various formats and may offer clients delivery format options. Media clients are aware of preferential list of formats that can be supported on a device and can choose from delivery options provided by media servers. Media files are introduced on the devices either via means external to this system or by leveraging system's media servers and media clients to transfer content between devices. When media files are introduced on the devices by means external to this system, media scanners detect such media files and make it available to media servers and thus to the rest of the system. | 03-12-2015 |
20150074153 | Highly Reliable Cross-Session Web Application Instrumentation - A reliable caching mechanism is provided for client-side caching of data that captures user interaction with a remote service, where users interact with the remote service through a computing device. Such instrumentation items are cached in a client-side offline queue. Within the client-side queue, the gathered instrumentation items survive between user sessions with the remote service. Because the client-side does not lose the instrumentation items that were gathered in a session when the session ends, those instrumentation items do not all need to be transferred to the server-side at or prior to the termination of the session in which the instrumentation items are collected. Instead, the instrumentation items may be sent to the server-side at times that will have less impact on the user experience, such as when the computing device is otherwise idle. | 03-12-2015 |
20150081745 | DATABASE INSERT WITH DEFERRED MATERIALIZATION - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a system inserts data into a database object. The system associates the database object with a parameter specifying materialization of data for the database object. The system inserts data into the database object and materializes the data in accordance with the parameter to provide access to the data from the database object, wherein the parameter specifies a portion of the data to be materialized upon insertion. Embodiments of the present invention further include a method and computer program product for inserting data into a database object in substantially the same manners described above. | 03-19-2015 |
20150081746 | System, A Data Structure for Controlling the System, and A Method for Updating the Data Structure - Co-occurrence data representing e.g. preferences and facts observed in a plurality of situations may be stored in a matrix as combinations of high-dimensional sparse vectors. The matrix may be called e.g. as an experience matrix. The data stored in the experience matrix may be subsequently utilized e.g. for predicting a preference of a user in a new situation. Co-occurrence data may be stored in the experience matrix may be updated by a method comprising determining a first word based on a state of a system and/or based on a physical quantity detected by a sensor, forming a first word group comprising the first word and a second word, associating the first word and the second word with a common sparse vector, associating the first word words with a first vector of a matrix, associating the second word with a second vector of the matrix, modifying the first vector of the matrix by adding contribution of the common sparse vector to the first vector of the matrix, and modifying the second vector of the matrix by adding contribution of the common sparse vector to the second vector of the matrix. | 03-19-2015 |
20150081747 | COMPUTER IMPLEMENTED METHOD FOR CREATING DATABASE STRUCTURES WITHOUT KNOWLEDGE ON FUNCTIONING OF RELATIONAL DATABASE SYSTEM - Computer implemented methods for storing ad hoc relations between previously unrelated database objects assigned to different database structures using an electronic computing device are presented, the methods including: causing the electronic computing device to define at least three database structures: structure A, structure B and structure C, where each of the at least three database structures each includes a number of objects, where there exists at least one relation between objects of structure A and objects of structure B, and where there exists at least one relation between objects of structure B and objects of structure C; filtering data of structure A; accessing structure B using a first selected relation between structure A and structure B; storing information about filtering of structure A and information on a first selected path between structure A and structure B; filtering results obtained from structure B. | 03-19-2015 |
20150088937 | Systems and Methods of Mapping Locales - The present invention relates to one or more applications and/or programs that may be used on a smart phone, on a computer, or on a computer like device. The one or more applications and/or programs are able to receive input from one or more users or may automatically receive information from web sites that allows the mapping of establishments and may also create a database that contains relevant information that can be used by consumers and various establishments. When a user accesses the one or more applications and/or programs, the one or more applications and/or programs can provide the user with information such as the best route to take so that the user will arrive at a given product. The present invention may also be able to map other locales. Other advantages that may be provided by the one or more applications and/or programs include raising revenue, offering better service to the public, auditing emergency procedures and other procedures, inventorying goods and/or products, studying the effects of marketing, testing the effectiveness of staging, reducing costs, and/or evaluating vender and/or service providers. | 03-26-2015 |
20150095379 | MERGING METADATA FOR DATABASE STORAGE REGIONS BASED ON OVERLAPPING RANGE VALUES - Metadata for a plurality of database storage regions within memory are merged, where the metadata for each storage region comprises an interval including first and second interval values indicating a value range for values within that storage region. The first and second interval values are examined to identify overlapping storage regions and produce a sum of overlapped storage regions. The sum of overlapped storage regions is compared to a threshold and the metadata of the overlapped storage regions are merged based on the comparison. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095380 | DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, METHOD, AND SYSTEM - A data processing apparatus includes a processor that executes a procedure. The procedure includes: acquiring a plurality of events that have issued in a management-target device, storing each of the plurality of acquired events in an event storage unit, and acquiring specifying data that specify an important phenomenon key event from the plurality of events stored in the event storage unit; acquiring events in sequence from a front position of the event storage unit, and performing first processing on the acquired events according to a processing condition; performing second processing according to the processing condition on events of an important event group, the important event group including the important phenomenon key event and an event related to the important phenomenon key event; and appending completion information to the acquired important phenomenon key event in the event storage unit. | 04-02-2015 |
20150095381 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING TIME SERIES DATABASE - A method for managing a time series database, includes: monitoring multiple operations that access the time series database, so as to identify types of the multiple operations, the types of the multiple operations comprising at least one of the query types or insert types; with respect to a storage mode among multiple storage modes, obtaining costs that the multiple operations access the time series database based on the types, respectively; selecting a storage mode with the minimum cost from the multiple storage modes; and during a predetermined time period, storing into the time series database data values that are collected from multiple measurement points according to the selected storage mode. In one embodiment, there is provided an apparatus for managing a time series database. By means of the method and apparatus of the present invention, the storage and query efficiency with respect to the time series database can be increased. | 04-02-2015 |
20150100606 | FREE SPACE MANAGEMENT IN A DATABASE - A row is inserted in a database table on a page having a first space reserved for inserting rows of the database table. A second space is reserved for adding data to the inserted row, wherein reserving the second space includes reserving the second space on the page responsive to inserting the row. | 04-09-2015 |
20150100607 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DATA MANAGEMENT - When a relationship between a first data item belonging to a first group and a second data item belonging to a second group is detected, an operation unit updates the coordinates of the first data item using the coordinates of the second group and updates the coordinates of the second data item using the coordinates of the first group. The operation unit then determines which data items are to belong to each of the first and second groups, on the basis of the coordinates of the data items belonging to the first and second groups and the coordinates of the first and second groups. | 04-09-2015 |
20150106406 | COARSE GRAINED CLIENT INTERFACE - Various embodiments of the present disclosure provide a coarse grained client interface for accessing complex data structures in a storage system. Complex data structures may take the form of business objects (BOs), which may be hierarchically structured. Various embodiments allow for creating, accessing and manipulating one or more BO instances in a storage system using deeply structured data types corresponding to the entire hierarchy of a BO instance or to a substructures of a BO instance | 04-16-2015 |
20150113025 | SYSTEM FOR CUSTOMIZING SPECIFIC DATABASE MODELS USING SPECIFIC DATABASE VIEWS - A computer system is operable to receive a plurality of database tables from a plurality of clients, and store the database tables. The system permits a user to create a plurality of views for the database tables. Each of the plurality of views includes a plurality of fields. The system associates the plurality of views with a generic application, and presents to a user one or more configuration options. The configuration options include the plurality of fields. The system permits a user to define a generic field role for one or more of the plurality of fields. Finally, the system executes the generic application using the configuration options selected by the user and the defined generic field roles to create a user interface for a particular client. | 04-23-2015 |
20150120785 | ENHANCED REPORTING SYSTEM - A system receives database tables from a plurality of computer systems. Each of the database tables is associated with a particular computer system. Each particular computer system is associated with a particular schema. The database tables are stored in a computer storage device according to the particular schema of the computer system with which each database table is associated. Database views are created and stored. Each of the views is associated with a particular schema. A configuration table according to the particular schemas of each of the computer systems is generated. The configuration table is displayed on a display device. A selection of one or more schemas is received from the display on the computer display device. The database view from one of the selected database schemas is used as a template to generate a view for all of the selected schemas. | 04-30-2015 |
20150120786 | MULTIDIMENSIONAL DATA REPRESENTATION - A system for data aggregation and representation, comprising a data aggregator that may request or receive input from a plurality of data sources, a visualization engine that may generate representations of data, and an interaction manager that may handle interactions from an analyst, and a method for multidimensional representation of data. | 04-30-2015 |
20150120787 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND MEDIA FOR MANAGING RAM RESOURCES FOR IN-MEMORY NOSQL DATABASES - In some embodiments, systems for managing an in-memory NoSQL database are provided, the systems comprising a hardware processor that is configured to: receive a dataset; split the dataset into a plurality of parts of the dataset; and storing each of the plurality of parts of the dataset in a separate one of a plurality of 32-bit software architecture in-memory NoSQL databases. | 04-30-2015 |
20150127686 | EXPERIENCE INFORMATION MANAGING APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - An experience information managing apparatus is provided. In particular, a processor is configured to interpret structures of first and second UCX files when the first UCX file and the second UCX file have a file format that are different from each other. The processor then tags information indicating a source to data forming the first and second UCX files and creates combination information of the first and second UCX files. A third UCX file is then created by the processor having the first and second UCX files combined therewith according to the combination information. | 05-07-2015 |
20150127687 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR CREATING AND MODIFYING A HIERARCHIAL DATA STRUCTURE - A computer device, system and method are provided which enable a hierarchical computer data structure to be created and modified as a cooperative activity involving a plurality of individuals or workgroups using independent computers and data structures without being connected by, or continuously connected by, a linking infrastructure such as a computer network. Sections of the data structure and supporting data may be exported as subfiles, modified, and later imported back into the hierarchical data structure. Controls are provided to manage the growth of the data structure and the modification or addition of common data. Changes to the data structure also may be disseminated to exported subfiles. | 05-07-2015 |
20150127688 | FACILITATING DISCOVERY AND RE-USE OF INFORMATION CONSTRUCTS - A method, system, and computer program product are used to facilitate discovery and re-use of information constructs. The method includes providing an information construct database including a plurality of information constructs, and providing an access interface allowing a user to access the information construct database. The access interface comprises a discovery interface for allowing the user to identify one or more desired information constructs in the information construct database, a selection interface allowing the user to add the one or more desired information constructs to a list of selected information constructs, an acquisition interface allowing the user to acquire the information constructs added to the list of selected information constructs in one or more desired formats, and a publishing interface allowing the user to add one or more information constructs in an available format to the information construct database. | 05-07-2015 |
20150127689 | MAPPING DEVICE, MAPPING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A non-transitory computer-readable recording medium has stored therein a mapping program that causes a computer to execute a process. The process includes: first calculating a matching rate between top-level parent items in a hierarchical relationship between a first plurality of items of a first data and a second plurality of items of a second data based on an item information relating to the first plurality of items and the second plurality of items, the first data including one or a plurality of items before a change, the second data including one or a plurality of items after the change; and associating the parent items of the first data and the second data with each other based on the calculated matching rate. | 05-07-2015 |
20150134703 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UNIFIED TECHNOLOGICAL STACK MANAGEMENT FOR RELATIONAL DATABASES - An approach is described for providing unified technological stack management (e.g., via a global storage instance) where metadata is delocalized from storage nodes. The approach includes creating a global storage instance, wherein the global storage instance contains metadata for a storage layer including a plurality of storage nodes, and wherein the global storage instance is delocalized from the plurality of storage nodes. The approach also includes receiving a database operation request from an operating system layer. The approach further includes mediating the database operation request between the operating system layer and the storage layer using the global storage instance. | 05-14-2015 |
20150134704 | Real Time Analysis of Big Data - This invention relates to a system, method and computer program product for processing large scale unstructured data comprising: a receiver for receiving streamed input data from live data sources; a pattern generator for deriving emergent patterns in data subsets; a pattern identifier for identifying a repeating pattern and corresponding data subset within the emergent patterns; a compressor for reducing the identified data subset and identified pattern to a compressed signature; and a repository for storing the streamed input data with the compressed signature and without the identified data subset wherein the data subset can be rebuilt if necessary using the compressed signature. | 05-14-2015 |
20150134705 | Content Generation Service for Software Testing - A method includes receiving a request to generate data which describes the data. A database of seed content and an algorithms database are searched. If both seed content and an algorithm are found, the algorithm is applied to the seed content, thereby generating data. Some embodiments may include advertising a content generation service. Users may register for the service. | 05-14-2015 |
20150142855 | MOBILE DATABASE INITIALIZATION AND UPDATE FOR OFFLINE CONSUMPTION - A server system may include a request handler and a database generator. The request handler may receive at least one request from a mobile client device on a user side or from a source server. If the request handler determines that the at least one request requires an initialization of a first mobile database in the mobile client device on the user, the database generator may generate a second mobile database in the server system populated with corresponding requested data from the source server, and the request handler may transmit the second mobile database with the corresponding requested data as a file to the mobile client device. The file of the second mobile database may be stored on the mobile client device as the first mobile database. | 05-21-2015 |
20150142856 | PROVIDING A DATABASE AS A SERVICE IN A MULTI-TENANT ENVIRONMENT - In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a system with multiple computing hosts each having a hypervisor to provide a virtual environment for the host and one or more containers each including a database instance and at least one database. These databases, and the database instance can be provided as a service to a user of a multi-tenant environment. | 05-21-2015 |
20150149509 | TABLE PLACEMENT IN DISTRIBUTED DATABASES - A node type of a plurality of distributed nodes to which a table to be added to a distributed database should be assigned can be identified by applying a set of placement rules defined for the table. The set of placement rules can also be applied to determine whether the table should be partitioned into more than one partition. A table group name associated with the table can be obtained and used in conjunction with the node type and determination of whether to partition the table to store the table in the distributed database on at least one node of the plurality of nodes as one or more partitions. | 05-28-2015 |
20150149510 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR STORING SEQUENCE READ DATA - The present invention generally relates to storing sequence read data. The invention can involve obtaining a plurality of sequence reads from a sample, identifying one or more sets of duplicative sequence reads within the plurality of sequence reads, and storing only one of the sequence reads from each set of duplicative sequence reads in a text file using nucleotide characters. | 05-28-2015 |
20150302015 | MERGING BUSINESS OBJECT HIERARCHIES - The present disclosure involves systems, software, and computer-implemented methods for merging object hierarchies. An example method includes identifying a first object hierarchy including one or more objects, each of the one or more objects representing a query associated with a data set; identifying a second object hierarchy including one or more objects; and generating a merged object hierarchy including the one or more objects from the first object hierarchy and the one or more objects from second object hierarchy, the merged hierarchy combining objects from the first and second object hierarchies that match and share a common parent object, and separately maintaining objects from the first and second object hierarchies that match and do not share a common parent object. | 10-22-2015 |
20150317335 | GENERATING A SCHEMA OF A NOT-ONLY-STRUCTURED-QUERY-LANGUAGE DATABASE - Generation of a schema of a NoSQL type database, where a set of entry(ies) of a NoSQL type database can be determined, and the record schema is a treelike relationship between key hierarchies with a key as a node in the entry, wherein the key corresponds to an attribute name. For at least one record schema, a node in which there is an attribute name variation is determined based on a similarity of sub-nodes in the treelike relationship, and the record schema is updated according to the determined result. The schema of the NoSQL type database is generated based on the updated record schema. | 11-05-2015 |
20150317336 | DATA RECONSTRUCTION - In one implementation, a system for data reconstruction includes a data model engine to generate a data model and receive a plurality of different data types to include within the data model. In addition, the system includes a shortcut engine to define shortcut types. In addition, the system includes a categorization engine to identify a shortcut within the data model and categorize the identified shortcut into the defined shortcut types. In addition, the system includes an intermediary engine to determine unknown intermediaries of the identified shortcut based on the received plurality of different data types. | 11-05-2015 |
20150317340 | PATTERN FOR INTEGRATING PRIMARY AND SECONDARY DATA STORES IN A SHARDED DATA DOMAIN - Example systems and methods for integrating a sharded primary data store (e.g., a source-of-truth relational database management system), a secondary data store (e.g., external cache) and an external global index are described. The approach implements a modified read-through/write-through data access pattern that integrates read and write flows in order to support high-concurrency environments while maintaining immediate consistency between all three stores. Writes are handled using a three-phase flow that avoids concurrency-related race conditions and the need to block in the secondary store in order to maintain cross-store consistency. Reads are never dirty and will repair the secondary store as needed, presenting an immediately consistent view of data to application consumers. | 11-05-2015 |
20150324397 | POLYTOPE AND CONVEX BODY DATABASE - Extending the work in 2D/3D graphical databases, the present invention discuss constraints in high dimensional spaces, its efficient storage; relational algebra. The relational algebra includes queries like finding polytopes disjoint or intersecting with the given polytope; or finding a subset or superset of the polytope. This invention also presents methods to generate new information equivalent constraints set from existing constraints sets, presents new kinds of joins and a rich relational algebra of the constraints. Different methods such as distortion, rotation and shape scaling transformations are employed to obtain the information equivalent different sets of constraints. Also, this invention discusses queries to obtain the information equivalent constraints set of the given constraints set along with a new query language, when the data is in memory. | 11-12-2015 |
20150331891 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEQUENCING METADATA EVENTS - A method and an apparatus for sequencing metadata events are described. A reception unit receives a plurality of metadata events. A sequence unit then detects temporal schemes of the metadata events and sequences the metadata events according to a predetermined priority order of the detected temporal schemes of the metadata events. | 11-19-2015 |
20150339327 | CONVERSATION ANALYTICS - A system for conversation analytics comprising an analytics server stored and operating on a network-connected device that receives and processes conversations from various sources over a communications network, a plurality of communication bridges that may connect to and receive communication data from various communication endpoints, a media server that receives communication data from the bridges and provides this data to the analytics server for analysis, and a database that may store data from various elements of the system and provide them as needed for future reference. | 11-26-2015 |
20150339328 | Global Information Management System and Method - A global information management system (GIMS) includes a collection of standards and methods that allow information management on a global scale. A GIMS computer network includes a central registration database (CRD) and one or more GIMS computer systems connected over a network. Each GIMS computer system includes a relational database having a set of standardized tables. The CRD may provide a GIMS network-unique system ID to each GIMS computer system. Each GIMS computer system uses the GIMS network-unique system ID as part of a primary key for each record generated by and stored in the set of standardized tables of the GIMS database. The GIMS enables global database normalization through the globally unique identification of database records. | 11-26-2015 |
20150347470 | RUN-TIME DECISION OF BULK INSERT FOR MASSIVE DATA LOADING - A method can include initiating execution of a database command, the database command associated with a base table with at least one row to copy to a target table, the database command associated with a non-bulk insert mode; making a run-time decision on whether to automatically convert the insert mode from the non-bulk insert mode to a BULK insert mode based on the number of row buffers filled with rows from the base table during execution of the database command; and inserting at least one row into the target table using an insert mode based on the run-time decision. | 12-03-2015 |
20150347471 | AUTOMATICALLY GENERATING A SEMANTIC MAPPING FOR A RELATIONAL DATABASE - A method for automatically generating a semantic mapping for a relational database RDB includes obtaining a first semantic mapping from a first RDB to an ontology of linked data; obtaining a schema mapping from the first RDB to a second RDB; and generating a second semantic mapping from the second RDB to the ontology of the linked data based on the first semantic mapping and the schema mapping. | 12-03-2015 |
20150347622 | MANAGING DATABASE - A method for managing a database, each item of data in the database being associated with a timestamp and a data point, the timestamps being used as row keys for rows of a table in the database, the method comprising: obtaining a behavior characteristic of a user based on a previous data access to the database by the user; partitioning columns in the table into column families based on the obtained behavior characteristic and system configuration of the database; and causing data in the database to be stored in respective column families at least in part based on the associated data point. | 12-03-2015 |
20150356121 | POSITION LOCATION-ENABLED, EVENT-BASED, PHOTO SHARING SOFTWARE AND SERVICE - A method for event-based photo sharing that is carried out by an application or program executing on a mobile device such as a smartphone or tablet computer. An event that is defined at least by a geographic perimeter and a timeframe is created and stored. Location and time metadata of a captured image are compared to the geographic perimeter and timeframe of the event. The image is associated with the event when the location metadata and time metadata of the image falls within the geographic perimeter and timeframe of the event. | 12-10-2015 |
20150363433 | PERSONAL OBJECTS USING DATA SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE - A system includes reception of a logical schema associated with data stored in a data store, generation of an input schema based on the logical schema, reception of an expression having a type of the input schema and comprising a first expression element defining an object, compilation of the first expression element based on the input schema to generate an output schema, and merger of the output schema and the input schema to generate a second input schema. | 12-17-2015 |
20150363435 | Declarative Virtual Data Model Management - Presented herein are declarative virtual data model management techniques, sometimes referred to herein more simply as declarative management techniques, for creating, controlling, and managing the lifecycles of virtual enterprise data models. In one example, a data virtualization server receives a Data Definition Language (DDL)-based introspection statement that statement identifies a data source resource. The data virtualization server connects to the data source resource identified in the DDL-based introspection statement and introspects the data source resource identified in the DDL-based introspection statement. The introspected data source resource is used to form at least part of a virtual enterprise data model. | 12-17-2015 |
20150363436 | DATABASE SCHEMA UPGRADE AS A SERVICE - A method for upgrading a database schema in real time, wherein the database schema is associated with a plurality of databases is provided. The method may include installing a first plugin on a database upgrade process associated with a database. The method may include installing a second plugin on each database instance within the plurality of databases. The method may include determining a delta associated with a final target version of the database schema. Additionally, the method may include outlining an existence of an incongruence, an existence of an override or an existence of a customization removal based on the determined delta. The method may include performing a peer-to-peer broadcasting analysis between each database. The method may include defining a migration strategy for each database instance within the plurality of databases based on the peer-to-peer broadcasting analysis. The method may further include creating a script for upgrading the database schema. | 12-17-2015 |
20160004727 | DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND DATABASE MANAGEMENT METHOD - A database management system receives a new data table input to a database; and executes unique constraint determination processing of determining whether each comparison-subject value as each value registered in a target column in the new data table is different from each comparison reference value as each value registered in a target column in a stored data table in the database, and stores the new data table in a second database area different from a first database area storing the stored data table in the database when a determination result obtained in the unique constraint determination processing is true. | 01-07-2016 |
20160004729 | System and Method for Managing and Using Data Model - Disclosed is a system and method for defining data structures for client-server system. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compiler-enforced data model across distributed systems for providing system stability and the ability to identify and fix violations of the data model contract in a more efficient manner. | 01-07-2016 |
20160012080 | MULTISEQUENCE DATA REPRESENTATION | 01-14-2016 |
20160019242 | Migrating Federated Data to Multi-Source Universe Database Environment - Embodiments relate to reporting data of project artifacts in a multi-source universe database environment. In embodiments, an analytics module is configured to receive as input, data in target tables of a data federator. With reference to a file, the analytics module creates a federated table in a federator layer of an Information Design Tool (IDT) in a multi-source universe database environment. The federator layer may also include data source references, objects, and mapping rules. This migration process allows the IDT to preserve with the federated tables, previously created mapping rules defining the complex logical relationship between the target tables and the underlying database data. These mapping rules are used in creating project-based reports of the federated table data in the multi-source database universe environment. In this manner, data can be migrated to a multi-source database universe, while conserving previous effort to define logical relationships between federated data and the database. | 01-21-2016 |
20160026660 | DISTRIBUTION OF AN OBJECT IN VOLATILE MEMORY ACROSS A MULTI-NODE DATABASE - Techniques are described herein for distributing distinct portions of a database object across the volatile memories of a plurality of nodes in a clustered database system. The techniques involve establishing a single database server instance located on a node in a multi-node cluster as a load-operation master for a particular data set. The load-operation master determines how the data set may be separated into chunks using a hash function. The load-operation master then broadcasts a small payload of consistency information to other database servers, so each database server may independently execute the hash function and independently load their respectively assigned chunks of data. | 01-28-2016 |
20160026725 | WEB-Based Task Management System and Method - A task management system and method integrates rich functionality into a web-browser based application. An efficient request for an update enables a user to quickly generate a completely customizable email message to intended recipient(s). By introducing a client side, in-memory database, the client component becomes less susceptible to network connectivity glitches and enables user interfaces to be redrawn without server interaction. Additionally, the task management system and method provides flexibility by enabling tasks to be grouped and organized. Specifically, a task may be associated with multiple task sheets and a task sheet may include multiple tasks in a many-to-many manner. Also, templates may be created that enable a user to start with a base template and to add (or remove) one or more columns. Further, the task management systems allows for multiple users to access and manipulate task data concurrently. | 01-28-2016 |
20160034498 | UNLIMITED RETROACTIVE DATA ELEMENT DIMENSION WIDENING - Systems and methods for retroactively performing dimension widening on a data element are provided. A described method includes receiving a set of data elements from a database and a set of dimension widening rules. The method further includes identifying one or more of the data elements to which any of the dimension widening rules are applicable. The method further includes processing the identified data elements by applying the applicable dimension widening rules to the identified data elements. A dimension widening delta is generated for each data element, and the dimension widening deltas may be stored. The method further includes merging one or more of the data elements with one or more of the dimension widening deltas in response to a query. | 02-04-2016 |
20160042015 | ACTIVITY INFORMATION SCHEMA DISCOVERY AND SCHEMA CHANGE DETECTION AND NOTIFICATION - Techniques for activity information schema discovery, schema change detection, and notification. In one embodiment, for example, a computer-implemented method for activity information schema discovery and schema change detection and notification comprises: analyzing a first set of related activity messages obtained during a first sample period; determining first schema counters for uniquely named properties identified in the first set of messages based on the analyzing of the first set of activity messages; after the first sample period, inferring a first schema from the first schema counters; analyzing a second set of related activity messages obtained during a second sample period; determining second schema counters for uniquely named properties identified in the second set of messages based on the analyzing of the second set of activity messages; after the second sample period, inferring a second schema from the second schema counters; comparing the first schema and the second schema for any differences. | 02-11-2016 |
20160048538 | DYNAMIC LINKED MULTI-LAYERED BUSINESS OBJECT CONFIGURATIONS - A system includes reception of an instruction to determine configuration properties of an instance of a first business object, determination of a first type of the instance of the first business object, determination of whether or not the first type is extendable. In a case it is determined that the first type is extendable, a second reference object is determined, the second reference object conforming to the first type, an instance of the second reference object is determined, configuration properties of the instance of the second reference object are determined, and, in response to the instruction, at least the configuration properties of the instance of the second reference object are returned as the configuration properties of the first instance of the first business object. | 02-18-2016 |
20160055183 | Binary Media Broadcast Distribution System - A database engine for binary audio and video data. The system creates, retrieves, updates and deletes audio and video binary data from a database. Binary video data stored in a database residing on memory plays faster and is more easily manipulated. The database engine dynamically reads, understands, converts and/or encodes video binary code. Media can be manipulated, encoded for media player format playback, compressed for mobile or HD devices or edited and spliced in binary state for commercial injection of pre-roll, mid-roll and post-roll commercials. The database engine enables databases to be clustered and replicated in memory and run in memory, and outputs video binary data and metadata in memory in real time. Output playback is manipulated in memory where playback format is determined by the requested player and formatted for playback in binary form at the time of playback. | 02-25-2016 |
20160063038 | RECORD SCHEMAS IDENTIFICATION IN NON-RELATIONAL DATABASE - Embodiments include methods and devices for identifying record schemas in a non-relational database by assigning a record to a schema bucket according to structural characteristics of the record and identifying a record schema of the record within the schema bucket so that records with isomorphic record schemas in the non-relational database can be determined. Aspects also include encoding keys of a lowest level of a record according to a global codemap, sorting the keys of the lowest level that belong to different parent keys respectively and updating key names of corresponding parent keys in the parent level of a children level according to the codes of the keys of the children level. | 03-03-2016 |
20160078062 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR GENERATING EVENT DATA - The present invention concerns a method and arrangement for generating event data from e.g., a meeting. A management system, an event template repository and a user equipment is provided. The management system is preferably a CRM system and is arranged to manage customer related information. The event template repository stores template information comprising at least one input query corresponding to customer information and having a plurality of associated input values, and input interpretation information for determining an input value and an action for each input value. The user equipment, having at least a display and an input capturing device, presents the user with an input query and captures a user input in response. An input value and an action is determined for each user input in accordance with input interpretation information. Furthermore, the determined action is executed. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078067 | EXTENSIBILITY OF EMBEDDED DATABASE PROCEDURES - Disclosed herein are systems and methods facilitating extensions to software applications that access a database, and in particular to applications with embedded database procedures. In various embodiments, an extension anchor embedded in the application as well as one or more extensions implemented as database procedures are encapsulated in specially marked database-procedure methods. | 03-17-2016 |
20160078079 | STATEMENT BASED MIGRATION FOR ADAPTIVELY BUILDING AND UPDATING A COLUMN STORE DATABASE FROM A ROW STORE DATABASE BASED ON QUERY DEMANDS USING DISPARATE DATABASE SYSTEMS - A method for updating a column store database and includes establishing a row store database, wherein each row comprises a plurality of attributes. The method includes establishing a column store database including attribute vectors corresponding to at least one attribute in the row store, wherein each attribute vector includes data used to satisfy at least one of previously received analytic queries. The method includes collecting a SQL change statements beginning from a synchronization point indicating when the row store database and the column store database are synchronized, and continuing until an analytic query is received. The method includes sending the plurality of SQL change statements to the column store database upon receipt of the analytic query for updating the column store database for purposes of satisfying the query, wherein the analytic query is directed to a queried range of primary key attributes in the plurality of attributes | 03-17-2016 |
20160085777 | ZERO DOWNTIME MAINTENANCE FOR APPLICATIONS AND DATABASES - Methods, systems, and computer-readable storage media for minimizing downtime during maintenance procedures to an application. In some implementations, actions include executing a first application, executing a second application, and providing an access schema layer that facilitates communication between applications and a data schema layer, the data schema layer including one or more tables of a database, wherein, during a maintenance procedure, the access schema layer includes: a first access schema, the first access schema facilitating exclusive communication between the first application and at least one table of the data schema layer, and a second access schema, the second access schema facilitating exclusive communication between the second application and one or more tables of the data schema layer. | 03-24-2016 |
20160085778 | RECORD SCHEMAS IDENTIFICATION IN NON-RELATIONAL DATABASE - Embodiments include methods and devices for identifying record schemas in a non-relational database by assigning a record to a schema bucket according to structural characteristics of the record and identifying a record schema of the record within the schema bucket so that records with isomorphic record schemas in the non-relational database can be determined. Aspects also include encoding keys of a lowest level of a record according to a global codemap, sorting the keys of the lowest level that belong to different parent keys respectively and updating key names of corresponding parent keys in the parent level of a children level according to the codes of the keys of the children level. | 03-24-2016 |
20160085779 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMICALLY INTERCEPTING AND ADJUSTING PERSISTENCE BEHAVIORS VIA RUNTIME CONFIGURATION - The systems and methods described herein relate to dynamic runtime modifications of an object-relational mapping behavior associated with a relational persistence layer. In various embodiments, access to a relational persistence layer, such as a relational database management system may be provided via an object-relational mapper (ORM). The ORM may map data from the relational persistence layer to an object-oriented domain model. The ORM may include a plurality of field mappers configured with an original mapping strategy to map an entity field from the relational persistence layer to the object-oriented domain model. One or more of the field mappers may be configured with a dynamic adjustment strategy that allows the selected field mapper(s) to be injected with a temporary or conditional mapping behavior. The dynamic adjustment strategy may be initialized with the field mapper at startup, while the injection of temporary or conditional mappings may be performed during runtime. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088120 | CREATING KNOWLEDGE BASE OF SIMILAR SYSTEMS FROM PLURALITY OF SYSTEMS - Methods according to the present disclosure include: creating a representative profile from at least one change profile with an identifying tag from a repository, the representative profile including fewer than all possible changes to a system from an event; creating a candidate profile for a first candidate system, not flagged as similar or dissimilar, from the plurality of systems, wherein the candidate profile includes fewer than all changes to the first candidate system from the event; calculating at least one difference between the representative profile and the candidate profile; where the at least one difference is not within at least one threshold, flagging the first candidate system as dissimilar; and where the at least one difference is within the at least one threshold, flagging the first candidate system as similar, associating the identifying tag with the candidate profile, and adding the candidate profile to the repository. | 03-24-2016 |
20160092454 | SPARSE FILE ACCESS - Techniques herein are for accessing non-materialized blocks of a sparse file. A method involves a storage system receiving a storage command to access a sparse file. A combined content of a set of materialized blocks and a header that identifies one or more non-materialized blocks is assembled. The combined content does not comprise a content of the one or more non-materialized blocks. Responsive to the assembling, the combined content is transferred between the storage system and a computer system. | 03-31-2016 |
20160098428 | CREATING AND HANDLING IDENTIFICATION FOR A RESOURCE IN A CONFIGURATION DATABASE - Creating for a resource a representation including properties of the resource. Determining and analyzing defined naming rules for a configuration database, each naming rule including a naming rule identification, a priority and at least one attribute having an attribute name. For each naming rule applicable to the resource, extracting at least one attribute value for each attribute name from the resource representation. For each naming rule applicable to the resource, creating a complex identity object containing a naming rule identification and a list of attribute names and attribute values. For each created complex identity object, set an authority flag if a given provider is able to obtain a complete set of values for the attributes. Processing through each complex identity object according to priority of the corresponding naming rule. Generating an alias for each result of a Cartesian product of each attribute value of the list of attribute names. | 04-07-2016 |
20160124999 | CONTENT DATABASE GENERATION - Systems and methods for simplifying data structuring in a database by applying a first content structure to interrelate a plurality of data packets and refining the interrelations based on data packet attributes are disclosed herein. The system can include a memory including: a structure database that can include a content structure including a plurality of content categories; and a content library database. The content library database can include a plurality of data packets. The system can include a server that can receive a plurality of data packets, organize the content according to the content structure, and update the organization of at least some of the data packets based on a determined attribute of those data packets. | 05-05-2016 |
20160132536 | UNIFIED DATA OBJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND THE METHOD - The present invention relates to a management system, a search method, and a browsing method of a unified data object using a tag object. A unified data object management system and method may efficiently access and manage the data object by storing and managing the unified data objects including a file, non-file data, or dynamic data on the basis of the tag object and then providing a search result based on the tag object when a search command is entered by a user. | 05-12-2016 |
20160132583 | REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLING OF RELATIONAL DATA - A computing device determines a first table included in a plurality of tables, wherein the plurality of tables are included in the database. The computing device determines a dependency corresponding to the first table, wherein the dependency identifies a second table that is included in the plurality of tables. The computing device determines a distribution corresponding to the dependency, wherein the distribution identifies a correlation corresponding to the first table and to the second table. The computing device analyzes the correlation to determine a group of data values of the first table and the second table. The computing device selects a subset of data values from the group of data values. The computing device populates a sample with the subset. | 05-12-2016 |
20160140135 | METHOD AND ADJUSTMENT DEVICE FOR ADAPTIVELY ADJUSTING DATABASE STRUCTURE - A method and an adjustment device for adaptively adjusting a database structure are provided. The adjustment device is arranged between a client and a database. The client generates a database instruction and transmits the database instruction to the database. The database executes the database instruction and accordingly generates an interpretable execution result to the adjustment device. The adjustment device determines whether the database structure needs to be adjusted. When the database structure needs to be adjusted, the adjustment device adjusts the database structure configured in the database according to the execution result. When the database structure needs not to be adjusted, the adjustment device transmits the execution result back to the client. Accordingly, when the engineer develops an application system, they do not consider whether to redesign the new database structure, thereby the method and the adjustment device can improve the system development efficiency. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140148 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF PROVISIONING DATA STORAGE AND RUNTIME CONFIGURATION IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND DEVICES - Systems and methods of provisioning data storage and runtime configuration in telecommunications systems and devices. The systems and methods employ at least one decentralized revision control system as a data repository for storing data, such as configuration data, and at least one data provisioning component as an interface for accessing the configuration data stored in the data repository. By employing the decentralized revision control system in conjunction with the data provisioning component, the systems and methods can provide a data storage and runtime configuration provisioning framework that is data agnostic, application agnostic, and user agnostic, while further providing at least the capability of tracking and maintaining the version history of the configuration data. | 05-19-2016 |
20160140149 | DYNAMIC MODIFICATION OF DATABASE SCHEMA - Systems and methods are disclosed that perform dynamic database schema modification. A database system may receive a request to change a schema. In response to receiving the request to perform the dynamic schema modification, the database system may complete pending transactions and begin modifying the database schema. Any requests to access the database received prior to completion of the modification may be paused, thereby allowing the database to remain online and continue receiving requests while the modification is in progress. After completion of the modification, the paused requests may be resumed. | 05-19-2016 |
20160154795 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR STORING SEQUENCE READ DATA | 06-02-2016 |
20160162516 | RELATIONAL DATABASE AND RELATED METHODS OF USE - The present invention is related to a relational database, stored in a computer memory of a computer device, and a database server comprising such a database, a database management system for managing and working with such a database and a method of storing, retrieving, altering and managing data in such a database. | 06-09-2016 |
20160162517 | DEFINING PAIRING RULES FOR CONNECTIONS - A system and method for compressing that comprises establishing attributes or elements to build a schema that is utilized to generate a record that includes the connection descriptions, building a set of substitution rules by using range expressions and substitution variables, and utilizing the set of substitution rules to associate value assignments that compress the connection descriptions within the record. | 06-09-2016 |
20160171018 | APPEND STRUCTURED DATA SYSTEM FOR MAINTAINING STRUCTURED FORMAT COMPATIBILITY | 06-16-2016 |
20160171020 | TRANSPARENT DATABASE TABLE REPLACEMENT | 06-16-2016 |
20160171034 | Adjusting Extension Size of a Database Table Using a Volatile Database Table Attribute | 06-16-2016 |
20160179849 | MACHINE TO MACHINE DATA AGGREGATOR | 06-23-2016 |
20160188638 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING USAGE OF A DATABASE SYSTEM RESOURCES BY CONCURRENT DATABASE USERS OF A DATABASE SYSTEM - An apparatus is provided for managing usage of database system resources by concurrent database users of a database system. The apparatus comprises a processor and a storage device communicatively coupled with the processor. The processor is programmed to (i) determine a number of in-use Access Module Processor Worker Tasks (AWTs) based upon at least one system-defined or user-definable Resource Limit rule, (ii) take a difference between the number of in-use AWTs and an AWT limit, and (iii) set the difference equal to a number of available AWTs for a new database job or request. | 06-30-2016 |
20160188639 | CONTENT METADATA DIRECTORY SERVICES - Audio signals are processed in a distributed reader and metadata routing system to provide metadata responses to mobile application programs. A routing system registers identifiers for different content ID schema. These identifiers are encoded in audio signals. Mobile device application programs are equipped with reader programs to extract identifiers from audio sensed by the microphone of a mobile device. Metadata responses are identified by the ID provider of the content ID schema and extracted identifiers. The metadata routing system routes metadata responses to a requesting mobile device, supporting a variety of different ID providers and mobile device applications. | 06-30-2016 |
20160188682 | AUTOMATED PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION USING INFOGRAPHICS - In one embodiment, a method for creating one or more infographics, comprising: receiving and storing data associated with an individual or an entity, in a format according to a schema that includes at least two properties associated with the individual or entity; reading at least a portion of the data; determining which of the at least two properties in the schema do not have corresponding read data associated with the individual or entity; based on that determination, selecting an infographic definition from among a plurality of infographic definitions defining the appearance of at least a portion of an infographic; generating one or more infographics based on (i) the at least a portion of the data and (ii) the selected infographic definition; and providing the one or more generated infographics to an output device. | 06-30-2016 |
20160203174 | ELASTIC SHARDING OF DATA IN A MULTI-TENANT CLOUD | 07-14-2016 |
20160378779 | FREE SPACE MANAGEMENT IN A DATABASE - A row is inserted in a database table on a page having a first space reserved for inserting rows of the database table. A second space is reserved for adding data to the inserted row, wherein reserving the second space includes reserving the second space on the page responsive to inserting the row, so that the amount of space reserved for adding data to inserted rows grows as more rows are inserted. The page is marked full for the second space independently of whether the first space is full for inserting new rows. Data is added to rows on the page, responsive to detecting that the second space is full, by adding the data to one or more new pages, even though rows may still be inserted on the page using any remaining room in the first space on the page. | 12-29-2016 |
20160378795 | ANALYSING PHYSICAL SYSTEMS - A processing system for processing data defining behaviour of a physical system, the processing system being configured to operate on: (i) a plurality of data definition objects, each data definition object defining a method for computing one or more output result values for that object in dependence on one or more input values for that object; and (ii) a dependency schema defining one or more dependencies among the data definition objects, each dependency being such that a first data object is dependent on a second data object when the first data object takes as a required input value an output value of the second data object; the data processing system being capable of raising each data definition object to a computed state by executing the method defined in the respective data definition object to thereby compute one or more output values for that data definition object; and being configured to receive from a user an instruction indicating a request to raise a specific data definition object to a computed state, and in response to that instruction to automatically raise data definition objects on which that specific data definition object defines itself as being directly or indirectly dependent to a computed state. | 12-29-2016 |
20170235769 | ENTITY DATABASE SCHEMAS | 08-17-2017 |
20180025028 | Facilitating Location-Aware Analysis | 01-25-2018 |
20180025041 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED DATA CONSISTENCY IN DATA SYSTEMS INCLUDING DEPENDENT ALGORITHMS | 01-25-2018 |
20190147074 | IMPLEMENTING A CONTINUITY PLAN GENERATED USING SOLUTION DATA MODELING BASED ON PREDICTED FUTURE EVENT SIMULATION TESTING | 05-16-2019 |